Rapid Assessment Program 20 RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment A Marine Rapid Assessment of the Togean and Banggai Islands, Sulawesi, Indonesia Gerald R. Allen, and Sheila A. McKenna, Editors Center for Applied Biodiversity Science (CABS) Conservation International Hasanuddin University Australia Institute of Marine Science Western Australia Museum T he RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment is published by: Conservation International Center for Applied Biodiversity Science Department of Conservation Biology 1919 M St. NW, Suite 600 Washington, DC 20036 USA 202-912-1000 telephone 202-912-1030 fax www.conservation.org www.biodiversityscience.org Editors: Gerald R. Allen, and Sheila A. McKenna Design/Production: Kim Meek, Conservation International Production Assistant: Fabian Painemilla Maps: M. Denil and Vineet Katariya Cover Photographs: Gerald R. Allen Conservation International is a private, non-profit organization exempt from federal income tax under section 501c(3) of the Internal Revenue Code. ISBN 1-881173-41-0 © 2001 by Conservation International All rights reserved. Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 2001092707 T he designations of geographical entities in this publication, and the presentation of the material, do not imply the expression of any opinion whatsoever on the part of Conservation International or its supporting organizations concerning the legal status of any country, territory, or area, or of its authorities, or concerning the delimitation of its frontiers or boundaries. Any opinions expressed in the RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment are those of the writers and do not necessarily reflect those of CI. RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment was formerly RAP Working Papers. Numbers 1–13 of this series were published under the previous title. Suggested citation: Allen, G. R., and S. A. McKenna (eds.). 2001. A Marine Rapid Assessment of the Togean and Banggai Islands, Sulawesi, Indonesia. RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment 20, Conservation International, Washington, DC. Printed on recycled paper (80% recycled/60% post-consumer waste) Using New Leaf Opaque 60# smooth text paper (80% recycled/60% post-consumer waste), and bleached without the use of chlorine or chlorine compounds results in measurable environmental benefits1. For this report, using 1,404 pounds of post-consumer waste instead of virgin fiber saved… 8 Trees 763 Pounds of solid waste 840 Gallons of water 1,095 Kilowatt hours of electricity (equal to 1.4 months of electric power required by the average U.S. home) 1,387 Pounds of greenhouse gases (equal to 1,123 miles travelled in the average American car) 6 Pounds of HAPs, VOCs, and AOX combined 2 Cubic yards of landfill space 1 Environmental benefits are calculated based on research done by the Environmental Defense Fund and the other members of the Paper Task Force who studied the environmental impacts of the paper industry. Contact the EDF for a copy of their report and the latest updates on their data. Trees saved calculation based on trees with a 10” diameter. Actual diameter of trees cut for pulp range from 6” up to very large, old growth trees. Home energy use equivalent provided by Pacific Gas and Electric Co., San Francisco. Hazardous Air Pollutants (HAPs), Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs), and Absorbable Organic Compounds (AOX). Landfill space saved based on American Paper Institute, Inc. publication, Paper Recycling and its Role in Solid Waste Management. Table of Contents Participants ........................................................................2 Organizational Profiles ......................................................3 Chapter 6 ..........................................................................59 Exploitation of Marine Resources in the Togean and Banggai Islands, Sulawesi, Indonesia Purbasari Surjadi and K. Anwar Acknowledgments ..............................................................5 Executive Summary ............................................................6 Appendix 1 ........................................................................64 Coral species recorded at the Togean and Banggai Islands, Sulawesi, Indonesia Overview ............................................................................9 Chapter 1 ..........................................................................18 Reef corals of the Togean and Banggai Islands, Sulawesi, Indonesia Appendix 2 ........................................................................72 Data used for calculating the Reef Condition Index (RCI) Douglas Fenner Appendix 3 ........................................................................74 Percentage of various bottom cover at individual sites Chapter 2 ..........................................................................27 Condition of Coral Reefs in the Togean and Banggai Islands, Sulawesi, Indonesia Appendix 4 ......................................................................81 Mollusc species recorded in the Gulf of Tomini, Sulawesi, Indonesia Syafyudin Yusuf and Gerald R. Allen Chapter 3 ..........................................................................38 Molluscs of the Gulf of Tomini, Sulawesi, Indonesia Appendix 5 ........................................................................98 Reef fishes recorded during the RAP survey of the Togean and Banggai Islands, Sulawesi, Indonesia Fred E. Wells Chapter 4 ..........................................................................44 Reef Fishes of the Togean and Banggai Islands, Sulawesi, Indonesia Gerald R. Allen Chapter 5 ..........................................................................54 Coral Reef Fish Stock Assessment in the Togean and Banggai Islands, Sulawesi, Indonesia La Tanda RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty Appendix 6 ......................................................................129 Dominant species and percentage of occurrence of target and indicator fishes Appendix 7 ......................................................................135 Diversity and abundance of target and indicator fishes at each survey site Appendix 8 ......................................................................137 List of species caught by fishers of the Togean and Banggai Islands, Sulawesi, Indonesia July 2002 1 Participants Gerald R. Allen, Ph.D. (Ichthyology and Science Team Leader) Center for Applied Biodiversity Science Conservation International 1919 M Street NW, Suite 600 Washington, DC 20036 USA Purbasari Surjadi (Marine Resources) Conservation International-Indonesia Jl. Taman Margasatwa No. 61 Pasar Minggu, Jakarta 12540 Indonesia Fax: (62) (21) 780 1265 Email: ci-indonesia@conservation.org Mailing address: 1 Dreyer Road Roleystone, WA 6111 Australia Fax: (618) 9397 6985 Email: tropical_reef@bigpond.com Fred E. Wells, Ph.D. (Malacology) Department of Aquatic Zoology Western Australian Museum Francis Street Perth, WA 6000 Australia Email: wellsf@museum.wa.gov.au Khaerul Anwar (Marine Resources) Sekber Konsorsium Togean, Palu, Central Sulawesi Indonesia Douglas Fenner, Ph.D. (Corals) Australian Institute of Marine Science P.M.B No. 3 Townsville, Queensland 4810 Australia Email: d.fenner@aims.gov.au La Tanda (Reef Fisheries) Balai Penelitian dan Pengembangan Sumberdaya Laut Puslitbang Oseanologi LIPI Biak Biak, Irian Jaya Indonesia 2 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Timothy Werner, M.Sc. (RAP Survey Team Leader) Center for Applied Biodiversity Science Conservation International 1919 M St. NW, Suite 600 Washington, DC 20036 USA Fax: (1) (202) 912 1030 Email: t.werner@conservation.org Syafyudin Yusuf (Reef Ecology) Marine Biology Laboratory Hasanuddin University Macassar, South Sulawesi Indonesia Email: syafyudin.yusuf@usa.net Rapid Assessment Program Organizational Profiles Conservation I nternational Australian I nstitute of Marine Science Conservation International (CI) is an international, nonprofit organization based in Washington, DC. CI acts on the belief that the Earth’s natural heritage must be maintained if future generations are to thrive spiritually, culturally, and economically. Our mission is to conserve biological diversity and the ecological processes that support life on earth, and to demonstrate that human societies are able to live harmoniously with nature. T he mission of the Australian Institute of Marine Science (AIMS) is to generate the knowledge to support the sustainable use and protection of the marine environment through innovative, world-class scientific and technological research. It is an Australian Commonwealth Statutory Authority established by the Australian Institute of Marine Science Act of 1972 in recognition of a national need to manage Australia’s marine environment and marine resources. Conservation International 1919 M Street NW, Suite 600 Washington, DC 20036 USA (1) (202) 912-1000 telephone (1) (202) 912-1030 fax http://www.conservation.org Australian Institute of Marine Science Cape Ferguson, Queensland PMB No 3, Townsville MC QLD 4810 Australia (07) 4753 4444 telephone (07) 4772 5852 (fax) http://www.aims.gov.au RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty July 2002 3 Hasanuddin University Western Australian Museum As an institution for education, research, and development, Hasanuddin University (UNHAS) aims to strengthen and promote science, technology, and arts that are needed for improvement in the quality of human welfare, especially that of the Indonesian people. T he Western Australian Museum was established in 1891 and its initial collections were of geological, ethnological and biological specimens. T he 1960s and 1970s saw the addition of responsibility to develop and maintain the State’s anthropological, archaeological, maritime archaeological and social and cultural history collections. T he collections, currently numbering over two million specimens/artifacts, are the primary focus of research by the Museum’s staff and others. T he aim is to advance knowledge on them and communicate it to the public through a variety of media, but particularly through a program of exhibitions and publications. Hasanuddin University Tamalanrea Campus Jl. Perintis Kemerdekaan km 10 Makassar - Indonesia 90245 Phone: 062 0411 584002 Fax: 062 0411 585188 Email: rektorat@unhas.ac.id 4 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Western Australian Museum Francis Street Perth, WA 6000 Australia (08) 9427 2716 (telephone) (08) 9328 8686 http://www.museum.wa.gov.au Rapid Assessment Program Acknowledgments T he survey and report would not have been possible without the support and guidance of CI-Indonesia, particularly Jatna Supriatna, Purbasari Surjadi, Suer Surjadi, Myrna Kusumawardhani, and Ermayanti. We are also grateful for the support of Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia (LIPI), especially Soehartono Soedargo, the Director of the Bureau of Science and Technical Cooperation, and his capable assistant Ina Syarief. We are also indebted to H. Ono Kurnaen Sumadhiharga, the Director of Pusat Penelitian dan Pengembangan Oseanologi, for sponsorship of the RAP sur- RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty vey. For their help on the report’s map, we thank Vineet Katariya and Mark Denil. We also extend our sincere thanks to owner Hanny Batuna, and the crew of the Serenade, for providing an excellent base of operation for the survey. We also thank Angelique Batuna for her assistance in arranging the boat charter and ground transport. T he Rufford Foundation and the Henry Foundation generously provided financial support for the project. July 2002 5 Executive Summary I ntroduction T his report presents the results of a rapid field assessment of the rich and previously undocumented marine biodiversity found in the Togean and Banggai Islands, Sulawesi, Indonesia. T he area lies near the center of global marine biodiversity or “coral triangle,” composed of Indonesia, Philippines, Malaysia, Papua New Guinea, Japan, and Australia. T his region harbors the most biologically diverse coral reefs, mangroves, and seagrass beds in the world. Although the Indonesian-Philippines region is widely acclaimed as the richest area within the triangle, there is insufficient detailed information to support this claim. T his survey was implemented by the Marine Rapid Assessment Program (RAP) of the Center for Applied Biodiversity Science at Conservation International (CI) in collaboration with the Indonesian Institute of Sciences (LIPI). It represents a vital step in CI’s integrated biological surveys of the “coral triangle,” with the express aims of assessing biodiversity in the region and providing guidelines for its conservation. Overview of Marine RAP T he goal of Marine RAP is to rapidly generate and disseminate information on coastal and near-shore shallow-water marine biodiversity for conservation purposes, with a particular focus on recommending priorities for conservation area establishment and management. Marine RAP deploys multidisciplinary teams of marine scientists and coastal resource experts to determine the biodiversity significance and conservation opportunities of selected areas. T his is accomplished through underwater inventories that generally last about three weeks. Marine RAP surveys produce species lists that serve as indicators of overall biological richness, as well as recording several measurements to assess overall ecosystem health. During each survey, RAP supports parallel assess- 6 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL ments of local human community needs and concerns, which become incorporated into the final recommendations. By comparing the results obtained from many surveys, Marine RAP is ultimately focused on ensuring that a representative sample of marine biodiversity is conserved within protected areas and through other conservation measures. Togean and Banggai Islands T he Togean Islands stretch for a distance of 90 km across the center of Tomini Bay in northern Sulawesi. T he archipelago is composed of six main, hilly (to 543-m elevation) islands and 60 relatively low, satellite islands. T he westernmost islands of Batudaka and Togean are the largest in the archipelago, spanning a combined longitudinal distance of about 50 km, and separated by a narrow channel. T he population of the group is about 30,000. T he area supports a rich diversity of coral reef habitats, including fringing reefs, barrier reefs, and atolls. T he majority of the population depends on marine resources for food and income. T he Banggai Islands are situated about 115 km south of the Togeans in the northern section of Tolo Bay. Peleng, an 80 km-long mountainous island, occupies most of the land area. T he remainder of the archipelago consists of three mountainous islands (Banggai, Labobo, and Bangkulu) surrounded by narrow fringing reefs, and a host of satellite islands, cays, and shoals. T he population of 91,000 is mainly concentrated on the larger islands. As in the Togeans, poverty is widespread and the population depends on farming and fishing for sustenance and capital. T here are no formal conservation programs in existence and the sustainability of natural resources is a primary concern. The Togean- Banggai Survey T he Marine RAP survey of the Togean and Banggai Islands assessed 47 sites over a 17-day period (October 24– November 9, 1998). Sites were pre-selected to maximize the Rapid Assessment Program diversity of habitats surveyed, and thus produce a list of species for the area that was as comprehensive as possible. At each site, an underwater inventory was made of three faunal groups selected to serve as indicators of overall coral reef biodiversity: reef corals, molluscs, and fishes. Additional observations were made on the environmental condition of each site, including the presence and abundance of species exploited for local consumption or commercial sale. both island groups. Dynamite damage was observed at 86% of sites. • Summary of Results T he Togean and Banggai Islands exhibit rich marine biodiversity, but there is concern about over-exploitation of marine resources and the widespread use of illegal fishing methods. Some of the most significant findings of the Marine RAP survey include: • T he Togean and Banggai Islands have a highly diverse coral fauna containing at least 314 species. At least six new coral species and numerous new records for Indonesia were documented during the RAP survey. • T he percentage of live coral cover for survey sites averaged 41-42%. A total of 13 sites had an average in excess of 50%. T hese values compare favorably with other surveyed areas in Indonesia. • Coral bleaching was observed at nearly every site in the Togean Islands, but at only one site in the Banggai Islands. Widespread bleaching in the Togeans appears to be correlated with increased sea temperatures, which ranged from 30–33°C. • A total of 541 species of molluscs belonging to 103 families were recorded. T hese figures are slightly lower than previous CI surveys at Milne Bay (Papua New Guinea) and the Calamianes Islands (Philippines). However, our mollusc expert was only able to participate in the first half of the RAP survey, and thus the Banggai Islands were not sampled. • T he Togean and Banggai Islands have a diverse reef fish fauna. A total of 819 species were observed or collected during the present survey. An extrapolation method utilizing six key index families indicates a total fauna consisting of at least 1,023 species. • A total of 147 edible (commercial) species in 38 genera were classified as target fishes. T he reef fish biomass in the area was estimated at 5.33–298.27 ton/km2. • Illegal fishing practices, including the use of dynamite, cyanide, and various types of netting are common in RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty Encouraging signs for conservation action include the formation of Sekber Konsorsium Togean, a communitybased organization involved with the development of an integrated system of marine and terrestrial reserves. T his organization consists of coastal communities, local government, and other stakeholders working together to achieve consensus on matters relating to the designation, delineation, and management of protected areas. Conservation Recommendations T he results of the Marine RAP survey indicate that the reefs of the Togean-Banggai area harbor a remarkably diverse biological community. Although they are by no means pristine, many reefs feature extensive live coral cover and minimal damage from humans. Conversely, there are also numerous areas severely affected by the widespread use of explosives and cyanide, as well as by poor agricultural practices that literally choke local reefs with layers of silt. It is therefore crucial to implement proper conservation practices before it is too late to save the irreplaceable marine resources of this unique region. Some specific recommendations are as follows: 1) Evaluate and prevent downstream environmental impacts of land-based activities. Uncontrolled clearing of native forests for agriculture increases erosion and consequent high levels of sediment in natural watercourses. Once discharged into the sea it is only a matter of time before local reefs are covered with layers of fine silt. T herefore, there is a critical need for watershed protection and a coordinated management effort that considers both terrestrial and marine ecosystems as an integrated system. 2) Establish marine protected areas. An increasing population, general shortage of cash, and dwindling marine resources combine to accelerate over-harvesting and more reliance on illegal, destructive fishing methods such as explosives and cyanide. T hese trends are already well established and, if allowed to continue unabated, the future of local reef communities is bleak. For the benefit of both human and reef communities it is essential to establish an effective network of MPAs that capture a representative cross-section of marine habitats. 3) Strengthen species conservation programs for rare and endangered marine wildlife. Indonesia has a comprehensive assortment of legislation for the protection of July 2002 7 wildlife, but all too often there are no effective management plans for their implementation, nor is there any enforcement capability to prevent the illegal harvesting of protected species. T here is a genuine need to develop conservation programs aimed at restoring drastically declining populations such as sharks, turtles, dugong, giant clams, and large fish species. 4) 8 Enact species conservation measures for Pterapogon kauderni to include an international ban on the harvest and trade of wild specimens. T he Banggai cardinalfish (Pterapogon kauderni) is perhaps the only reef fish in the world whose continued existence is genuinely threatened. It occurs only in the Banggai Islands, has an extremely low fecundity, and is currently harvested in huge numbers for the international aquarium trade. T he survival of this species depends on effective conservation action. 5) Examine feasibility if developing economic incentives that support marine conservation. T he Togean and Banggai Islands offer a diversity of marine habitats, including world-class diving sites. T he area has strong potential to support marine-oriented ecotourism. However, more study is needed of the socio-economic factors involved. 6) Strengthen capacity within the region for managing natural environments. Local governments typically lack sufficient funding or staffing for conservation programs. T he process will most likely need to be encouraged through participation and funding by outside agencies, either national or international. NGOs are particularly good candidates for providing assistance. 7) Enforce existing laws. Provincial and national laws governing the protection of wildlife and prohibiting the use of destructive fishing methods such as explosives and cyanide need to be strictly enforced if marine resources are to be sustained. Analyze potential enforcement systems available and implement the one most cost effective. Funds need to be allocated to provide sufficient C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL marine enforcement capacity for local police or other authorized personnel. 8) Launch an environmental awareness campaign. Local residents should be aware of the unique nature of their surrounding marine environment and the endemic organisms that live there. Environmental awareness can be achieved in a variety of ways, including primary and secondary school curricula, guest speakers at town meetings, posters, and educational videos. 9) Establish a long-term environmental monitoring program. Local communities should be involved with all aspects of their marine resource use and conservation, including participation in environmental monitoring. Simple monitoring protocols need to be introduced to periodically assess the condition of local reefs and associated resources to ensure they remain sustainable. 10) Promote collection of data essential for marine conservation planning. Sound management of natural resources is dependent on a wealth of biological and non-biological information. Baseline studies involving taxonomic inventories and basic ecology are important, as are cultural and socio-economic aspects related to resource use. Rapid Assessment Program Overview I ntroduction T he Togean and Banggai Islands are situated north and south, respectively, of the prominent, eastward-projecting peninsula of central Sulawesi. T he Togean group occupies the central portion of Tomini Bay, stretching over a distance of about 90 km. T his small archipelago contains 66 islands of which Una-una, Batudaka, Togean, Talatakoh, Waleakodi, and Waleabahi are the largest. Una-una, a recently active volcano, is relatively isolated, situated about 30 km north of Batudaka. T he land area of the Togean Group covers about 755 km2, mainly consisting of hilly or mountainous terrain. T he maximum elevation on the six main islands ranges from 354 to 543 m. T he Banggai Islands lie about 115 km south of the Togeans in the northern section of Tolo Bay. Peleng, with a length of 80 km and widths of up to 45 km, is by far the largest member of the group. It is clearly visible from the Table 1. Population and area data for Togean and Banggai Islands. (Source: Regency Statistics) Regency Villages Area (km 2 ) 21 16 515.19 240.00 17,690 11,803 25 20 22 18 24 413.28 294.39 593.49 294.24 316.19 19,552 23,643 17,588 15,943 14,291 Population Togean Islands Una-Una Walea Kepulauan mainland city of Luwuk, situated across the 30-km wide Peleng Strait. T he remainder of the archipelago consists of three mountainous islands (Banggai, Labobo, and Bangkulu), and a host of satellite islands, cays, and shoals. T he islands occupy a land area of 1,912 km2 and have a maximum elevation of 1,059 m. Population and area statistics for the Banggai and Togean groups are summarized in Table 1. T he area is important for fisheries. According to catch statistics for the mid-1990s, the Seram Sea/Tomini Bay area produces the second highest volume of small pelagic fishes caught in Indonesia (National Coordination Agency for Surveys and Mapping [Bakosurtanal], 1998. Indonesia: Marine Resources Atlas). Both the Togean and Banggai groups are populated by dugong and marine turtles, and these islands are also one of the last bastions in eastern Indonesia for the endangered coconut crab. T he combined Togean-Banggai area supports a rich diversity of coral reefs but, in spite of the relatively low human population density, there are clear indications that at least some marine resources are being over-exploited. T his is perhaps understandable, considering that the sea represents the most important source of food and income for the majority of islanders. Indeed, it is estimated that 80% of the population is directly involved with the harvest of marine resources. T his report is intended to serve as a guide for future investigations and provide crucial baseline information for the sound management and conservation of coral reefs and their associated fauna. Banggai Islands Lo Bangkurung Banggai Is. Tinangkung Totikum Liang RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty Marine RAP— Rationale and Methodology T he goal of Marine RAP is to rapidly generate and disseminate information on coastal and near-shore shallow-water marine biodiversity for conservation purposes, with a particular focus on recommending priorities for the establishment July 2002 9 and management of conservation areas. In addition to recording the diversity of selected taxa which are used as indicators of an area’s overall biological diversity, Marine RAP surveys report on the physical nature of survey sites and their environmental conditions. T hey also support parallel assessments of the social conditions that influence conservation in the survey areas. Marine RAP therefore involves a multi-disciplinary approach to produce appropriate and realistic conservation recommendations based on an analysis of biological data in tandem with social and environmental information. T he information produced by Marine RAP surveys is best applied in raising awareness about the importance of marine conservation, and focusing ecosystem management plans and activities on critical habitats and key issues. It is a layer of information that is generally not available to government officials, local people and others who are responsible for making decisions about the use and management of marine resources. A primary goal in marine conservation is to design and implement policies and projects that can confidently be said to protect a representative sample of marine biodiversity. Without an understanding of where this biodiversity occurs and how it is distributed, it is difficult to confirm that management programs are effective. It is the goal of Marine RAP to provide this critical layer of biological information, which is needed to ensure that marine conservation efforts will ultimately have their intended benefit. Many other layers of information are important in marine conservation efforts, for example the location of spawning fish aggregations, turtle nesting beaches, culturally valuable sites, and larval source areas. Ideally, the data on biodiversity and environmental condition generated by Marine RAP will be combined with these types of information. However, it is not the goal of Marine RAP to compile all layers of information needed for marine conservation during the course of a rapid biodiversity survey. T he focus of Marine RAP is on generating one of the most essential, yet largely missing, layers, which can serve as a foundation for incorporating additional information once it becomes available. Endemism is often used as a basis for determining relative conservation priority, particularly in terrestrial ecosystems. In general, endemism is much less pronounced in the sea than it is on land. T his is particularly true throughout the “coral triangle” (i.e., “Australasia”—the area including northern Australia, the Malay-Indonesian Archipelago, Philippines, and western Melanesia), considered to be the world’s richest area for marine biodiversity. T he considerable homogeneity found in tropical inshore communities is in large part due to the pelagic larval stage typical of most organisms. For example, reef fish larvae are commonly pelagic for periods ranging from 9–100 days (Leis, 1991). A general lack of physical isolating barriers and numerous island “stepping stones” have facilitated the wide dispersal of larvae throughout the IndoPacific. 10 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL In the absence of high endemism, overall species richness and relative abundance take on important meaning in conservation priority-setting in marine ecosystems. Extensive biological survey experience over a broad geographic range yields the best results. T his enables the observer to recognize any unique assemblages within the community, unusually high numbers of normally rare taxa, or the presence of any unusual environmental features. Reef corals, fishes, and molluscs are the primary biodiversity indicator groups used in Marine RAP surveys. Corals provide the major environmental framework for fishes and a host of other organisms. Without reef-building corals, there is limited biodiversity. T his is dramatically demonstrated in areas consisting primarily of sand, rubble, or seaweeds. Fishes are an excellent survey group as they are the most obvious inhabitants of the reef and account for a large proportion of the reef’s overall biomass. Furthermore, fishes depend on a huge variety of plants and invertebrates for their nutrition. T herefore, areas rich in fishes invariably have a wealth of plants and invertebrates. Molluscs represent the largest phylum in the marine environment, the group is relatively well known taxonomically, and they are ecologically and economically important. Mollusc diversity is exceedingly high in the tropical waters of the Indo-Pacific, particularly in coral reef environments. Gosliner et al. (1996) estimated that approximately 60% of all marine invertebrate species in this extensive region are molluscs. Molluscs are particularly useful as a biodiversity indicator for ecosystems adjacent to reefs where corals are generally absent or scarce (e.g., mud, sand, and rubble bottoms). Historical Notes Prior to this Marine RAP (October 24 –November 9, 1998), no comprehensive faunal surveys of corals, molluscs, or fishes had been undertaken in the combined Togean-Banggai area. Indeed, until the last decade, there appears to have been very little marine biological exploration of any sort. One noteworthy exception was the collection of two specimens of a small cardinalfish in 1920 by a resident Dutch medical officer. T hese were sent to the Natural History Museum in Leiden, and the species was eventually described by Koumans (1933) as Pterapogon kauderni. T he recent rediscovery of this exquisite fish has created a sensation in the marine aquarium fish industry and huge numbers are presently harvested from the Banggai Islands, its only known locality. T he only previous surveys include an investigation of corals and fishes of the Banggai Islands by a team from the Indonesian Institute of Sciences’ Oceanology Section (PPPO) in 1994–1995 (Suharsono et al., 1995). A total of 181 fishes and 157 corals were recorded during this expedition. In addition, C. Wallace of the Museum of Tropical Queensland (Townsville, Australia) investigated the Acropora coral fauna of the Togean Islands in 1995. T he published results (Wallace and Wolstenholme, 1998) revealed an Rapid Assessment Program unusually rich fauna consisting of 61 species, one of the highest totals recorded anywhere for this genus. Wallace also conducted a marine biodiversity survey of the Togeans with the aid of an international team of biologists in October 1999. T he results of this survey were presented at the 9th International Coral Reef Symposium (Wallace, 2000). Physical Environment T he climate is monsoonal, but rainfall is relatively low compared to many other parts of Indonesia. T he heaviest rainfall at Gorontalo, Sulawesi (80 km north of the Togeans) occurs in two periods, between April–July and November– December, when monthly rainfall fluctuates between 110 –119 mm per month. At Luwuk, near the Banggai Islands, the wettest (122–184 mm) months occur between March and August. Yearly figures based on average monthly rainfall between 1971 and 1985 for Gorontalo and Luwuk are 1251 and 1162 mm respectively. However, Suharsono et al. (1995) gave an average yearly rainfall of 300–1000 mm for the Banggai Islands. Predominant winds in Indonesia are the southeast (May–September) and northwest (November–March) monsoons, although the pattern is highly variable depending on locality. Reef morphology at a number of sites visited during the survey indicate that the prevailing winds are generally from the northeast, but their influence on the Togean Islands is moderated by the Minahasa Peninsula. T his same sheltering effect is also present on Peleng Island in the Banggais due to its close proximity to the mountainous central peninsula of the eastern Sulawesi mainland. Prevailing surface currents flow northward past the Banggai Islands and eastern Sulawesi through the Maluku Sea. During the northwest monsoon, these currents are fed by the Banda Sea to the south. In August they are fed mainly by a westerly flow from the Seram Sea (National Coordination Agency for Surveys and Mapping [Bakosurtanal]. 1998. Indonesia: Marine Resources Atlas). Tidal fluctuations in the area are relatively slight. T he maximum spring-tidal fluctuation is only about 1 m. Currents were generally slight or absent at all dive sites except two. T here was virtually no current at the beginning of the dive at Cape Dongolalo (site 28), but towards the end severe currents were experienced, estimated to be at least 6 knots. Conversely, a 3 knot current was present at the beginning of the dive at Pontil Kecil Island (site 30), but by the end of the dive the current was negligible. Sea temperatures during the survey ranged from about 29 to 33°C, and for most sites were consistently in the 30–31°C range. Temperature tended to be slightly cooler in the Banggai Islands compared to the Togeans. T he general temperature regime was warmer in comparison to CI surveys in the Philippines and Milne Bay. T he correlation between elevated sea temperatures and coral bleaching has been well documented (Lesser, 1996). Significantly, we recorded RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty bleaching at 21 of 24 sites in the Togean Islands where the warmest temperatures were evident. In stark contrast, this phenomenon was noted at only one site in the Banggai Group. Human Environment T he Togean Islands are administrated by the Poso Regency and are subdivided into two sub-districts (kecamatan), with 37 villages (desa ) and a population of about 30,000 inhabitants (Table 1). Six main ethnic groups are represented including Togeanese, Bajau, Bobongko, Buginese, Gorontalonese, and Javanese transmigrants. In some villages such as Bajau, nearly the entire working force is composed of fishers. In others, there are few full-time fishers and farming is the main activity. However, even in the latter situation most residents are at least part-time fishers. Owing to increased tourism, there is also significant employment in this economic sector with its associated support businesses. Poverty is the overwhelming economic issue throughout the islands. A total of 29 villages are classified as “poor” in which the annual income per capita is less than 700,000 Rp. T he concern for preserving the Togean Island’s biologically diverse terrestrial and marine ecosystems and their importance to the economic welfare of the islands has prompted CI to develop, in partnership with YABSHI (an Indonesian non-governmental conservation organization), a long-term research and conservation program. Local project activities are administered from a permanent research station established by YABSHI at Malenge Island and are managed as a local-based entity called the Sekber Konsorsium Togean. T he goal of the consortium is to develop an integrated system of marine and terrestrial reserves in which coastal communities, local government, and other stakeholders achieve consensus on matters relating to the designation, delineation, and management of the protected areas. T he consortium invests considerable resources in working with local and provincial government because their programs have a huge impact on the conservation of local biodiversity. Unfortunately, the concept of environmental conservation is still poorly understood among most government agencies. YABSHI, with the support of CI, has increasingly expanded its role in community development and environmental policy decisions, at the same time building political support for conservation initiatives. T he Banggai Islands, administered by the Banggai Regency, consist of five sub-districts and 109 villages (Table 1). T he approximate population of the area is 151,800. As in the Togeans, poverty is widespread and the population depends on farming and fishing for sustenance and capital. Unfortunately, there are no formal conservation programs in existence and the sustainability of natural resources is a primary concern. In both the Banggai and Togean groups the major threats to coral reefs include illegal cyanide and dynamite fishing, as well as uncontrolled clearing of forests for July 2002 11 agriculture, and the consequent erosion and siltation of coastal waters. Site Selection and Methods General site locations were selected by a pre-survey consultation of marine navigation charts. T he following Indonesian charts were particularly valuable in this regard: 192 (Togean Islands), 309 (Teluk Tomini), and 311 (Banggai Islands). British Admiralty chart 3240 (Teluk Tomini) was also used. An effort was made to select a representative sample of all major reef habitats, including coastal fringing reefs, sheltered lagoons, offshore barrier reefs, and atoll reefs. Exact site selection was made upon arrival at the general pre-selected area, and was influenced by weather and sea conditions. T he expedition took place aboard the Serenade, a 25 m, live-aboard dive boat, operated by Murex Resort, Manado, Sulawesi. T he vessel was well equipped for diving, with an efficient air compressor, approximately 20 scuba tanks, and two rubber dinghies, each with a 15 hp outboard motor. At each site, the Biological Team conducted underwater assessments that produced species lists for key coral reef indicator groups. Due to other commitments, the RAP mollusc expert, Dr. Fred Wells, was only able to participate in the first half of the survey, and mollusc data were not gathered for the Banggai Islands. General habitat information was also recorded, as was the extent of live coral cover at several depths. T he main survey method consisted of direct underwater observations by diving scientists, who recorded species of corals, molluscs, and fishes. Visual transects were the main method for recording fishes and corals. Molluscs, by contrast, required the collection of live animals and shells (most released or discarded after identification). Relatively few specimens were preserved for later study, and these were invariably of species that were either too difficult to identify in the field or represented new discoveries. Further collecting details are provided in the following chapters. Concurrently, the reef ecology and fisheries team used a 100 m line transect placed on top of the reef in three depth zones at each site to record the percentage and type of bottom cover, and abundance of selected indicator fishes for biomass estimation. In addition, observations of any obvious reef damage (bleaching, dynamite scars, etc.) were recorded. Finally, both the taxonomic and reef ecology teams recorded any observations of large vertebrates such as sharks, sea turtles, and dugong. Reef Morphology cays), atolls, and barrier reefs. Fringing reefs are generally present around the periphery of islands, as well as along the peninsular mainland. Platform reefs, patch reefs, and lowlying coral cays/offshore islets are abundant and widely scattered throughout the area, including both submerged and emergent varieties. Small patch reefs are particularly common in the eastern Togeans between Talatakoh and Waleabahi islands, and off the southern coast of Peleng Island in the Banggai Group. Pasir Tengah (Site 15) is a typical “mini” atoll and the best example of this structure in the two island groups. In addition, a submerged atoll (Site 42) is present in the Banggai Islands immediately northwest of Bangkulu Island, and several partial atolls (Sites 37, 38, and 40) are located south of this island. T he most extensive and bestdeveloped barrier reef extends along the northern edge of the Togeans, about 2–3 km from shore, between Malenge Island and the western tip of Batudaka Island. T here is also a less well-developed barrier reef off the southwestern corner of Peleng Island in the Banggai Group. Major habitats are divisible into various categories depending on their degree of exposure to wind, waves and currents. Exposed seaward reefs lie at one end of the spectrum and sheltered lagoon-type reefs at the other. In between, there is a range of intermediate types that combine various proportions of outer slope and lagoon properties. T he 47 surveyed sites were broadly classified as follows: Fringing Reefs Sheltered reefs on the leeward side of larger islands or in protected lagoons (Sites 2-4, 8, 11, 18–20, 32, 29, 31, 35, 43–44) T hese sites were variable with regards to corals and other organisms depending on the degree of shelter and proximity to coastal runoff. Some areas such as Pontil Kecil Island (Site 31) were flushed by strong currents and consequently supported a wealth of corals and fishes. Others were highly sheltered in areas susceptible to siltation and consequently had poor visibility due to terrestrial runoff. In spite of their poor overall diversity, these sites often harbored luxuriant growths of hard and soft corals in shallow water. Exposed reefs on the windward side of larger islands or the mainland peninsula (Sites 1, 6, 12–13, 17, 26–28, 30, 34, 41) T hese sites typically consisted of a narrow fringing reef next to shore with a moderate to steep slope into deep water. T hey are generally exposed to wave action for much of the year. Coral growth is sparse in shallow water where waveresistant forms dominate, but becomes more luxuriant with increased depth. T he most spectacularly scenic reefs in this category were those at Una-una Island (Sites 12–13), which featured steep drop-offs on their outer edge. Four major types of reef structures are present in the TogeanBanggai area: fringing reefs, platform/patch reefs (including 12 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Rapid Assessment Program Offshore Reefs Platform Reefs, pinnacles, small islets/coral cays (Sites 5, 14, 25, 30, 32–33, 36, 40, 42, 47) T hese sites typically arose from deep water, and either broke the surface in the form of small islands or cays, or were entirely submerged, often coming to within 2–5 m of the surface. T he best example of a pristine reef, Dondola Island (Site 25), was prominent in this category. T his low-lying coral cay was surrounded by luxuriant corals in shallow water, with an abrupt outer reef drop-off on its northern edge. Another richly diverse reef, characterized by a small island, surrounding reef flat, and spectacular drop-off was noted at Site 47 (Makailu Island). Atoll reefs (Sites 15, 37–39) T hese sites typically included a shallow reef crest, which gradually sloped seaward before plunging steeply to deep water. Sites in the Banggai Islands generally included a broad shallow reef flat around islands or cays before plunging steeply on the outer edge. Barrier reefs (Sites 7, 9–10, 16, 21–22, 45–46) T hese sites typically consisted of a shallow reef crest, gradual slope on the landward side, and moderate slope seaward, ending in an abrupt drop-off to deep water. Coral growth was generally luxuriant in the shallower (< 10 m) sections. Site Locations A total of 47 sites were visited between 24 October and 9 November 1998, and are described in detail in Technical Report 2. A summary of the sites is presented in Tables 2 and 3. Place names were taken from Indonesian marine navigation charts (92, 309, 311). Table 2. Summary of survey sites in the Togean Islands (Sites 1– 24 and mainland peninsula/shoals (Sites 25– 28). No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Date 24/10/98 24/10/98 25/10/98 25/10/98 25/10/98 26/10/98 26/10/98 26/10/98 27/10/98 27/10/98 27/10/98 28/10/98 28/10/98 28/10/98 29/10/98 29/10/98 29/10/98 30/10/98 30/10/98 30/10/98 31/10/98 31/10/98 31/10/98 1/11/98 1/11/98 2/11/98 2/11/98 2/11/98 RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty Location S tip of Waleabahi Is. Kedodo Bay, Waleabahi Is. Lantolanto, Waleabahi Is. S tip of Waleakodi Is. Off S central Waleakodi Is. E end of Malingi Is. Malingi barrier reef Kilat Bay, N. Togean Is. N Kadidi barrier reef S Kadidi barrier reef Wakai, NE Batudaka Is. Una-una Village, Una-una Is. N tip of Una-una Is. SW corner Una-una Is. S tip of Pasir Tengah Atoll W end Batudaka barrier reef Near SW tip of Batudaka Is. Near SW tip of Batudaka Is. SW side Batudaka Is. SE side Batudaka Is. Pasir Batang barrier reef Reef near P. Mogo Besar S entrance Selat Batudaka Waleabahi - Talatakoh Is. Dondola Is. Pasirpanjang Point Puludua Is. Dongolalo Point Coordinates 0° 23.74’ S, 0° 17.53’ S, 0° 15.92’ S, 0° 17.97’ S, 0° 17.83’ S, 0° 15.41’ S, 0° 12.97’ S, 0° 19.97’ S, 0° 19.09’ S, 0° 20.35’ S, 0° 24.30’ S, 0° 08.75’ S, 0° 07.49’ S, 0° 11.01’ S, 0° 25.64’ S, 0° 30.27’ S, 0° 34.90’ S, 0° 33.88’ S, 0° 30.97’ S, 0° 31.49’ S, 0° 29.39’ S, 0° 26.12’ S, 0° 26.60’ S, 0° 26.37’ S, 0° 25.32’ S, 0° 41.08’ S, 0° 49.36’ S, 0° 57.35’ S, 122° 24.10’ E 122° 20.47’ E 122° 15.98’ E 122° 14.07’ E 122° 11.42’ E 122° 05.81’ E 122° 03.89’ E 121° 55.44’ E 121° 50.34’ E 121° 49.44’ E 121° 56.01’ E 121° 39.55’ E 121° 38.47’ E 121° 33.94’ E 121° 38.21’ E 121° 36.60’ E 121° 41.68’ E 121° 41.58’ E 121° 44.45’ E 121° 51.62’ E 122° 03.92’ E 122° 00.01’ E 121° 56.18’ E 122° 16.33’ E 122° 37.87’ E 123° 24.66’ E 123° 27.15’ E 123° 28.95’ E July 2002 13 Table 3. Summary of survey sites in the Banggai Islands. No. Date 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 3/11/98 3/11/98 3/11/98 4/11/98 4/11/98 5/11/98 5/11/98 5/11/98 6/11/98 6/11/98 6/11/98 7/11/98 7/11/98 7/11/98 8/11/98 8/11/98 8/11/98 9/11/98 9/11/98 Location Tandah Putih, Peleng Is. Pulau Potil Kecil, Banggai Is. Banggai Harbour, Banggai Is. Bandang Is. SE end Kenau Is. N tip Kembongan Is. Lagoon W Kembongan Is. E side Tumbak Is. Atoll S of Treko Is. E side Pulau Pasibata reef SW side Saloka Is. S side Sidula Is. NE end Bangkulu Is. Atoll off NW Bangkulu Is. S Peleng near Bobo Is. Patipakaman Pt., Peleng Is. Barrier reef W Dalopo Is. SW corner Banyak Is. Makailu Is. Results and Discussion Biological Diversity Despite intense fishing pressure, biological diversity remains relatively high at both island groups. T he number of corals, molluscs, and fishes that were recorded (Table 4) compares favorably with other parts of the “coral triangle,” including areas recently surveyed by CI, such as Milne Bay, Papua New Guinea (Werner and Allen, 1998) and the Calamianes Islands, Philippines (Werner and Allen, 2000). As a result of the present RAP a total of 54 coral species were recorded from Indonesia for the first time, including at least six new species. Although molluscs were only sampled at the Togean Islands and mainland peninsular sites, an impressive total of 541 species was recorded. Nevertheless, many more species can be expected in the area, as our inventory technique does Table 4. Summary of the fauna of the Togean- Banggai Islands recorded during the RAP survey. Faunal Group Reef corals Molluscs Fishes 14 No. Families No. Genera No. Species 15 103 75 76 258 272 314 541 819 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Coordinates 1° 13.58’ S, 1° 28.13’ S, 1° 34.84’ S, 1° 41.12’ S, 1° 46.14’ S, 1° 51.45’ S, 1° 52.92’ S, 1° 54.78’ S, 2° 06.89’ S, 2° 07.88’ S, 1° 59.42’ S, 1° 53.90’ S, 1° 46.72’ S, 1° 43.52’ S, 1° 38.64’ S, 1° 36.12’ S, 1° 36.08’ S, 1° 32.64’ S, 1° 20.73’ S, 123° 24.29’ E 123° 33.30’ E 123° 20.01’ E 123° 27.50’ E 123° 31.36’ E 123° 41.81’ E 123° 41.32’ E 123° 32.86’ E 123° 26.65’ E 123° 17.40’ E 123° 15.53’ E 123° 11.55’ E 123° 07.88’ E 123° 03.71’ E 123° 10.27’ E 123° 06.28’ E 122° 49.62’ E 122° 46.04’ E 122° 49.65’ E not include the abundant micro-mollusc fauna. T he area’s ichthyofauna is also rich, although there was a notable lack of large reef fishes, including sharks. A total of 812 reef fishes were recorded, and an extrapolation method using six key families indicates that an overall total of at least 1,023 species can be expected. At least seven new fishes were collected during the survey. In addition, valuable observations and photographs were obtained for Pterapogon kauderni, a highly attractive cardinalfish endemic to the Banggai Islands that is being harvested in huge numbers for the international aquarium market. Although relatively few endemic reef organisms were recorded from the Togean and Banggai Islands, its diverse mix of local reef communities and habitats was in itself highly unique. Detailed results are given in the separate reports for corals, molluscs, and fishes. Environmental Condition A wide variety of environmental conditions were encountered during the survey. T hese ranged from nearly pristine reefs (Site 25) to areas such as site 7 that showed the effect of intense illegal fishing activity, particularly the use of explosives and cyanide. A new technique for evaluating the condition or “health” of individual sites was employed in this survey. Sites were graded according to their level of damage from both natural and human causes, in combination with overall coral cover and fish diversity. Live coral cover averaged 41–42% in the two island groups, which is relatively Rapid Assessment Program high compared to many other areas of Indonesia. Dondola Island (Site 25), the reef near Lalong Village (Site 29), and the Banyak Islands (Site 46) were judged to be the best sites, being classified in the “excellent condition” category. T hese sites invariably had a high percentage of live coral cover, abundant fish life, and minimal signs of stress or threat. Although the live scleractinian coral cover appears to be relatively high, there was ample evidence of reef degradation at many survey sites. T he most common causes of damage were dynamite fishing and siltation due to erosion of terrestrial sediments. Large vertebrates were generally scarce at both the Togean and Banggai Islands, undoubtedly a sign of over-exploitation. No dugong were seen, and only two sharks were noted (at Sites 19 and 45). A total of five green turtles (Chelonia mydas) were recorded from Sites 14, 15, 20, and 29. Key Sites Based on overall reef condition, biodiversity of indicator groups, and aesthetic qualities, the following sites were rated highest by RAP team members: Togean Islands—North Kadidi barrier reef (Sites 9–10), northeastern corner of Unauna Island (12-13), Pasir Tengah Atoll (15), western end of northern Batudaka barrier reef (16); Peninsular reefs and shoals—Dondola Island (25); Banggai Islands—Tandah Putih, Peleng Island (29), Potil Kecil Island (30), Dalopo Island barrier reef (45), Banyak Islands (46), and Makailu Island (47). A valid case can probably be made for special protective status for the Banggai Cardinalfish, due to its extremely limited distribution and low fecundity. At the present rate of exploitation the population will decrease significantly, until its existence may be threatened. Key sites for this fish were noted at Banggai Harbor (31), Kembongan Island lagoon (35), and southern Peleng Island near Bobo Island (43). Further investigations are required to assess population numbers, but the species appears to be restricted to sheltered reefs adjacent to the larger, high islands such as Peleng and Banggai. and cyanide to provide extra income to keep pace with inflation. Conservation I ssues and Recommendations T he Togean and Banggai Islands are at an important “crossroad” with regard to economic development. T he monetary crisis has created a discouraging spiral of over-harvesting of marine resources in order to compensate for the increased prices of goods and services and general devaluation of the rupiah. Illegal fishing methods are common throughout the region, resulting in both depleted resources and the destruction of habitats that are vital to the sustainability of fishes and other marine organisms. T here is clearly a need for better enforcement of existing fishing laws, and the initiation of sound management practices to ensure that the unique assemblage of biodiversity is preserved for future generations. From this perspective we make several recommendations: 1) In general, watershed protection should be a primary objective of any management plan for the area. Implementing this objective will also target agricultural activities that can have negative downstream impacts on coastal and marine environments. If successfully designed and implemented, watershed protection will prevent some irreversible environmental consequences that sediment and pollution can cause in near-shore waters, while also helping rivers and streams support people and freshwater biodiversity. Watershed protection is crucial throughout the area, but especially on the large island of Peleng, which supports a wide variety of freshwater habitats. Community Issues Several randomly selected villages were visited by RAP team members, who conducted informal interviews to acquire information on the relationship between marine biodiversity and the general community. An attempt was made to assess the importance of marine resources to the economic livelihood and general well-being of local villagers. Poverty seemed to be the main concern of average villagers, and particularly the effect of the continuing economic crisis, which appears to be severely impacting their livelihood. Increased prices for basic goods such as rice and medicine were of major concern. T his problem has caused increased reliance on marine products for sustenance and capital, and in some cases fishers have adopted illegal methods such as dynamite RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty Evaluate and prevent downstream environmental impacts of land-based activities. Fishing practices are not the only threat to the area’s marine environment. Land-based threats are another concern. Uncontrolled clearing of native forests for agriculture, for example, increases erosion, which in turn introduces higher sediment loads into watercourses. T hese sediments are discharged into coastal waters where they can smother and kill coral reefs. T he government should therefore take into account the downstream environmental impacts of any deforestation projects and subsequent land-use schemes. 2) Establish marine protected areas. T he establishment of protected areas should be a primary objective of conserving the area’s unique marine biological community. It is important to clarify the term “protected area” to show that it does not necessarily mean that an area or its resources is denied to a local population. July 2002 15 T he location of protected areas should follow scientific guidelines to ensure that they cover a representative sample of the region’s marine biodiversity. Target areas should include those that are exceptionally diverse, unique, and that are known to protect currently or potentially rare or endangered species, such as the Banggai Cardinalfish. readily in captivity and therefore the demand in the international aquarium trade could be satisfied by aquarium-bred stock. A combination of CIT ES listing and increased supply of captive stock would curtail the demand for wild-caught specimens. 5) Identifying the location of marine conservation areas should be guided by an understanding of the distribution of marine biodiversity, not just locally, but also on a regional scale. Other factors also need to be considered, especially the degree of local interest and support. Whatever mechanisms are used, they should be in tune with the needs of coastal villagers. 3) Strengthen species conservation programs for rare and endangered marine wildlife. T he Togean-Banggai area, and Indonesia in general, sustain an active trade in many species that in other parts of the world have disappeared or experienced dramatic reductions in population numbers. For example, many species of sharks have drastically declined in numbers throughout Southeast Asia and other regions where they were once common. Besides the need for protecting areas where rare, endangered, and endemic species are found, it is important to control their direct exploitation and trade. Marine species that seem particularly threatened in the TogeanBanggai area include sharks, sea turtles, dugong, giant clams, and certain fishes (e.g., Napoleon wrasse). In Indonesia, some of these animals are protected by national laws, but unfortunately these laws are rarely enforced. At the community level, strengthening traditional values and developing more lucrative cash incentives (such as from eco-tourism projects) might provide local solutions. At the government level, there is a need for better enforcement of existing regulations and an increased capacity to conduct periodic monitoring of endangered species populations so that species conservation programs respond to changing needs. Monitoring programs should include key roles for both local people and NGOs. 4) 16 Enact species conservation measures for Pterapogon kauderni, to include an international ban on the harvest and trade of wild specimens. In view of its highly restricted distribution, low fecundity, and current level of exploitation, the Banggai Cardinalfish should be protected by international law. It seems unlikely that local collecting bans would prove effective. T he real solution for its protection would be its listing by CIT ES as a prohibited trade commodity. T his fish is reported to breed C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Examine feasibility of developing economic incentives that support marine conservation. Conservation interests are frequently seen as adversarial to economic development interests. In both the Togean and Banggai Islands, conservation of marine resources will likely provide a significant economic return for its people. However, more study is needed of the socio-economic factors involved. Marine and terrestrial wildlife have major tourism potential that should not be overlooked. Worldwide, Indonesia is one of the most coveted destinations by scuba divers, but the Togean and Banggai Islands remain virtually undiscovered. In places such as Florida, reef tourism generates an estimated US $1.6 billion dollars annually (Birkland, 1997), and unlike other more destructive forms of development, can be sustainable if properly managed. Although this large volume of tourism is obviously neither possible nor desirable for the Togean-Banggai area, it does provide an example of an economic development option that concurrently respects the needs of people and conserves the environment. Although current visitation is very low (one dive resort on Waleabahi Island, Togeans), divers should ensure that corals are not damaged by anchoring. When this activity becomes more popular it may be advisable to install mooring buoys. However, given past problems in other regions, in which buoys are removed for uses other than originally intended, installation should be carefully planned in consultation with local people and professional diving experts. 6) Strengthen capacity within the region for managing natural environments. It is necessary to strengthen the capacity of local government to confront the increasing environmental pressures on marine resources. Unfortunately, local governments seldom have the staff and resources to address conservation issues. Given this scenario it seems likely that national or overseas funding may be needed for any major conservation initiatives. 7) Enforce existing laws. Destructive fishing practices such as the use of cyanide and dynamite are illegal. However, enforcement of these bans is virtually nonexistent in areas such as the Togean and Banggai Islands. Research is needed to analyze enforcement systems available and implement the one most cost effective. Staff and equipment need to be provided to existing law Rapid Assessment Program enforcement agencies for the expansion of their activities into the marine environment. 8) Launch an environmental awareness campaign. T he results of this survey can be used to build awareness about the importance of marine conservation for the Togean and Banggai Islands. Several audiences should be targeted, especially coastal villagers, government officials, non-governmental organizations (NGOs), and international development agencies. Suharsono, R. Sukarno, M. Adrim, D. Arief, A. Budiyanto, Gyanto, A. Ibrahim, and Yahmantoro. 1995. Weisata bahari kepulauan Banggai. Lembaga Ilumu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Pusat Penelitian dan Pengembangan Oseanologi, Jakarta. Wallace, C.C. and J. Wolstenholme. 1998. Revision of the coral genus Acropora (Scleractinia: Astrocoeniina: Acroporidae) from Indonesia. Zoological Journal of the Linnaean Society 123: 1–186. Establish a long-term environmental monitoring program. Periodic surveys by marine biologists are recommended to monitor the status of reef environments and of particular species, such as the Banggai Cardinalfish. As in other areas of the Indo-Pacific, these biologists might assist in the design of simple, but effective monitoring protocols which villagers, NGOs, and government officers could carry out themselves. Wallace, C.C. 2000. Nature and origins of the unique high diversity reef faunas in the Bay of Tomini, Central Sulawesi: T he ultimate center of diversity? In: Abstract. 9th International Coral Reef Symposium, Bali, Indonesia 2000, D. Hopley, P. M. Hopley, J. Tamelander, T. Done (eds.). p. 46. State Ministry of the Environment, Indonesia, Indonesian Institute of Sciences, T he International Society for Reef Studies. 10) Promote collection of data essential for marine conservation planning. Biological data are not the only type of information that is important for conservation planning. For the Togean and Banggai Islands, layers of geophysical, political, ecological, cultural, and socio-economic information should be combined through a process that results in the definition of a regional conservation strategy. One option is to convene a workshop where a group of relevant experts and stakeholders review existing information to achieve consensus on a conservation strategy. One component of the resulting strategy would be the identification of information gaps, and proposals for how to fill them. Werner, T. B. and G.R. Allen (eds.). 1998. A rapid biodiversity assessment of the coral reefs of Milne Bay Province, Papua New Guinea. RAP Working Papers 11, Conservation International, Washington, DC. 9) Werner, T. B. and G.R. Allen, (eds.). 2001. A rapid biodiversity assessment of the coral reefs of the Calamianes Islands, Palawan Province, Philippines. RAP Working Papers, Conservation International, Washington, DC. References Birkland, C. (ed.). 1997. Life and Death of Coral Reefs. Chapman and Hall, New York. Gosliner, T. M., D. W. Behrens, and G. C. Williams. 1996. Coral Reef Animals of the Indo-Pacific. Sea Challengers, Monterey, California. Leis, J. M. 1991. Chapter 8. T he pelagic stage of reef fishes: T he larval biology of coral reef fishes. In: Sale, P. F. (ed.). The Ecology of Fishes on Coral Reefs. pp. 183–230. Academic Press, San Diego. Lesser, M.P. 1996. Oxidative stress causes coral bleaching during exposure to elevated temperatures. Coral Reefs 16: 187–192. RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty July 2002 17 Chapter 1 Reef corals of the Togean and Banggai Islands, Sulawesi, Indonesia Douglas Fenner Summary • I ntroduction T he principle aim of the survey was to provide an inventory of the coral species growing on reefs and associated habitats, including those growing on sand or other soft sediments within and around reefs. T he primary group of corals is the zooxanthellate scleractinian corals, those containing singlecell algae and which contribute to reef building. Also included are a few zooxanthellate non-scleractinian (e.g., blue coral, organ-pipe coral, and fire coral), azooxanthellate scleractinian corals (Tubastrea and a few others), and azooxanthellate non-scleractinian corals (Distichopora and Stylaster). All produce calcium carbonate skeletons, which contribute to reef building to some degree. T he results of this survey facilitate a comparison of the faunal richness of the Togean and Banggai Islands with other parts of Southeast Asia and adjoining regions. However, the list of corals presented below is still incomplete, due to the time restriction of the survey (16.5 days), the patchy distribution of many corals, and the difficulty in identifying some species underwater. Corals are sufficiently difficult to identify that there are often significant differences between the opinions of leading experts. • T he Togean and Banggai Islands have a diverse coral fauna. A total of 314+ species were observed or collected during the survey. • Species numbers at visually sampled sites ranged from 34 to 106, with an average of 70 per site. Togean sites had slightly more species (average 74 per site) than the Banggai sites (average 67 per site), but the difference was not significant. • Despite a greater sampling effort (28 versus 19 sites) in the Togeans, slightly more species were recorded from the Banggai Islands (262 and 267 species, respectively). • Acropora, Montipora, and Porites were dominant, with 49, 21, and 12 species respectively; this is typical of Indo-Pacific reefs. • T he overwhelming majority (94%) was zooxanthellate Scleractinia, with only a few non-sclearctinian and azooxanthellate species, as is typical of Indo-Pacific reefs. Methods At least six new species were collected during the survey: one species each of Acropora, Porites, Leptoseris, Echinophyllia, and two of Galaxea. In addition, 55 T he author surveyed corals during 51 hours of scuba, diving to a maximum depth of 44 m. A list of coral species was compiled at 47 sites. T he basic method consisted of underwater observations, usually during a single, 60–90 minute dive at each site. T he name of each species identified was • 18 A list of corals was compiled for 47 sites in the Togean Islands, Banggai Islands, and penisular reefs and shoals separating the two areas. T hese included 24 sites in the Togean Islands, 4 mainland penisule/shoals, 18 in the Banggai Islands, and one on a shoal that separates the two island groups. T he survey involved 51 hours of scuba diving by D. Fenner to a maximum of 44 meters. species were recorded from Indonesia for the first time. C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Rapid Assessment Program marked on a plastic sheet on which species names were printed. A direct descent was made in most cases to the base of the reef, to or beyond the deepest coral visible. Most of the dive consisted of a slow ascent along the reef in a zigzag path to the shallowest point. All habitats encountered were surveyed, including sandy areas, walls, overhangs, slopes, and shallow reef. Areas typically hosting few or no corals, such as seagrass beds and mangroves, were not surveyed. Many corals can be positively identified underwater to species level, but several are impossible to confirm without seeing the living polyps. Field guides assisted identification (Veron, 1986; Nishihira, 1991; and Nishihira and Veron, 1995); however, some corals were dependent on laboratory examination for positive identification. T his was aided by the use of various references including Best and Suharsono (1991), Cairns and Zibrowius (1997), Claereboudt (1990), Dai (1989), Dai and Lin (1992), Dineson (1980), Hodgson (1985), Hodgson and Ross (1981), Hoeksema (1989), Hoeksema and Best (1991 and 1992), Moll and Best (1984), Nemenzo (1986), Ogawa and Takamashi (1993 and 1995), Sheppard and Sheppard (1991), Veron (1985, 1990, and in press), Veron and Pichon (1976, 1980, and 1982), Veron et al. (1977), Wallace (1994 and 1997a), and Wallace and Wolstenholme (1998). Results A total of 314+ species in 75 genera of stony corals (295+ species and 66 genera of zooxanthellate Scleractinia) were recorded, with 262 species in the Togeans and 267 in the Banggai Group (Appendix 1). Many of these species are illustrated in Veron (1986) or Nishihira and Veron (1995), and nearly all are illustrated in Veron (2000a), and Veron, and Stafford-Smith (in press). General faunal composition T he coral fauna consists mainly of Scleractinia. T he genera with the largest numbers of species found were Acropora, Table 1.1 Genera with the greatest number of species. Rank Genus Species Acropora Montipora Porites Fungia Pavona Leptoseris Lobophyllia Echinopora Favia Pectinia 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 49 21 12 11 10 8 7 7 7 6 Montipora, Porites, Fungia, Pavona, Leptoseris, Lobophyllia, Echinopora, Favia, and Pectinia. T hese 10 genera account for about 44% of the total observed species (Table 1.1). T he order of the most common genera is typical of Western Pacific reefs (Table 1.2), with a few minor differences; Acropora, Montipora, and Porites are always the three most speciose genera. T he farther down the list one moves, the more variable the order becomes, with both the number of species and the differences between genera decreasing. Most of the corals were zooxanthellate (algae-containing, reef-building) scleractinian corals, with 94% of the species in this group. Seven corals were azooxanthellate (lacking algae) scleractinians, making up 2% of the total, and the remaining 12 species (4%) were non-scleractinians. Table 1.2. Genera with the greatest number of species for various sites in the West Pacific: eastern and western Australia (E. Aus. and W. Aus.), Philippines (Phil.), Japan (all from Veron, 1993), Calamianes Islands (Calam.), Philippines (Werner and Allen, 2001) and North Sulawesi (N. Sul.) (present survey). Rank 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Genus Acropora Montipora Porites Favia Goniopora Fungia Pavona Leptoseris Cycloseris Psammocora % of Fauna E. Aus W. Aus. Phil. Japan Calam. N. Sul. 19 9 5 4 4 4 2 2 3 2 18 10 4 4 4 3 3 2 2 3 17 10 6 4 3 4 3 2 3 2 19 9 6 4 4 3 3 3 2 2 13 7 3 3 1 4 4 4 1 2 16 5 3 2 1 3 2 2 1 2 RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty July 2002 19 Zoogeographic affinities of the coral fauna T he reef corals of the Togean and Banggai Islands, and Sulawesi in general, belong to the overall Indo-West Pacific faunal province. A few species span the entire range of the province, but most do not. The Togean and Banggai Islands lie within the central area of greatest marine biodiversity, referred to as the Coral Triangle, which encompasses central Indonesia and the Philippines. Coral diversity decreases in all directions from the Coral Triangle. For example, 80 species occur at an island near Tokyo, 65 species at Lord Howe Island, off southeastern Australia, about 45 species at the Hawaiian Islands, and about 20 species on the Pacific coast of Panama. Species attenuation is significantly less to the west in the Indian Ocean and Red Seas, though this area, like many others, is insufficiently studied to provide accurate figures. Corals are habitat-builders and appear to have less nichespecialization than some other groups, occurring over a relatively wide range of exposure and light intensity. T hus, there are a few corals that are restricted to zones such as very shallow areas, protected areas, deep water, shaded niches, soft bottoms, or exposed areas. However, limited zonation occurs that is correlated with depth and wave/current exposure. Corals are primarily autotrophic, relying on the photosynthetic products of their symbiotic algae, supplemented by plankton caught by either filter or suspension feeding. Most require hard substrate for attachment, but a few thrive on soft substrates. During the current survey barrier reefs supported the greatest number of coral species, followed in order by platform reefs, atolls, exposed fringing reefs, and sheltered fringing reefs (Table 1.3). Most corals found in this area have fairly wide distributions within the Indo-Pacific. A majority of species have a pelagic larval stage, with a minimum of a few days pelagic development for broadcast spawners (most species), and larval settling competency lasting for at least a few weeks. A minority of corals release brooded larvae that, depending on the species, may settle immediately or exhibit pelagic dispersal stages of variable length. T he main zoogeographic categories for Togean-Banggai corals have relatively broad distributions that extend beyond Indonesia: 78% have ranges that extend both west and east of Indonesia, 10% extend east but not west from Indonesia, Table 1.3. Species richness (average number of species per site) according to type of reef. Reef Type Barrier Platform Atolls Exposed Fringing Sheltered Fringing 20 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL No. Species 90 84 74 71 69 about 5% range west, north, or south, and 7% are restricted to the Coral Triangle. None are endemic to Indonesia (based on Veron, 1993). Wallace (1997a) listed 10 species of Acropora as Indonesian endemics. However, subsequent collections from surrounding regions have reduced the number to only two species, or 2.4% of the total Indonesian Acropora fauna. Comparison between coral faunas of the Togean and Banggai I slands Of the 314+ species, 45 were found only in the Togeans and 50 only in the Banggais, with 219 found in both. T he complete list by sites is presented in Appendix 1. Sites 46, 24, and 40 had the highest species richness, with 100, 93, and 92 species respectively. Sites 35, 11, 10, and 18 had the lowest species richness, with 28, 44, 50, and 51 species. T he 10 richest sites are summarized in Table 1.4, and the number of species at all sites is presented in Table 1.5. T he majority of species were recorded at the first 15 sites. Subsequent species were added to the list at a slow, but relatively steady rate, indicating that sufficient sites were surveyed (Figure 1.1). Togean sites had a slightly higher average number of species per site than Banggai sites, 74 versus 67, but the difference was not significant (two-tailed t-test with unequal variances, p = 0.11). T his result is consistent with the lack of a difference in the total number of corals (262 in the Togeans and 267 in the Banggai Group). A few corals showed striking differences in abundance between the two areas. T he wide-ranging Scolymia vitiensis was found in low numbers at 16 sites in the Togeans, but was absent in the Banggai Group. Similarly, Acropora togianensis, which was described from the Togeans, was found on 11 sites there, and was common and conspicuous on many. It was not seen at any sites in the Banggai Islands despite intensive collecting efforts in Indonesia and surrounding regions by Wallace and Veron (pers. comm.). One of the rarest species found was Acropora russelli, previously known from Cartier Reef, off northwestern Australia, and Halmahera, Indonesia. Likewise, Leptoseris amitoriensis, previously known from one site in Japan and another at the Calamianes Islands, Philippines, was another extremely rare species collected during the present survey Wallace (1997b) reported 53 species of Acropora from the Togean Islands, compared to 28–61 species (mean = 50.4 species) in four other areas of Indonesia. In the present survey, 42 species of Acropora were found in the Togeans, and 51 species in the combined Togean-Banggai area. T he latter figure is perhaps more comparable with Wallace’s total con- Rapid Assessment Program Table 1.4. Sites with the highest coral diversity. Rank Site No. Species 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 46 24 40 45 42 9 38 41 21 16 100 93 92 89 89 87 86 86 85 84 Species of special interest Table 1.5. Number of coral species observed at each site. Site Species 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 64 52 69 52 64 57 68 54 87 50 44 69 67 70 84 62 Site Species Site Species 51 51 73 83 84 80 57 93 76 75 75 75 61 69 70 71 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 69 56 29 67 64 86 60 92 87 89 73 87 89 100 83 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 350 300 250 Species 200 150 100 50 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 Dives Figure 1.1. Cumulative records of coral species for the RAP survey. RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty sidering that two persons were involved with her collecting effort and only Acropora species were investigated. Moreover, Wallace collected extensive samples in contrast to the present survey, which was primarily visual. Wallace (1999a) further increased the Togeans total to 61 species, stating that this island group was one of the most diverse areas known for this genus. Laboratory examination of the approximately 50 coral species collected during this survey revealed at least six new species (Table 1.6) and further study of the material may yield additional undescribed taxa. A number of new species were described during this survey. Type specimens were collected, and all were described in Veron (2000a) with photos taken by Fenner during this survey. Acropora cylindrica Veron and Fenner, 2000 forms branching staghorn colonies with smooth cylindrical branches that taper smoothly to a rounded tip. Radial corallites are just slightly exsert, and their white color contrasts with the brown branch surface. Appears similar to Acropora togianensis but without tubercles between corallites. Also known from Papua New Guinea. Porites rugosa Fenner and Veron, 2000a forms bushy branching colonies with very rough branches, purple or orange with yellow branch tips. Found at Sites 17, 19, and 21. Leptoseris striata Fenner and Veron, 2000b forms small circular dishes, with a large central corallite and small streaks on its surface. Found at Sites 2, 15 and 47. Also known from the Philippines. Galaxea longisepta Fenner and Veron, 2000c forms small encrusting patches, only about 10 cm diameter, at medium depths, often on a steep slope or partly shaded location. Corallites are widely spaced, tall, and have extremely exsert septa. Found at Sites 1, 4, 7, 12–15, 20, 21, 24, 25, and 35. T he type specimen was collected on this expedition. Also known from the Philippines and Great Barrier Reef. Galaxea cryptoramosa Fenner and Veron, 2000d forms lumps about 20–30 cm diameter in relatively shallow water. T he corallites appear much as in Galaxea fasicularis, but colonies can be broken apart to reveal that they are composed of irregular branches with corallites along their length. Found at Sites 30, 32, and 34. T he type specimen was collected on this expedition. Echinophyllia costata Fenner and Veron, 2000e forms large plates growing upward at about a 45° angle in concentric circles like rose petals. Corallites on the thin plates look like those of Favia on living colonies, but examination of the skeleton reveals that they are Echinophyllia. It lives at medium depths in fields of other foliose species. Found at Sites 35 and 43. July 2002 21 Table 1.6. New species observed during survey, but found first elsewhere. Species marked with * denote need for further study to be confirmed as new taxa. 1 Species Region Seriatopora dendritica 1 Veron, 2000b Montipora delicatula Veron, 2000c * Montipora sp.1 Montipora palawanensis Veron, 2000d Montipora verruculosus Veron, 2000e Acropora filiformis Veron, 2000f Halomitra meierae Veron and Maragos, 2000 Lobophyllia flabelliformis Veron, 2000g Favia truncatus Veron, 2000h Platygyra acuta Veron, 2000i Montastrea colemani Veron, 2000j * Dendrophyllia sp. 1 * Heliopora sp. 1 * Tubipora sp. 1 * Tubipora sp. 2 Coral Triangle, Papua New Guinea Coral Triangle Coral Triangle Coral Triangle Calamianes, Philippines Bali, Indonesia Coral Triangle, Ryukyu Islands, Papua New Guinea, Northeast Australia Southeast Asia, Northern and Northeastern Australia, Indian Ocean, Madagascar Coral Triangle, Indian Ocean, Madagascar, Red Sea Coral Triangle, Northeastern Australia, Madagascar, Gulf of Aden, Melanesia The species name is given as both “ dentritica” and “ dendritica” in Veron (2000a). We presume that the former is a typographical error and the latter the correct name In addition, 15 species of corals that were still undescribed at the time of the survey were recorded. However, most of these were subsequently described by Veron (2000a), who discovered them elsewhere (Table 1.6). Montipora sp. 1, as well as the last four entries in the table were collected by Fenner in the Philippines and may be described at a later date if confirmed as new taxa. Philippines, and Leptoseris amitoriensis was known only from Japan. T he latter species as well as Pachyseris involuta and Symphallia hassi are extremely rare in collections. Table 1.7. New records of corals not previously reported from Indonesia. Species Overview of the I ndonesian coral fauna T he Indonesian coral fauna is no doubt one of the richest in the world. T he only other country with comparable diversity is the Philippines, although the New Guinea region (comprised of Papua New Guinea and Papua Provice of Indonesia) may have comparable richness. The total number of species found in this study, 314+, is slightly less than the number (334) reported in the most thorough study of Indonesian corals to date (Best et al., 1989). Previous Indonesian coral studies include those on reefs in the Jakarta area by Moll and Suharsono (1986) and Brown et al. (1985), which recorded 193 and 88 species respectively. In addition, Jonker and Johan (1999) recorded 163 species from Sumatra based on a study of museum specimens. A total of 40 previously described species were recorded from Indonesian waters for the first time during the present survey (Table 1.7). Eight of these (Acropora fastigata, Porites cumulatus, Montipora confusa, Montipora florida, Montastrea salebrosa, Pachyseris foliosa, Oxypora crassispinosa, and Euphyllia paradivisa) were formerly known only from the 22 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Pocillopora ankeli Montipora cactus Montipora capitata Montipora confusa Montipora florida Montipora hirsuta Montipora samarensis Acropora fastigata Astreopora randalli Astreopora suggesta Porites attenuata Porites cumulatus Porites evermanni Porites monticulosa Porites negrosensis Porites sillimaniana Goniopora pendulus Pavona bipartita Pavona minuta (=xarife) Leptoseris amitoriensis Species Pachyseris foliosa Pachyseris gemmae Pachyseris involuta Fungia klunzingeri Galaxea paucisepta Pectinia teres Mycedium mancaoi Oxypora crassispinosa Oxypora glabra Lobophyllia robusta Symphyllia hassi Leptoria irregularis Montastrea salebrosa Euphyllia paraancora Euphyllia paradivisa Euphyllia yaeyamensis Turbinaria irregularis Stylaster sp. 1 Stylaster sp. 2 Distichopora nitida Rapid Assessment Program T he combination of 15 undescribed species first collected outside of Indonesia, 40 described species representing new records for the country, and at least six new species, gives an overall total of 61 new additions to the Indonesian fauna. Including the present report, 478 species of Scleractinia (and a total of 522 species of stony corals) have been reported from Indonesia (Table 1.8). Additional species are undoubtedly in unpublished records held by J. E. N. Veron. T hus, central Indonesia, including Sulawesi, is clearly within the area of maximum coral diversity in the western Pacific. Corals have been investigated most extensively in the Philippines. T he most recent published count (Veron and Hodgson, 1989) of 411 Scleractinia is similar to that for Indonesia, but additional unpublished data has significantly increased the total. However, further study is required in both countries to obtain comprehensive lists, and there are no complete species listings for any local areas in the region. T he summaries provided in Table 1.8 are based on relatively recent literature. T he review by Tomascik et al. (1997) was particularly useful, as it includes summary data from previous studies such as the comprehensive review of Best et al. (1989). Earlier studies were not considered, largely because of the many difficulties associated with misidentifications and synonyms. It is interesting to compare the present data with that of the previous RAP survey in the Calamianes Islands (Palawan Province, Philippines) (Werner and Allen, 2001). T he total number of species was similar: 311 species in Sulawesi and 304 species in the Calamianes. Likewise, 76 genera were found in Indonesia and 75 genera in the Calamianes. However, an average of 92.5 species were found at each site in the Calamianes, compared with 69.7 species per site in Sulawesi. T his difference is highly significant (p < 0.00001, two-tail t-test with unequal variances; 2 sites with 2 dives each in the Philippines excluded). Further, variance in the number of species per site was much higher for the Philippines, with the standard deviation 19.7, as opposed to 9.4 in Sulawesi. T he latter is easily explained by a more standard search procedure in Sulawesi compared to the Calamianes, where some dives were largely spent collecting new species. Although Sulawesi had roughly the same total number of species, there were fewer species per site compared with the Calamianes. T here were 47 sites at Sulawesi compared to 37 at the Calamianes. A total of 304 species were recorded in the Calamianes after 37 sites compared to 291 after 37 sites in Sulawesi. Sulawesi had 13 fewer species, or a 4% difference. Sulawesi had 23 fewer species per site, 25% of the number of species per site in the Calamianes. Together, these data indicate that the sites in the Philippines were slightly richer than those in Sulawesi. References Best, M.B. and B.W. Hoeksema. 1987. New observations on Scleractinian corals from Indonesia: 1. Free-living species belonging to the Faviina. Zoologishe Mededelingen Leiden. 61: 387– 403. Best, M.B., B.W. Hoeksema, W. Moka, H. Moll, Suharsono and I. Nyoman Sutarna. 1989. Recent scleractinian coral species collected during the Snellius-II Expedition in eastern Indonesia. Netherlands Journal of Sea Research 23: 107–115. Best, M.B. and Suharsono. 1991. New observations on Scleractinian corals from Indonesia: 3. Species belonging to the Merulinidae with new records of Merulina and Boninastrea . Zoologishe Mededelingen Leiden 65: 333-342. Boschma, H. 1959. Revision of the Indo-Pacific species of the genus Distichopora . Bijdragen tot de Dierkunde 29: 121–171. Brown, B.E., M.C. Holley, L. Sya’rani and M. Le Tissier. 1985. Coral diversity and cover on reef flats surrounding Pari Island, Java Sea. Atoll Research Bulletin 281: 1–17. Cairns, S.D. and H. Zibrowius. 1997. Cnidaria Anthozoa: Azooxanthellate Scleractinia from the Philippines and Indonesian regions. In: A. Crozier and P. Bouchet (eds.), Resultats des Campagnes Musorstom, Vol 16, Mem. Mus. Nat. Hist. 172: 27–243. Table 1.8. Numbers of coral species reported from Indonesian shallow waters (stony corals includes zooxanthellate scleractinia, shallow water azooxanthellate scleractinia, stony octocorals and hydrocorals). Cumulative Total Species Total Spp. Tomascik et al, 1977 Wallace 1994, 1997a, 1998, 1999b Cairns & Zibrowius, 1997 T his report RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty 405 94 34 314+ New Records 405 31 25 61+ Stony Corals Zooxan. Scleract. 405 436 461 522+ 389 420 —478+ July 2002 23 Claereboudt, M. 1990. Galaxea paucisepta nom. nov. (for G. pauciradiata ), rediscovery and redescription of a poorly known scleractinian species (Oculinidae). Galaxea 9: 1–8. Dai, C-F. 1989. Scleractinia of Taiwan. I. Families Astrocoeniidae and Pocilloporiidae. Acta Oceanographica Taiwanica 22: 83–101. Dai, C-F. and C-H. Lin. 1992. Scleractinia of Taiwan III. Family Agariciidae. Acta Oceanographica Taiwanica 28: 80–101. Dineson, Z.D. 1980. A revision of the coral genus Leptoseris (Scleractinia: Fungiina: Agariciidae). Memoires of the Queensland Museum 20: 181–235. Fenner, D. and J.E.N. Veron. 2000a. Family Poritidae, genus Porites, rugosa. In: Corals of the World Vol. 3. J.E.N. Veron, p. 342. Australian Institute of Marine Science, Townsville. Fenner, D. and J.E.N. Veron. 2000b. Family Agariciidae, genus Leptoseris, striata. In: Corals of the World Vol. 2. J.E.N. Veron, p. 212. Australian Institute of Marine Science, Townsville. Fenner, D. and J.E.N. Veron. 2000c. Family Oculinidae, genus Galaxea, longisepta. In: Corals of the World Vol. 2. J.E.N. Veron, p. 116–117. Australian Institute of Marine Science, Townsville. Hoeksema, B.W. and M.B. Best. 1991. New observations on scleractinian corals from Indonesia: 2. Sipunculan-associated species belonging to the genera Heterocyathus and Heteropsammia. Zoologishe Mededelingen 65: 221–245. Jonker, L. and O. Johan. 1999. Checklist of the scleractinian coral species from the waters of Padang (West Sumatra, Indonesia) held in the coral collection of Bung Hatta University. The Beagle, Records of the Museums and Art Galleries of the Northern Territory 15: 47–54. Moll, H. and M.B. Best. 1984. New scleractinian corals (Anthozoa: Scleractinia) from the Spermonde Archipelago, south Sulawesi, Indonesia. Zoologische Mededelingen 58: 47–58. Moll, H. and Suharsono. 1986. Distribition, diversity and abundance of reef corals in Jakarta Bay and Kepulauan Seribu. UNESCO Reports in Marine Science 40: 112–125. Nemenzo, F. Sr. 1986. Guide to Philippine Flora and Fauna: Corals. Natural Resources Management Center and the University of the Philippines. 273 pp. Nishihira, M. 1991. Field Guide to Hermatypic Corals of Japan. Tokai University Press, Tokyo. 264 pp. (in Japanese) Fenner, D. and J.E.N. Veron. 2000d. Family Oculinidae, genus Galaxea, cryptoramosa. In: Corals of the World Vol. 2. J.E.N. Veron, p. 114. Australian Institute of Marine Science, Townsville. Nishihira, M. and J. E. N Veron. 1995. Corals of Japan. Kaiyusha Publishers Co., Ltd, Tokyo. 439 pp. (In Japanese) Fenner, D. and J.E.N. Veron. 2000e. Family Pectiniidae, genus Echinophyllia, costata. In: Corals of the World Vol. 2. J.E.N. Veron, p. 330. Australian Institute of Marine Science, Townsville. Ogawa, K., and K. Takamashi. 1993. A revision of Japanese ahermatypic corals around the coastal region with guide to identification- I. Genus Tubastraea. Nankiseibutu: The Nanki Biological Society 35: 95–109. (in Japanese) Hodgson, G. 1985. A new species of Montastrea (Cnidaria, Scleractinia) from the Philippines. Pacific Science 39: 283–290. Ogawa, K. and K. Takamashi. 1995. A revision of Japanese ahermatypic corals around the coastal region with guide to identification- II. Genus Dendrophyllia . Nankiseibutu: The Nanki Biological Society 37: 15–33. (in Japanese) Hodgson, G. and M.A. Ross. 1981. Unreported scleractinian corals from the Philippines. Proceedings of the Fourth International Coral Reef Symposium, 2: 171–175. 24 coral perspective. 7th International Coral Reef Symposium 2: 710–717. Sheppard, C.R.C. and A.L.S. Sheppard. 1991. Corals and coral communities of Arabia. Fauna of Saudi Arabia 12: 3 –170. Hoeksema, B.W. 1989. Taxonomy, phylogeny and biogeography of mushroom corals (Scleractinia: Fungiidae). Zoologishe Verhandelingen 254: 1–295. Tomajcik, T., A. J. Mah, A. Montji, and N. K. Moosa 1997 T he Ecology of Indonesia: Seas. Hoeksema, B.W. 1992. T he position of northern New Guinea in the center of marine benthic diversity: a reef Veron, J.E.N. 1985. New scleractinia from Australian reefs. Records of the Western Australian Museum 12: 147–183. C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Rapid Assessment Program Veron, J.E.N. 1986. Corals of Australia and the Indo-Pacific. University of Hawaii Press. 644 pp. Veron, J.E.N. 1990. New scleractinia from Japan and other Indo-West Pacific countries. Galaxea 9: 95–173. Veron, J.E.N. 1993. A biogeographic database of hermatypic corals. Australia Institute of Marine Science Monograph 10: 1– 433. Veron, J.E.N. 2000a. Corals of the World. Australian Institute of Marine Science, Townsville. Veron, J.E.N. 2000b. Family Pocilloporidae, genus Seriatopora, dendritica. In: Corals of the World Vol. 2. J.E.N. Veron, p. 46–47. Australian Institute of Marine Science, Townsville. Veron, J.E.N. 2000c. Family Acroporidae, genus Montipora, delicatula . In: Corals of the World Vol. 1. J.E.N. Veron, p. 70–71. Australian Institute of Marine Science, Townsville. Veron, J.E.N. 2000d. Family Acroporidae, genus Montipora, palawanensis. In: Corals of the World Vol. 1. J.E.N. Veron, p. 132. Australian Institute of Marine Science, Townsville. Veron, J.E.N. 2000e. Family Acroporidae, genus Montipora, verruculosus. In: Corals of the World Vol. 1. J.E.N. Veron, p. 136. Australian Institute of Marine Science, Townsville. Veron, J.E.N. 2000f. Acroporidae, genus Acropora, filiformis. In: Corals of the World Vol. 1. J.E.N. Veron, p. 418. Australian Institute of Marine Science, Townsville. Veron, J.E.N. 2000g. Family Mussidae, genus Lobophyllia, flabelliformis. In: Corals of the World Vol. 3. J.E.N. Veron, p. 48–49. Australian Institute of Marine Science, Townsville. Veron, J.E.N. 2000h. Family Faviidae, genus Favia, truncatus. In: Corals of the World Vol. 3. J.E.N. Veron, p. 113. Australian Institute of Marine Science, Townsville. Veron, p. 219. Australian Institute of Marine Science, Townsville. Veron, J.E.N. and D. Fenner. 2000. Family Acroporidae, genus Acropora, cylindrica. In: Corals of the World Vol. 1. J.E.N. Veron, p. 193. Australian Institute of Marine Science, Townsville. Veron, J.E.N. and G. Hodgson. 1989. Annotated checklist of the hermatypic corals of the Phillipines. Pacific Science 43: 234–287. Veron, J.E.N. and J. E. Maragos. 2000. Family Fungiidae, genus Halomitra, meierae. In: Corals of the World Vol. 2. J.E.N. Veron, p. 300. Australian Institute of Marine Science, Townsville. Veron, J.E.N. and M. Pichon. 1976. Scleractinia of Eastern Australia. I. Families T hamnasteriidae, Astrocoeniidae, Pocilloporidae. Australian Institute of Marine Science Monograph Series 1: 1–86. Veron, J.E.N. and M. Pichon. 1980. Scleractinia of Eastern Australia. III. Families Agariciidae, Siderastreidae, Fungiidae, Oculilnidae, Merulinidae, Mussidae, Pectiniidae, Caryophyllidae, Dendrophyllidae. Australian Institute of Marine Science Monograph Series 4: 1–422. Veron, J.E.N. and M. Pichon. 1982. Scleractinia of Eastern Australia. IV. Family Poritidae. Australian Institute of Marine Science Monograph Series 5: 1–210. Veron, J. E. N., M. Pichon, and M. Wijsman-Best. 1977. Scleractinia of Eastern Australia. II. Families Faviidae, Trachyphyllidae. Australian Institute of Marine Science Monograph Series 3: 1–233. Veron, J.E.N. and C. Wallace. 1984. Scleractinia of Eastern Australia. V. Family Acroporidae. Australian Institute of Marine Science Monograph Series 6: 1–485. Veron, J.E.N. 2000i. Family Faviidae, genus Platygyra, acuta. In: Corals of the World Vol. 3. J.E.N. Veron, p. 190. Australian Institute of Marine Science, Townsville. Veron, J.E.N. 2000j. Family Faviidae, genus Favidae, Montastrea, colemani. In: Corals of the World Vol. 3. J.E.N. RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty July 2002 25 Wallace, C.C. 1994. New species and a new species-group of the coral genus Acropora (Scleractinia: Astrocoeniina: Acroporidae) from Indo-Pacific locations. Invertebrate Taxonomy 8: 961–88. Wallace, C.C. 1997a. New species of the coral genus Acropora and new records of recently described species from Indonesia. Zoological Journal of the Linnean Society 120: 27–50. Wallace, C.C. 1997b. T he Indo-Pacific centre of coral diversity re-examined at species level. Proceedings of the 8th International Coral Reef Symposium 1: 365–370. 26 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Wallace, C.C. 1999a. T he Togian Islands: Coral reefs with a unique coral fauna and an hypothesized Tethys Sea signature. Coral Reefs 18: 162. Wallace, C.C. 1999b. Staghorn Corals of the World, a Revision of the Genus Acropora. CSIRO Publishers, Collingwood, Australia. 422 pp. Wallace, C.C. and J. Wolstenholme. 1998. Revision of the coral genus Acropora in Indonesia. Zoological Journal of the Linnean Society 123: 199–384. Rapid Assessment Program Chapter 2 Condition of Coral Reefs in the Togean and Banggai Islands, Sulawesi, Indonesia Syafyudin Yusuf and Gerald R. Allen Summary • • • • • Reef condition is a term pertaining to the general “health” of a particular site as determined by assessment of key variables including natural and human-induced environmental damage, and general biodiversity as defined by major indicator groups (corals and fishes). Reef condition was assessed at 47 sites in the Togean Islands, Banggai Islands, and peninsular reefs and shoals separating the two areas. As part of this analysis, substrate cover was recorded in three depth zones (2–6 m, 8–14 m, 18–26 m) at each site along a 100 m transect. A Reef Condition Index (RCI) value was calculated for each site. Essentially it is derived from three equally weighted components: coral diversity, fish diversity, and relative damage from human and natural causes. T he latter component also incorporates the percentage of live coral cover. T he hypothetical maximum RCI for a pristine reef is 300; RCI values are useful for interpreting reef condition and comparing sites. Depending on their RCI, sites can be classified as extraordinary, excellent, good, moderate, poor, and very poor. T he frequency of Togean-Banggai sites was as follows: extraordinary (0), excellent (2), good (10), moderate (19), poor (14), and very poor (2). Dondola Island (Site 25), Tandah Putih, Peleng Island (Site 29), and the Banyak Islands (Site 46) were judged to be the best sites in terms of reef condition. T hese sites had a high percentage of live coral cover, abundant fish life, and showed minimal signs of stress or threat. RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty • T he percentage of live coral cover for survey sites averaged 41–42%. A total of 13 sites had an average in excess of 50%. T hese values compare favorably with other surveyed areas in Indonesia. • Coral bleaching was observed at nearly every site in the Togean Islands, but at only one site in the Banggai Islands. Widespread bleaching in the Togeans appears to be correlated with increased sea temperatures which ranged from 30–33°C. • Crown-of-thorns starfish (Acanthaster planci), a welldocumented predator of scleractinian corals, were observed at nine sites in the Togean Islands and five sites in the Banggai Islands. T hey were generally seen in low numbers (1–2 per dive) except at Sites 6 and 43, where up to 30 individuals were observed. • Illegal fishing practices, including the use of dynamite, cyanide, and various types of netting, are common in both island groups. • Dynamite damage was observed at 86% of sites in the Togean and Banggai Islands. In most cases the damage was light to moderate, but severe destruction was noted at sites 41 and 42 in the Banggai Islands. I ntroduction Coral reefs are an integral part of the marine community in Indonesian seas. T he archipelago contains more than 15,000 islands, of which nearly all support at least some populations of scleractinian corals (Soekarno et al., 1983). Indeed coral reefs provide shelter and feeding opportunities for a wealth of July 2002 27 diverse organisms, and are therefore considered one of the most important marine ecosystems. T he condition of live corals at a particular site or region is indicative of overall reef “health” and it is therefore desirable to assess this feature for conservation purposes. Hence, a vital part of marine RAP surveys involves an assessment of live coral cover and various threats, past or present, which may exert deleterious effects on this fragile ecosystem. Reefs throughout the “Coral Triangle,” and Indonesian reefs in particular, are being depleted of their biotic resources at an alarming rate (Nontji, 1986). T he widespread use of dynamite and potassium cyanide is a major problem throughout the region and no area appears to be exempt. Surprisingly, some of the worst affected areas lie within marine national parks and other so-called protected areas. Detailed investigations of Indonesian reefs have been few and far between with a few notable exceptions including work in the eastern part of the Archipelago by the Snellius II Expedition of 1984–1985 (Suharsono et al. 1985 and Soekarno 1989). In addition, a comprehensive reef-study program has been initiated at Takabonerate National Marine Park in South Sulawesi and at the Banggai Islands off Central Sulawesi (Adhyakso, 1997). Finally, plans for extensive reef investigations are currently being developed by the COREMAP program of LIPI (LIPI, 1998; COREMAP, 1998). T he primary goal of the present marine RAP survey was to contribute to overall knowledge of Indonesian coral reefs and associated biodiversity and therefore provide useful information to assist conservation planning and management. Methods Definition of Reef Condition Reef condition is used here as a term that reflects the general “health” of a particular site as determined by an assessment of variables that include environmental damage due to natural and human causes, and general biodiversity as defined by key indicator groups (corals and fishes). It also takes into account amounts of live scleractinian coral cover. Reef Condition Index RAP surveys provide an excellent vehicle for rapid documentation of biodiversity of previously unstudied sites. T hey also afford an opportunity to issue a “report card” on the status or general condition of each reef site. However, this task is problematic. T he main challenge is to devise a rating system that is not overly complex, yet accurately reflects the true situation, thus providing a useful tool for comparing all sites for a particular RAP or for comparing sites in different regions. CI’s Reef Condition Index (RCI) has evolved by trial and error, and although not yet perfected, shows promise of meeting these goals. Basically, it consists of three equal components: fish diversity, coral diversity, and condition factors. Fish diversity component—Total species observed at each site. A hypothetical maximum value of 280 species is used to achieve equal weighting. T herefore, the species total from each site is adjusted for equal weighting by multiplying the number of species by 100 and dividing the result by 280. Coral diversity component—Total species observed at each site. A hypothetical maximum value of 130 species is used to achieve equal weighting. T he species total from each site is adjusted for equal weighting by multiplying the number of species by 100 and dividing the result by 130. Reef condition component—This is the most complex part of the RCI formula and it is therefore instructive to give an example of the data taken from an actual site (1) (Table 2.1): Table 2.1. Example of data taken from an actual site. Parameter 1. Explosive/Cyanide damage 2. Net damage 3. Anchor damage 4. Cyclone damage 5. Pollution/Eutrophication 6. Coral bleaching 7. Coral pathogens/predators 8. Freshwater runoff 9. Siltation 10. Fishing pressure 11. Coral Cover Bonus/Penalty Points Totals 28 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL 1 2 3 4 • • • • • • • • • -20 0 -10 -20 • • +10 +20 +20 +120 Rapid Assessment Program Each of 10 threat parameters and the coral cover category (11) is assigned various bonus or penalty points, using a 4-tier system that reflects relative environmental damage: 1. excessive damage (-20 points), 2. moderate damage (-10 points), 3. light damage (+10 points), 4. no damage (+20 points). T he impact of fishing pressure (10) is judged from direct observation of fishing activity and is also inferred by the abundance of key target species such as groupers and snappers. Coral cover (11) is rated according to percentage of live hard coral as determined by 100 m line transects (see below): 1. < 26%, 2. 26–50%, 3. 51–75%, 4. 76 –100%. In the example shown here the resultant point total is 120. T he maximum possible value of 220 (pristine reef with all parameters rated as category 4) is used to achieve equal weighting. T he points total for each site is adjusted for equal weighting by multiplying it by 100 and dividing the result by 220. T herefore, for this example the adjusted figure is 54.54. Calculation of Reef Condition Index—T he sum of the adjusted total for each of the three main components described above. Each component contributes one third of the RCI, with a maximum score of 100 for each. T herefore, the top RCI for a totally pristine reef with maximum fish and coral diversity would be 300. Of course, this situation probably does not exist. Interpretation of RCI values—T he interpretative value of CRI will increase with each passing RAP. T hus far, the complete data set contains 104 sites, 47 from the Togean-Banggai Islands and 57 from Milne Bay Province, Papua New Guinea (Allen and Seeto, in press). Table 2.2 provides a general guide to interpretation, based on the data accumulated thus far. Table 2.2. Interpretation of RCI values based on 104 sites. General Reef Condition Extraordinary Excellent Good Moderate Poor Very poor RCI Value Percent Of Sites >243 214–242 198–213 170–197 141–169 <140 4.81 6.73 28.84 34.61 23.08 1.92 Coral cover—Data were collected at each site with the use of scuba diving equipment. T he main objective was to record the percentage of live scleractinian coral and other major substrates, including dead coral, rubble, sand, soft corals, sponges, and algae. A 100 m measuring tape was used for substrate assessment in three separate depth zones (2–6 m, 8 –14 m, and 18–26 m) that varied slightly depending on local conditions. Substrate type was recorded at 1 m intervals along the tape measure, resulting in direct percentages of the RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty various bottom types for each zone. For the purpose of calculating RCI, the average percentage of coral cover at each site was used (i.e., average for the three transects). I ndividual site descriptions 1. Cape Balikapata, Walea Bahi Time: 1100 hours, dive duration 70 minutes; depth range 2–28 m; visibility approximately 20–25 m; temperature 30°C; slight current. Site description: fringing reef with gentle slope to deep water with coral growth to depth of about 30 m then mainly sand bottom; hard coral and rubble dominant substrata; hard coral cover = 62% in 4–6 m, 31% in 12–16 m, 19% in 21–23 m; average hard coral cover 37.3%; relatively high percentage of dead corals and rubble possibly indicative of blast fishing and use of potassium cyanide. RCI = 162.80 (poor). 2. Cape Kedodo, Walea Bahi Time: 1400 hours, dive duration 75 minutes; depth range 1–30 m; visibility approximately 5 m; temperature 31–32(C; slight current. Site description: fringing reef with gentle slope to deep water with coral growth to depth of about 30 m then mainly sand bottom; hard coral dominant substratum; hard coral cover = 61% in 4–6 m, 54% in 12–14 m, 29% in 23–26 m; average hard coral cover 48.0%. RCI = 137.86 (very poor). 3. Western Walea Bahi Time: 0700 hours, dive duration 80 minutes; depth range 0 –25 m; visibility approximately 10–15 m; temperature 30–31°C; slight current. Site description: fringing reef with gentle slope to deep water with coral growth to depth of about 30 m then mainly sand bottom; hard coral dominant substratum; hard coral cover = 54% in 4–6 m, 48% in 12–14 m, 29% in 21–22 m; average hard coral cover 43.7%. RCI = 176.26 (moderate). 4. South Walea Kodi Time: 1015 hours, dive duration 75 minutes; depth range 2–35 m; visibility approximately 15–20 m; temperature 30–31°C; slight current. Site description: fringing reef with gentle slope to deep water with coral growth to depth of about 30 m then mainly sand bottom; hard coral dominant substratum; hard coral cover = 31% in 4–6 m, 34% in 12–15 m, 44% in 23–25 m; average hard coral cover 36.3%. RCI = 142.05 (poor). 5. Southwest Walea Kodi Time: 1300 hours, dive duration 75 minutes; depth range 3–35 m; visibility approximately 15–20 m; temperature 31–32°C; slight current. Site description: fringing reef with July 2002 29 gentle slope to deep water with coral growth to depth of about 30 m then mainly sand bottom; hard (live) and dead coral dominant substrata; hard coral cover = 16% in 4–5 m, 54% in 12–15 m, 46% in 23–25 m; average hard coral cover 38.7%. RCI = 150.04 (poor). 6. Reef in front of Vemata Conservation Camp, Malenge Island Time: 0900 hours, dive duration 80 minutes; depth range 1–28 m; visibility approximately 25 m; temperature 30–31°C; slight current. Site description: fringing reef consisting of gentle slope with massive and branching corals on upper part, grading to mainly rubble; dead coral dominant substratum; hard coral cover = 14% in 4 m, 9% in 9 m; average hard coral cover 11.5%; dead coral no doubt partly due to destruction by Acanthaster planci—only five individuals observed during transect, but several thousand removed from the area in the months immediately following the RAP survey. RCI = 148.68 (poor). 7. Kadodo Reef, North Malenge Island Time: 1200 hours, dive duration 80 minutes; depth range 5–35 m; visibility approximately 20–25 m; temperature 31°C; slight current. Site description: north-west extending barrier reef consisting of a gently sloping reef flat and abrupt, nearly vertical wall; hard coral dominant substratum; hard coral cover = 57% in 4–8 m, 60% in 12–14 m, 48% in 23–26 m; average hard coral cover 55.0%; dead corals common at all depths, probably killed by combination of factors including bleaching, cyanide fishing, and Acanthaster; abundant sponge growth noted on steep drop-off, particularly in deeper water. RCI = 189.68 (moderate). 8. Batu Mandi Island, near Kilat Bay Time: 1600 hours, dive duration 60 minutes; depth range 3–20 m; visibility approximately 10 m; temperature 31–32°C; slight current. Site description: fringing reef with relatively poor reef development with considerable dead coral and rubble, and live corals mainly in isolated patches; dead coral and rubble dominant substrata; hard coral cover = 37% in 4 m, 21% in 8 m; average hard coral cover 29.0%. RCI = 143.32 (poor). 9. North Kadidiri Reef Time: 0815 hours, dive duration 75 minutes; depth range 3–40 m; visibility approximately 18–20 m; temperature 30–31°C; slight current. Site description: barrier reef consisting of a gently sloping reef front and abrupt, nearly vertical wall; hard coral dominant substratum; hard coral cover = 42% in 4–5 m, 56% in 23–25 m; average hard coral cover 49.0%; sponges and encrusting hard corals common on drop-off. RCI = 209.10 (good). 30 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL 10. Northwest Kadidiri Reef Time: 1030 hours, dive duration 75 minutes; depth range 3–25 m; visibility approximately 15 m; temperature 30°C; slight current. Site description: barrier reef consisting of a relatively gentle slope; hard coral (Porites) dominant substratum; hard coral cover = 52% in 5–7 m, 42% in 10–12 m, 32% in 19–20 m; average hard coral cover 42.0%. RCI = 185.47 (moderate). 11. Off North Wakai Island Time: 1400 hours, dive duration 75 minutes; depth range 2–12 m; visibility approximately 4 m; temperature 30–31°C; slight current. Site description: gently sloping reef close to mangrove shore, near mouth of Wakai Channel; coral development and diversity generally low due to heavy siltation; dead and live hard coral dominant substrata; hard coral cover = 30 % in 3 m, 35% in 7 m; average hard coral cover 32.5%. RCI = 108.85 (very poor). 12. Una- una Island (northeast side) Time: 0815 hours, dive duration 80 minutes; depth range 4–40 m; visibility approximately 15–20 m; temperature 31°C; slight current. Site description: fringing reef with steep slope to at least 50 m depth; hard coral dominant substratum; hard coral cover = 53% in 4–6 m, 49% in 11–12 m, 73% in 18–21 m; average hard coral cover 58.3% (highest for Togean Islands); large sponge colonies common on steep slope; very scenic site with good potential as a tourist dive spot. RCI = 196.94 (moderate). 13. Una- una Island (northeast side) Time: 1100 hours, dive duration 80 minutes; depth range 2–33 m; visibility approximately 10–15 m; temperature 31°C; slight current. Site description: fringing reef with steep slope to at least 50 m depth; hard coral dominant substratum, but percentage cover relatively low due to the steep slope; hard coral cover = 27% in 4–5 m, 37% in 9–13 m, 32% in 19–20 m; average hard coral cover 32.0%; large sponge colonies common on steep slope; very scenic site with potential for recreational dive excursions; extensive rubble at base of slope may suggest past explosive or storm damage; three hanging bubu traps noted on transect. RCI = 210.95 (good). 14. Una Una Island (southwest side) Time: 1445 hours, dive duration 70 minutes; depth range 2–25 m; visibility approximately 10–15 m; temperature 31°C; slight current. Site description: steep-sided, flat-topped (about 300 square m) pinnacle reef about 300 m from shore and coming to within 8–9 m of surface; hard coral dominant substratum; hard coral cover = 58% in 9–12 m, 53% in 21–24 m; average hard coral cover 55.5%; large sponge colonies common on steep slope; this site adjacent to tongue Rapid Assessment Program of solidified lava-flow; profuse growth of hard corals on top of pinnacle reef, but reef flat adjacent to coast of island with poor growth, probably hindered by sediment from lava-flow channel (now an intermittent stream bed). RCI = 179.98 (moderate). 15. Pasir- Tengah Atoll Time: 0730 hours, dive duration 70 minutes; depth range 3–36 m; visibility approximately 10–15 m; temperature 31°C; slight current. Site description: atoll environment, with site including steep outer slope, gently sloping foreslope, reef top, and lagoon edge; hard coral dominant substratum; hard coral cover = 58% in 4–5 m, 57% in 9–12 m, 56% in 18–21 m; average hard coral cover 57.0%. RCI = 186.76 (moderate). 16. Western Batudaka Island Time: 1100 hours, dive duration 80 minutes; depth range 3–50 m; visibility approximately 20 m; temperature 30 –31°C; slight current. Site description: offshore barrier reef; hard (live) and dead coral dominant substrata; hard coral cover = 62% in 4–5 m, 33% in 11–12 m, 17% in 18–20 m; average hard coral cover 37.3.%; noticeable reduction of live coral and increase in abundance of coralline algae and sponges below 10 m depth. RCI = 199.25 (good). 17. Southern Batudaka Island Time: 1345 hours, dive duration 70 minutes; depth range 3–26 m; visibility approximately 7–10 m; temperature 31–33°C; slight current. Site description: coastal fringing reef in silty, sheltered bay; hard (live) and dead coral dominant substrata; hard coral cover = 35% in 5–6 m, 37% in 10–12 m, 54% in 20–23 m; average hard coral cover 42.0%. RCI = 173.46 (moderate). 21. Pasir Batang Reef, off Kabalutan Village, Talatakoh Island Time: 0815 hours, dive duration 80 minutes; depth range 3–37 m; visibility approximately 20 m; temperature 31°C; slight current. Site description: coastal fringing reef with shallow reef flat and steep-sided patch reefs in deeper water; hard (live) and dead coral dominant substrata; hard coral cover = 48% in 2–4 m, 47% in 8–10 m, 39% in 18–20 m; average hard coral cover 44.7%. RCI = 181.30 (moderate). 22. Anau Island, off southern Togean Island Time: 1130 hours, dive duration 80 minutes; depth range 3–25 m; visibility approximately 7–8 m; temperature 30°C; slight current. Site description: fringing reef; hard (live) and dead coral dominant substrata; hard coral cover = 53% in 5–6 m, 39% in 8–10 m, 21% in 18–20 m; average hard coral cover 37.7%; relatively high level of siltation, evidently eroded from cultivated areas. RCI = 149.40 (poor). Southwest Batudaka Island Time: 1545 hours, dive duration 70 minutes; depth range 1–35 m; visibility approximately 10 m; temperature 30–31°C; slight current. Site description: barrier/patch reef consisting of steep outer slope on seaward side and gentle sloping lagoon with patch reefs on landward side; hard coral dominant substratum; hard coral cover = 65% in 5–6 m, 57% in 9–10 m, 65% in 18–21 m; average hard coral cover 62.3%. RCI = 168 (moderate). 18. Southwest Batudaka Island Time: 0745 hours, dive duration 80 minutes; depth range 1–23 m; visibility approximately 5–7 m; temperature 31°C; slight current. Site description: coastal fringing reef in silty, sheltered bay; sand dominant substratum; hard coral cover = 38% in 4–5 m, 26% in 13–14 m, 0% below 20 m; average hard coral cover 21.3%. RCI = 174.36 (moderate). 19. 20. Southern Batudaka Island Time: 1030 hours, dive duration 70 minutes; depth range 3–40 m; visibility approximately 10–15 m; temperature 30–32°C; slight current. Site description: barrier/patch reef consisting of steep outer slope on seaward side and gentle sloping lagoon with patch reefs on landward side; hard coral dominant substratum; hard coral cover = 55% in 5–7 m, 47% in 13–15 m, 50% in 20 m; average hard coral cover 50.7%. RCI = 118 (moderate). RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty 23. Near southern entrance to Passage between Batudaka and Togean Islands Time: 1430 hours, dive duration 80 minutes; depth range 3–23 m; visibility approximately 7–8 m; temperature 31–32°C; slight current. Site description: fringing reef; dead coral dominant substratum; hard coral cover = 33% in 5–6 m, 29% in 10–11 m, 25% in 20–21 m; average hard coral cover 29.0%; relatively high level of siltation, evidently eroded from cultivated areas—no doubt even greater during rainy season. RCI = 142.42 (poor). 24. Reef between Waleabahi and Talatakoh Islands Time: 0830 hours, dive duration 80 minutes; depth range 2–34 m; visibility approximately 25–30 m; temperature 30–31°C; slight current. Site description: barrier reef several kilometers offshore; hard coral dominant substratum; hard coral cover = 53% in 5–6 m, 59% in 10–11 m, 57% in 19–20 m; average hard coral cover 56.3%. RCI = 209.98 (good). 25. Dondola Island Time: 1300 hours, dive duration 90 minutes; depth range 3–23 m; visibility approximately 20–30 m; temperature 31°C; slight to moderate currents. Site description: fringing reef around isolated small islet with steep outer slope on sea- July 2002 31 ward side and shallow lagoon environment on leeward side, gradually sloping to deep water; hard coral dominant substratum; hard coral cover = 68% in 5–7 m, 59% in 15–17 m, 62% in 20–21 m; average hard coral cover 63.0%; excellent abundance of coral and fishes with clear water and good scenery, an area with excellent potential for a conservation site. RCI = 230.73 (excellent). 26. Cape Pasir Panjang Time: 0730 hours, dive duration 60 minutes; depth range 3–25 m; visibility approximately 7–8 m; temperature 30–32°C; slight current. Site description: large patch reef in coastal bay, mainly on gentle slope from about 8 m to 30 m depth, ending on flat sand bottom; soft corals dominant substratum; hard coral cover = 27% in 4–5 m, 12% in 10–11 m, 23% in 18–20 m; average hard coral cover 20.7%. RCI = 200.22 (moderate). 27. Puludua Island Time: 1130 hours, dive duration 65 minutes; depth range 1–25 m; visibility approximately 10–15 m; temperature 30–31°C; slight current. Site description: coastal fringing reef with shallow reef flat next to shore with narrow spur and groove zone about 50–100 m out, then gradually sloping to depth of about 20 m, sand bottom in 10–20 m with numerous, isolated large coral bommies; soft corals dominant substratum, but mainly confined to shallows (less than 10 m); hard coral cover = 25% in 4–6 m, 36% in 10–11 m, 13% in 20–21 m; average hard coral cover 24.7%. RCI = 190.26 (moderate). 28. Cape Dongolalo Time: 1340 hours, dive duration 70 minutes; depth range 5–30 m; visibility approximately 10–15 m; temperature 30–31°C; no current at start of dive, but severe, dangerous currents of at least 4–5 knots at end of dive. Site description: coastal fringing reef gradually sloping from shore to depth of about 30–35 m, then sand bottom, several rocky islets rising from about 10–15 m depth; soft corals and sand dominant substrata; hard coral cover = 16% in 10–11 m; incredible fish numbers, especially Odonus niger, Acanthurus mata, and Heniochus diphreutes. RCI = 202.37 (good). 29. Near Lalong Village, North East Peleng Island Time: 0730 hours, dive duration 65 minutes; depth range 2–25 m; visibility approximately 10–15 m; temperature 30–31°C; no current. Site description: coastal fringing reef in sheltered bay, gradually sloping from shore to depth of about 35 m, then sand-rubble bottom; hard corals dominant substratum, very well developed on slope with nearly 100% cover; hard coral cover = 58% in 4–5 m, 91% in 10 m, 96% in 20 m; average hard coral cover 81.7%. RCI = 209.52 (good). 32 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL 30. Pontil Kecil Island Time: 1245 hours, dive duration 80 minutes; depth range 2–20 m; visibility approximately 15 m; temperature 30°C; strong current at start, none towards end of dive; Site description: fringing reef around small island, extensive (about 50–75 m wide) shallow reef flat with lagoon-like environment, then sloping relatively steeply to about 30–35 m depth; hard corals dominant substratum, very well developed on upper portion of slope; hard coral cover = 53% in 3–4 m, 100% in 10–11 m, 85% in 16–17 m; average hard coral cover 79.3%. RCI = 204.08 (good). 31. Banggai Bay Time: 1630 hours, dive duration 70 minutes; depth range 2–35 m; visibility approximately 5–8 m; temperature 30°C; no current. Site description: extremely sheltered bay with narrow mangrove fringe and steep sandy slope to 30 m depth, then more or less flat; sand dominant substratum; hard coral cover = 0% at all depths; transect on pure sand slope, but later found nearby coral reef along shore in 2–16 m depth with approximately 50% live coral; bottom in 30 m flat and sandy with dense growth of low (about 30 cm high) branching antipatharians. RCI = 167.13 (poor). 32. Bandang Island Time: 1045 hours, dive duration 70 minutes; depth range 1–40 m; visibility approximately 15 m; temperature 29–30°C; no current in shallows, but moderate in deeper water. Site description: fringing reef with broad (about 50–75 m wide) shallow reef flat (dead coral covered with Padina alga in 1–2 m), then gradual slope to at least 40 m; good coral growth in shallows to depth of about 10–15 m, then mainly sand-rubble bottom; hard corals dominant substratum; hard coral cover = 87% in 2–4 m, 66% in 10–11 m, 10% in 20–21 m; average hard coral cover 54.3%. RCI = 208.74 (good). 33. East Kenou Island Time: 1500 hours, dive duration 70 minutes; depth range 2–25 m; visibility approximately 10–15 m; temperature 30°C; no current. Site description: fringing reef with broad (about 200 m wide) gradually sloping shallow reef, then relatively steep slope to deep water; hard corals dominant substratum; hard coral cover = 56% in 4–5 m, 34% in 10–11 m, 45% in 18–19 m; average hard coral cover 45.0%; rubble dominant (43%) in transitional zone (10–11 m depth) where slope steepens. RCI = 193.50 (moderate). 34. North Kembonga Island Time: 0730 hours, dive duration 70 minutes; depth range 1–24 m; visibility approximately 10–12 m; temperature 30°C; no current. Site description: fringing reef with broad Rapid Assessment Program (about 200–300 m wide) gradually sloping shallow reef, then relatively steep slope to deep water; hard corals, rubble, and soft corals dominant substrata; hard coral cover = 64% in 5–6 m, 25% in 10–11 m, 24% in 19–20 m; average hard coral cover 37.7%; rubble dominant (61%) in transitional zone (10–11 m depth) where slope steepens. RCI = 160.64 (poor). 35. Lagoon between Kembongan and Kokudan islands Time: 1015 hours, dive duration 70 minutes; depth range 2–25 m; visibility approximately 10–12 m; temperature 30°C; no current. Site description: protected lagoon environment between two closely situated (about 1 km apart) high islands, consisting of very broad shallow reef and steep slope profusely covered with live coral to depth of about 25 m, then more or less flat silty sand bottom; hard corals dominant substratum; hard coral cover = 77% in 2–4 m, 87% in 10–11 m, 89% in 20–21 m; average hard coral cover 84.3%. RCI = 142.44 (poor). 36. East Tumbak Island Time: 1400 hours, dive duration 70 minutes; depth range 1–24 m; visibility approximately 5–15 m; temperature 29–31°C; no current. Site description: fringing reef with broad (about 200 m wide) gradually sloping shallow reef, then relatively steep slope to deep water; rubble dominant substratum, especially below 10 m; hard coral cover = 58% in 2–4 m, 19% in 10–11 m, 0% in 12–20 m; average hard coral cover 25.7%. RCI = 163.68 (poor). 37. Atoll between south of Tolopopan Island and east of Silumba Island Time: 0800 hours, dive duration 65 minutes; depth range 2–24 m; visibility approximately 10–15 m; temperature 31°C; no current. Site description: atoll reef with broad (about 200 m wide) gradually sloping shallow reef, then abrupt drop to deep water; hard corals dominant substratum; hard coral cover = 29% in 4–6 m, 41% in 10–11 m, 33% in 18–20 m; average hard coral cover 34.3%. RCI = 193.48 (moderate). corals and rubble dominant substrata, mostly sand-rubble below 10 m depth; hard coral cover = 5% in 4–5 m, 7% in 10–11 m, 9% in 19–20 m; average hard coral cover 7.0%. RCI = 158.65 (poor). 40. 41. Pasibata Reef Time: 1100 hours, dive duration 70 minutes; depth range 2–24 m; visibility approximately 10–15 m; temperature 30°C; no current. Site description: fringing atoll reef; soft corals, hard corals, and sand dominant substrata; hard coral cover = 27% in 2–4 m, 21% in 10–11 m, 19% in 19–20 m; average hard coral cover 22.3%. RCI = 195.70 (moderate). 39. Bangkulu Island (northeastern side) Time: 1030 hours, dive duration 75 minutes; depth range 3–24 m; visibility approximately 7–8 m; temperature 30°C; no current. Site description: fringing reef; sand and rubble dominant substrata; hard coral cover = 14% in 3–4 m, 17% in 10–11 m; average hard coral cover 15.5%. RCI = 173.19 (moderate). 42. Atoll south of Peleng Bay Time: 1400 hours, dive duration 70 minutes; depth range 2–20 m; visibility approximately 7–10 m; temperature 29–31°C; no current. Site description: outer edge of atoll reef; rubble dominant substratum; hard coral cover = 36% in 4–6 m, 14% in 10–11 m, 18% in 19–20 m; average hard coral cover 22.7%. RCI = 185.96 (moderate). 43. West Peleng Island, near Bobo Island Time: 0730 hours, dive duration 70 minutes; depth range 3–20 m; visibility approximately 5–8 m; temperature 29–30°C; no current. Site description: coastal fringing reef in sheltered bay including edge of outer slope, reef flat, and adjacent deep (25 m) lagoon; hard coral and rubble dominant substrata; hard coral cover = 65% in 2–4 m, 35% in 8–10 m, 18% in 19–20 m; average hard coral cover 39.3%. RCI = 149.56 (poor). 44. 38. Silula Island Time: 0730 hours, dive duration 75 minutes; depth range 2–21 m; visibility approximately 10–12 m; temperature 29–30°C; no current. Site description: fringing reef; soft corals and rubble dominant substrata, mostly sand-rubble below 10 m depth; hard coral cover = 24% in 2–4 m, 22% in 10–11 m, 9% in 19–20 m; average hard coral cover 18.3%. RCI = 190.41 (moderate). Patipakaman Peninsula Time: 1000 hours, dive duration 80 minutes; depth range 2–20 m; visibility approximately 5–8 m; temperature 30°C; no current. Site description: coastal fringing reef in sheltered bay including edge of outer slope, reef flat, and adjacent deep (25 m) lagoon; hard coral, rubble, and sand dominant substrata; hard coral cover = 30% in 2–4 m, 22% in 10–11 m, 25% in 17–18 m; average hard coral cover 25.7%. RCI = 161.66 (poor). Saloka Island Time: 1500 hours, dive duration 60 minutes; depth range 4–20 m; visibility approximately 5–10 m; temperature 30–32°C; no current. Site description: fringing atoll reef; soft RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty 45. Dolopo Island (west side) Time: 1500 hours, dive duration 85 minutes; depth range 4–20 m; visibility approximately 10–15 m; temperature July 2002 33 30°C; no current. Site description: barrier reef about 1 km offshore from island, mainly undulating bottom or very slight slope in seaward direction—extensive area of rich coral gardens; hard coral (particularly branching Acropora spp.) dominant substrate; hard coral cover = 89% in 3–4 m, 83% in 10–11 m, 83% in 16–17 m; average hard coral cover 85.0% (highest recorded for Banggai Islands). RCI = 207.42 (good). 46. Banyak Islands, West Peleng Island Time: 0715 hours, dive duration 75 minutes; depth range 2–22 m; visibility approximately 15–17 m; temperature 30°C; no current. Site description: fringing reef around island; hard coral dominant substrate, but mainly sandy with isolated corals below 15 m; hard coral cover = 82% in 2–4 m, 74% in 10–11 m, 14% in 17–18 m; average hard coral cover 56.7%. RCI = 239.09 (excellent). 47. Makailu Island Time: 1030 hours, dive duration 85 minutes; depth range 4–40 m; visibility approximately 20–30 m; temperature 30°C; no current. Site description: fringing reef around isolated island lying in deep channel between Peleng Island and mainland Sulawesi, consisting of broad shallow reef flat and nearly vertical drop-off to at least 40–50 m; hard coral dominant substrate; hard coral cover = 58% in 2–4 m, 68% in 12–13 m, 62% in 23–26 m; average hard coral cover 62.7%; large sponge colonies and gorgonian sea fans common on drop-off. RCI = 211.48 (good). Results Reef condition—Data used for determining Reef Condition Index is presented in Appendix 2. T he hypothetical maximum RCI, as explained previously, is 300. During the cur- Table 2.4. Distribution of relative condition categories based on RCI values. Relative Condition Extraordinary Excellent Good Moderate Poor Very Poor No. Sites % Of Sites 0 2 10 19 14 2 0.00 4.26 21.28 40.43 29.79 4.26 rent survey, values ranged between 137.86 and 238.09. T he top 10 sites for reef condition are presented in Table 2.3. Only two sites (25 and 46) were rated as excellent. Most sites were in the poor or moderate categories (Table 2.4). Coral Cover—It is also useful to consider coral cover independently, as this parameter is often used as an indication of general reef condition, and is widely presented in the literature. A summary of the average hard coral cover at each site is presented in Table 2.5. Detailed data for each of the three depth zones in presented in Appendix 3. T he appendix table also includes information on other substrate types (soft corals, sand, rubble, etc.). A total of 13 sites (27.7%) had an average cover of live scleractinian corals exceeding 50%. Well over half of the sites (27) had an excess of 50% live scleractinian cover in at least one of the three surveyed depth zones. T hese results compare very favourably with past surveys in the area as well as with other parts of Indonesia. An earlier survey conducted by LIPI (no date given for actual survey, but results published in 1998) at five locations, including the Togean Islands, reported that 29.1% of five reef areas sampled had live hard coral cover in excess of 50%. Table 2.3. Top 10 sites for general reef condition. Site Number 46 25 47 13 24 29 9 32 45 20 34 Location Banyak Islands, Banggai Islands Dondola Island Makailu Islands, Banggai Islands Una-una Islands, Togean Islands Waleabahi/Talatakoh Islands, Togean Islands Peleng Is., Banggai Islands Kadidi Reef, Togean Islands Bandang Is., Banggai Islands Dalopo Is., Banggai Islands Batudaka Is., Togean Islands C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Fish Species Coral Species 100 76 83 67 93 61 87 71 89 83 184 266 197 230 184 188 169 177 160 216 Condition Points 210 170 170 170 160 210 180 200 180 140 RCI 238.09 230.73 211.48 210.95 209.98 209.52 209.10 208.74 207.42 204.63 Rapid Assessment Program Table 2.5. Average percentage of live coral (for 3 depth zones, except where noted otherwise). Site 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 % Cover 37.3 48.0 43.6 32.7 27.6 11.5* 55.0 29.0* 52.0 42.0 32.5* 58.3 32.0 37.0 57.6 36.6 Site 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 % Cover 62.3 32.0* 50.6 42.0 44.6 37.6 29.0 56.3 63.0 20.6 24.6 16.0** 81.6 79.0 0.0 54.3 Site 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 % Cover 45.0 37.6 84.3 38.5 34.3 22.3 7.0 18.3 15.5* 22.6 39.0 25.3 85.0 56.6 62.3 * two depth zones surveyed; * * one depth zone surveyed. Comparing the data for the Togean and Banggai Islands reveals that both areas had similar levels of live scleractinian cover, averaging 41.1 and 42.5% respectively. Similarly, 27.7% of Togean reefs had 50% live cover in at least one of the three depth zones surveyed compared to 29.8% of reefs in the Banggai Islands. T he Banggai Group boasts the highest average percentage of live scleractinians for a single site (85.0% at site 45), the highest percentage for a single depth zone (100% in 5–19 m at site 30), and the lowest average percentage for a single site (0.0% at Site 30). Other recent published results for Indonesia include Spermonde Island with 22.6% of sites with more than 50% live hard coral cover (Rachman and Salam, 1993) and Takabonerate with 20.7% of sites exceeding 50% cover (Moka, 1995). Reef Degradation—Although the live scleractinian coral cover appears to be relatively high throughout the Togean and Banggai groups, there was ample evidence of reef degradation at many survey sites. For example the reef off the southern tip of Walebahi Island (site 1) has clearly been damaged by human activities, particularly the use of explosives for fishing. T his was evident from the high percentage of rubble and recently damaged corals present along the survey transects. T he death of coral colonies on reefs off southern Walekodi (sites 4–5) is probably due to a high concentration of suspended sediments and the resulting low light penetration. Agricultural development in local rainforest areas has no doubt contributed to soil erosion and consequent sedimentation of local reefs. RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty We heard dynamite blasts while diving at three sites (1, 33, and 37) and observed damage attributed to dynamite at the majority (86%) of sites in both the Togean and Banggai Islands. In most cases the damage was judged to be moderate to light, but at two sites (41–42) in the Banggai Islands the destruction was severe. We also observed (near site 30) at least one small boat with hookah equipment, which is generally associated with cyanide fishing. Discussions with local villagers in both the Togean and Banggai groups indicate that illegal fishing practices, including the use of dynamite, cyanide and various types of netting, are common. Coral reefs near Malenge Island (site 6) have been effectively destroyed due to a long history of intensive fishing, including the use of destructive methods such as blast fishing and netting. Fishers are now forced to travel long distances because the local reefs are virtually non-productive. Bleaching—Coral bleaching is a term used for the sudden loss of symbiotic zooxanthellae harbored by live soft and hard corals. If the condition persists for more than a few days it generally results in the death of the host polyps. T he exact causes of bleaching have been the subject of considerable controversy, but there is now overwhelming proof that the condition is accelerated by a prolonged regime of higher than normal sea temperatures, which are commonly associated with El Niño events. Some areas, such as the Maldive Islands, which have lost an estimated 90% of live corals, have been severely affected by the widely publicized 1998 El Niño. Indonesian reefs appear to have been variably effected by the most recent El Niño. Some areas such as Bunaken Island off Manado, Sulawesi, were severely affected, whereas others, such as the Raja Ampat Islands off Papua Province, have apparently escaped with little or no bleaching reported. During the current survey, bleaching was common at nearly every site in the Togean Islands, with the exception of sites 9, 13, and 18. However, the damage was usually only light, and generally confined to corals in shallow (less than about 10 m) water. By contrast, only a single site (45) in the Banggai Islands was affected by bleaching. T he widespread bleaching in the Togean Islands is no doubt correlated with relatively high sea temperatures, which generally ranged from 30–33°C throughout the survey. Although comparative data are lacking for the Togean and Banggai groups, sea temperatures for other areas in Indonesia, Philippines, and Papua New Guinea in which we have worked generally range between 27–29°C. Coral destruction seen at the Kadoda and Kadidiri reefs (sites 7, 9–10) is of some concern as these are popular dive sites noted for their spectacular underwater scenery, which includes excellent near-vertical walls. We found many dead corals on the reef-flat, as well as in deeper areas, no doubt the result of warm-water induced bleaching. Coral Predation—Crown-of-thorns starfish (Acanthaster planci), a well-documented predator of scleractinian corals, July 2002 35 were observed at nine sites in the Togean Islands (2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12, 23) and four sites in the Banggai Islands (32, 42, 43, and 44). T hey were usually observed in very low numbers (1–2 per dive), except at Sites 6 and 43, where up to 30 individuals were seen during the course of a single dive. Conclusions and Recommendations Compared to other Indonesan areas we have personally observed or that are reported in the literature (Ripang, 1996; Suharsono, 1997; Suharsono et al., 1994; Suripto, 1997) the coral reefs of the Togean and Banggai Islands are in relatively good condition. At most sites we encountered only light to moderate reef damage, primarily due to coral bleaching or illegal fishing methods. However, we did observe some disturbing trends, mainly in the form of widespread illegal fishing methods, that indicate a need for conservation measures in order to arrest what we believe to be a gradual decline in general conditions. T he obvious recommendations involve the establishment of a series of marine reserves throughout the area and effective management of these areas, including proper law enforcement, particularly concerning the apprehension and conviction of anyone engaging in illegal fishing practices. However, carrying out these measures is easier said then done. Judging from unsuccessful efforts by the government in other parts of Indonesia, the chances of implementation are slim at best. T he few conservation success stories in Indonesia emphasize the importance of involving the local community in any initiatives that are undertaken. T he community must take pride in its reef resources and learn to effectively manage them. T hey also need outside support in the form of government-backed effective law enforcement to prevent outsiders from illegally harvesting resources. T he community should also be encouraged to become involved in eco-tourism that uses its coral reef resources to attract visitors from other parts of Indonesia and beyond. But any eco-tourism ventures should be community driven with all benefits retained locally by the greater population, rather than lining the pockets of a few Jakarta or Manado-based entrepreneurs. T he development of other forms of marine-based income should also be encouraged within local communities in order to relieve general fishing pressure on reef populations. T hese include “reeffriendly” activities such as seaweed culture and pearl farming. Other recommendations include a formal system of monitoring the general fish catch to facilitate effective management of the reef fishery, and coral rehabilitation projects in areas that have been severely damaged such as in front of the Malenge Island Research Station. Prospective sites for dive-related eco-tourism include the ten listed in Table 2.3. T he area in the vicinity of Dondola 36 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Island (site 25) is especially promising as it contains a number of relatively isolated reefs and shoals. If the fauna and reef topography are comparable to that found at Dondola, it would provide a prime location for recreational diving, as well as the establishment of a marine reserve. Several excellent drop-offs (submarine cliffs) were observed, mainly in the northern portion of the Togean Islands (sites 7, 9, and 16), including Una-una Island (sites 12, 13, and 14), and at Dondola Island (site 25). T he only comparable habitat in the Banggais was noted at Makailu Island (site 47). T hese steep slopes tend to be well populated with an excellent variety of both corals and fishes. Illegal blast fishers generally ignore these areas because of the difficulty in retrieving the catch due to the great depth. Only hook-and-line fishing is effective in such areas and therefore the fishing pressure tends to be relatively low. Consequently, steep drop-offs are prime candidates for conservation sites. Conversely, most dynamite fishing occurs on flat bottoms or gentle slopes in shallow to moderate depths, which facilitates quick and easy harvesting following the blast. Una-una Island, although considered part of the Togean Group, is well isolated and for conservation purposes probably merits separate consideration. T his small volcanic island, measuring about 10 km in diameter, lies across a deep channel, approximately 30 km northwest of Togean Island. T he last volcanic eruption occurred in 1986, and although it was consequently evacuated, most of the population has since been resettled. We did not observe any significant reef damage as a result of the eruption, but it is probably restricted to near shore habitats in a few isolated places where former lava flows entered the sea via relatively narrow (up to 100–200 m wide) channels. We observed several of these former lava flows, including one near site 14 on the western side of the island. T he northeastern side of the island (sites 12 and 13) harbors some of the most spectacularly scenic coral reefs we encountered during the entire survey. References Adhyakso L L. 1997. Reef Check 197. Conservation Indonesia. WWF Jakarta. Allen, G.R., P. Seeto.,and T. McGarry Condition of coral reefs in Milne Bay Province, Papua New Guinea. In: G.R. Allen, J. Kinch, and S. A. Mckenna (eds.). A second Marine Rapid Assessment of Milne Bay Province, Papua New Guinea. In prep, RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment, Conservation International, Washington, DC. COREMAP. 1998. Coral Reef and Global Change, Adaptation, Acclimation, or Extension, Initial Report of the Rapid Assessment Program Symposium and Workshop, Boston (2nd), Kalawarta COREMAP, Jakarta. LIPI. 1998. Status of Coral Reef in Indonesia, Journalistic Programme Workshop on the Rehabilitation and Management of Coral Reef (COREMAP). Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Jakarta. Moka, W. 1995. Survey terumbu karang di Taman Nasional Laut Taka Bonerate. WWF-Universitas Hasanuddin, Ujung Pandang. Nontji A. 1986. Indonesian Seas. Djambatan Press, Jakarta. Rachman A. and A. Salam. 1993. Study of the condition of corals to human activities in West Kodya Beach ,Ujung Pandang. University of Hasanudin, Ujung Pandang. Ripang, S. 1996. The Percentage of Coverage and Species Composition of Coral Reef in Barang Lompo Island. Undergraduate Project. Dept. of Marine Science and Technology, University of Hasanudin, Ujung Pandang. Soekarno, R. 1989. Comparative studies on the status of Indonesian coral reefs. Netherlands Journal of Sea Research 23 (2). Netherlands. RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty Soekarno, R., M. Hutomo, M.K. Moosa., and P. Darsono. 1983. Coral Reefs in Indonesia (Its Resources, Problems and Management). Lembaga Oseanologi Nasional, Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Jakarta. Suharsono 1997. A Research Survey on the Biodiversity in Kapposang Island, South Sulawesi. Pusat Penelitian dan Pengembangan Oseanologi, Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Jakarta. Suharsono, A. Budiyanto, N. Hadi, and Gyanto, 1994. Marine Ecotourism of Three Islands in North Sulawesi (Tundonia, Tenga and Paniki). Pusat Penelitian dan Pengembangan Oseanologi, Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Jakarta. Suharsono, Sukarno, and Siswandono. 1985. Sebaran, keanekaragaman dan kekayaan jenis karang batu di Pulau Kotok Kecil, Pulau-Pulau Seribu. Oseanologi di Indonesia 19. LON-LIPI, Jakarta. Suripto, U. 1997. The state of coral reefs in Poto Tano Sumbawa island. Undergraduate Project, T he department of marine science and technology. University of Hasanudin, Ujung Pandang. July 2002 37 Chapter 3 Molluscs of the Gulf of Tomini, Sulawesi, Indonesia Fred E. Wells Summary • 38 A total of 555 species of molluscs belonging to 103 families were collected: 336 gastropods, 211 bivalves, four chitons, two cephalopods, and two scaphopods. T hree of the four most diverse families were gastropods: Conidae (63 species), Muricidae (56) and Cypraeidae (41). Veneridae (46) was the most diverse bivalve family. All species for which distributions are known are widespread in the Indo-West Pacific region; none are endemic to Indonesia. • A total of 31 sites were investigated, with a mean of 65.3 ± 3.5 (SE) species of molluscs collected per site. T he richest site was Dondola Island (Site 25) with 115 species and the least diverse was near the southwestern tip of Batudaka Island (Site 17) with 32 species. • T he diversity of molluscs collected on the Togean expedition (555 species) was lower than on the previous CI expeditions to the Calamianes Islands, Philippines (651 species) and Milne Bay, Papua New Guinea (638 species). Diversity in the Togeans was higher than all sites sampled by the author in northwestern Australia except the Montebello Islands, Western Australia (631 species). • T he fauna reported here should not be considered to be the total number of species of molluscs living on coral reefs in the area. T he majority present on Indo-West Pacific coral reefs are small and/or cryptic, and no shortterm expedition will record all species. To do so would require an intensive survey over a number of years. • A single octopus was found at one site. T his scarcity suggests high fishing pressure, although no octopus fish- C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL ing was observed. Similarly, low numbers of other target species such as spider shells, conchs, trochus, and abalone were also encountered in the Togeans. • Aside from the small Tridacna crocea, and to a lesser extent T. squamosa, very few live giant clams were seen during the expedition. Although various species were recorded from a number of sites, the majority were based on dead shells, and populations appear to have been overfished. • Low quality seashells are collected worldwide and used for production of trinkets and other products. T he specimen shell fishery is relatively small, but some individual shells command high prices. Excessive removal of shells for these purposes has caused substantial damage to coral reef ecosystems in other areas of the Indo-Pacific, particularly the Philippines. Very few specimen shells were found during the expedition to the Togeans, but no fishing for shells was observed. I ntroduction T his is the third report of a Rapid Assessment Program (RAP) survey of molluscs on coral reefs in the Indo-Pacific region. T he first was undertaken in Milne Bay, Papua New Guinea in October 1997 (Wells, 1998), and the second was to the Calamianes Islands in the Philippines in February 1998 (Wells, 2001). As indicated in the previous marine RAP reports, molluscs, corals, and fishes were selected as good indicators of overall coral reef biodiversity. Specifically, molluscs were chosen because they have by far the largest diversity of any phylum in the marine environment and the group is relatively Rapid Assessment Program well-known taxonomically (at least the larger species). In addition they are ecologically and economically important. Diversity of molluscs is exceedingly high in tropical waters, particularly in coral reef environments. Gosliner et al. (1996) estimated that approximately 60% of all marine invertebrate species in the Indo-West Pacific region are molluscs. Although molluscan diversity is known to be high on coral reefs, no estimates are available of the total number of species in any Indo-West Pacific coral reef system. In fact, there are few estimates available of the number of molluscs living in any particular area. In recent years the Western Australian Museum has conducted a number of coral reef surveys in Western Australia and adjoining areas such as Christmas Island and the Cocos (Keeling) Islands, both in the Indian Ocean. Published data from this work provides a basis of comparison with the results of marine RAP surveys. Methods Molluscs were collected at 31 sites visited during the survey; unfortunately, prior commitments meant that the author left the expedition before it was completed, and the last 16 sites could not be sampled. Scuba dives were made at all sites examined except site 20. Water depth at this site was too shallow to scuba effectively, and the area was surveyed by snorkel. At all sites as many habitats as possible were collected to provide as complete an indication of diversity as could be made in a short investigation. T he tide range in the Togeans is slight, so there is little intertidal area available. However, intertidal areas were sampled where they occurred. T he absence of suitable strandlines on the beaches prevented beach collecting of dead shells to obtain additional records; the only substantial beach collection of dead shells was made at site 25. With the exception of site 25, a single collection was made at each site. Collections were made in deeper water first then the shallows were worked. T his process provided a consistent level of sampling effort between sites. T he mean time spent at each site was 91 ± 2 minutes (SE) (range 60–120 minutes). Between 80 and 110 minutes were spent at 25 of the 31 sites. Fading light or lack of air restricted collecting times at some sites. Readily recognizable species were recorded on an underwater slate during each dive. Representatives of all other species were returned to the boat where they were identified using standard shell books, particularly Springsteen and Leobrera (1986). Additional sources available during the trip were: Cernohorsky (1972), Wells and Bryce (1989; 1993), and Gosliner et al. (1996). As there is no book on IndoPacific bivalves, and few are included in Springsteen and Leobrera (1986), the Australian reference of Lamprell and Whitehead (1992) was used. Publications on particular RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty groups were consulted in Perth after the expedition was completed. A small amount of material was taken to the Western Australian Museum for comparison with specimens in the WAM collection. Results and Discussion Biodiversity of Molluscs A total of 555 species of molluscs belonging to 103 families were collected during the expedition. T here were 336 gastropods, 211 bivalves, four chitons, two cephalopods, and two scaphopods; no aplacophorans were collected. T he preponderance of gastropods is in accord with previous studies using the same techniques, but the proportion of bivalves was slightly higher than on the two previous RAP expeditions. T hree of the four most diverse families were gastropods: Conidae (63 species), Muricidae (56) and Cypraeidae (41). Veneridae (46 species) was the most diverse bivalve family, and the second most diverse overall. All of the species for which distributions are known are widespread in the Indo-West Pacific; none are endemic to Indonesia. A total of 31 sites were investigated, with a mean of 65.3 ± 3.5 (SE) species of molluscs collected per site. A mean of 61.5 ± 3.2 species were collected per site in the Togean Islands. Dondola Island (site 25) was the richest site, with 119 species. However, this was also the only location where specimens were collected along the beach. A total of 85 species were collected during the dive. If only these specimens were counted, site 25 would still be the fifth richest site, with 85 species. site 18 (near the southwest tip of Batudaka Island; 98 species), site 26 (Pasirpanjang Point; 93 species) and Site 6 (east end of Malingi Island; 89 species) had the greatest recorded molluscan diversity. T he high species diversity at these sites is correlated with their wider diversity of habitats. Site 17 (near the southwest tip of Batudaka Island), with 32 species had the lowest diversity. Between 43 and 49 species were recorded at a total of eight additional sites. T hese locations had very low habitat diversity, typically a nearly vertical wall at the edge of the reef that flattened abruptly just below the low tide level. T he upper surface of the reef was cemented by coralline algae, and there were no rocks, dead coral, sand, or rubble, all of which normally provide abundant molluscs. T he diversity of molluscs collected on the Togean expedition (555 species) was lower than on previous RAP expeditions: Milne Bay, Papua New Guinea (638 species) and the Calamianes Islands, Philippines (651 species). T his is partly a result of the shorter trip to the Togeans, where only 11 days were available for collecting compared to 16 in the Calamianes and 19 in Milne Bay. However, by the end of the Togeans survey, very few additional records were obtained (Figure 3.1 upper). July 2002 39 Figure 3.1. Relationships between number of species of molluscs collected and the duration of the expedition. Upper — total number of species of molluscs collected during the trip. Lower — number of additional species recorded on each day. After the expedition departed from the Togeans, the number of new records increased as new habitat types were encountered at Dondola Island (Site 25), peninsular mainland sites (26–28), and the Banggai Islands (29–31). It is likely that if molluscs had been collected for the remainder of the expedition the total number of recorded species would have been comparable to Milne Bay and the Calamianes. During a survey such as this, all species collected on the first day of the expedition are new records. On the second and subsequent days the number of new records declines as progressively more species are recorded for the second or more time. T his decrease in new records provides a mechanism for estimating the total number of species of molluscs that would be recorded in the Togeans if additional time were available for the survey (Figure 3.1 lower). T his graph suggests that a total of 730 species would be collected in the Togeans using the techniques of this survey if it had continued for a total of 30 days. T he 555 species collected in the Togean-Banggai expedition is greater than the number of species collected on all of the expeditions conducted by the Western Australian Museum in northwestern Australia and adjacent areas except the Montebello Islands, Western Australia, where 631 species were collected (Table 3.1). T he Montebellos have a very high degree of habitat complexity that was reflected in all animal groups sampled, not just molluscs. For example, the Montebellos have extensive mangroves and mudflats, neither of which was sampled in the Togeans. Habitat diversity at sites sampled in the Togean expedition was lower, suggesting that there were more species for a given habitat type. In addition, the Montebello expedition had three people actively Table 3.1. Total mollusc species collected on this trip, as compared with totals for earlier surveys in Papua New Guinea, the Philippines, and Australia. Location Togean- Banggai Islands Calamianes Group Milne Bay Ashmore Reef Scott/Seringapatam Reef Rowley Shoals Abrolhos Islands Montebello Islands Cocos (Keeling) Islands Chagos Islands Christmas Is. Collecting Days Mollusc species 11 555 16 19 12 8 7 Accumulated data 19 20 Accumulated data 12 plus accumulated data 651 638 433 279 260 492 631 380 on survey; total known fauna of 610 species 384 490 19 19 13 413 317 232 Reference This report Wells, 2000 Wells, 1998 Wells, 1993 Wells & Slack-Smith, 1986 Wells & Slack-Smith, 1986 Wells & Bryce, 1997 Wells, Slack-Smith & Bryce, 2001 Wells, 1994 Shepherd, 1982 Wells & Slack-Smith, 2001 Kimberleys 1988 1991 1994 40 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Wells, 1988 Wells, 1992 Wells & Bryce, 1995 Rapid Assessment Program collecting molluscs during 19 days. T hese features suggest that total diversity of molluscs in coral reef habitats in the Togeans is probably greater than at the Montebellos. T he data discussed above can be compared to provide information on the relative diversity of molluscs in different areas because the same person collected them, with additional help on some expeditions, using the same methodology. However, the 555 species of molluscs recorded from the Togeans should not be considered to be the total number of species to be found on coral reefs in the area. Diversity of Marine Molluscs in Indonesia While there is no overall list of the molluscs of Indonesia, two publications indicate the high diversity of the group in the central Indo-West Pacific. T he Togean Islands are in northern Indonesia, just south of the Philippine Islands. Just after the turn of the century, Hidalgo (1904–05) recorded 3,121 species of molluscs from the Philippines. T his included non-marine molluscs and erroneous records, but indicates the diversity of the fauna at that time. More recently, Springsteen and Leobrera (1986) illustrated nearly 1,700 marine molluscs. Some are deep-water species or are characteristic of non-coral reef shallow habitats such as mangroves. However, Springsteen and Leobrera point out that their book is not intended to be comprehensive and many more species are known to occur in the area. In two popular shell books, Dharma (1988; 1992) illustrated approximately 1,000 of the most common Indonesian shells. Mollusc Assemblages in the Togean and Banggai Islands T he sites collected during the current expedition can be grouped into five separate geographic areas: the Togean Islands (21 sites); Una-una Island (3 sites); mainland peninsular region (3 sites); the Banggai Islands (3 sites); and Dondola Island (1 site). Figure 2 shows a dendrogram of the relationships between sites using the Bray-Curtis methodology. T he dendrogram shows two major clusters in the centre, one on the left with 9 sites and a second cluster on the right with 13 sites. T he remaining 9 sites are less closely associated with each other. T here is no clear correlation between the four geographic areas sampled and the two clusters. Togean sites occur in both clusters and also among the outlying sites. Sites of the four remaining areas (Una-una Island, peninsular mainland, Banggai Islands, and Dondola Island) are scattered over the dendrogram, though minor clumpings of two sites from the peninsular mainland and the Banggai Islands do occur. T he location with the least relationship with the others was site 13 on Una-una Island, where a sandy shoreline with isolated corals was examined for molluscs. T he dendrogram suggests that the site clusters reflect habitat types rather than geographical affinities. T he low habitat diversity in the Togean and Banggai Islands was reflected in the relative uniformity of the common species, with a suite of species being found at most sites. RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty T hese species are characteristic of shallow water open coral reef systems. T he most commonly encountered species was the giant clam Tridacna squamosa, which was found at 28 of the 31 sites; however, most of these records were 1–2 live animals or a dead shell. Other species recorded at 20 or more sites were the bivalves Tridacna crocea, Pedum spondyloidaeum, and Barbatia ventricosa and the gastropods Rhinoclavis asper, Conus musicus, Coralliophila violacea, and Serpulorbis colubrina. It is interesting that the spider shell, Lambis lambis, an edible species which is actively fished in many areas of the Indo-West Pacific, occurred at a large number of sites on both the Calamianes and Milne Bay expeditions; the related species L. millepedes was relatively uncommon. T his situation was reversed in the Togeans, with L. millepedes being recorded at 20 sites and L. lambis at only three sites. Another feature of interest was that the China clam, Hippopus porcellanus, was only relatively recently (Rosewater, 1982) recognised as a separate species from H. hippopus. Both species were found during the Togean expedition, including five sites where the two species were found together. A number of mollusc species that are common on reef systems in other areas were absent in the Togeans. Although collecting was undertaken on all of the coral reef habitat types available, the suite of species which is characteristic of high energy reef crests was absent. Species such as Conus ebraeus and C. chaldeus were not recorded. Other species in this habitat, such as C. imperialis, Cerithium nodulosus and Vasum ceramicum were present as dead shells at 1–2 sites. T he lack or scarcity of these species is a real feature rather than a collecting artifact. Weather conditions during the expedition were near perfect—winds were calm and wave action and currents were minimal. Exposed habitats could have been easily collected, but they simply were not present. T his suggests that the protected location of the Togean Islands has prevented the development of open, wave swept reef areas. Drupella cornus and other members of the genus feed actively on corals. Several outbreaks have caused considerable damage on coral reefs, particularly in the Ningaloo Marine Park in Western Australia. Such damage was not observed in the Togeans, with only isolated small patches of corals having been eaten by Drupella. Exploitation of Molluscs in the Togean Islands A single specimen of octopus was found at one site. T heir scarcity is probably a reflection of high fishing pressure, but no octopus fishermen were observed during the survey. T his contrasts with the Calamianes expedition, where octopus fishermen were encountered regularly. Similarly, low numbers of other fished species such as spider shells, conchs, and abalone were also encountered on both the Calamianes and Togean expeditions. July 2002 41 ing for specimen shells, it is likely that fishermen working on the reefs opportunistically collect them. Acknowledgments T he diversity of molluscs recorded in the present survey was enhanced by the assistance of the other team members in collecting live and dead shells for me during the survey. I sincerely thank them for this assistance and enjoyed being on the expedition with them. In addition I thank Mr. Andrew Reeves and Dr. Patrick Berry for access to the collections of the Western Australian Museum. References Allen, G.R. and R. Steene. 1996. Indo-Pacific Coral Reef Guide. Tropical Reef Research, Singapore. Berry, P .F. (ed.). 1993. Marine faunal surveys of Ashmore Reef and Cartier Island, North-western Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum, Supplement 44. Figure 3.2. Dendrogram showing the relationships between mollusc assemblages at the 31 stations where molluscs were collected. Cernohorsky, W. O. 1972. Marine Shells of the Pacific. Pacific Publications, Sydney, Australia. Dharma, B. 1988. Sipit dan kerang Indonesia (Indonesian Shells). Penerbit: PT Sarana Graha, Jakarta, Indonesia. Aside from small Tridacna crocea, and to a lesser extent T. squamosa, few live giant clams were seen during the expedition. While other Tridacna species were recorded from a number of sites, the majority of records were based on dead shells, and populations appear to have been overfished. T he margins of many of the Togean reefs are essentially vertical walls that level off to a relatively flat surface one to three meters below the low tide level. T he large, colorful giant clams are readily seen in such areas and would be easily harvested. Low quality seashells are collected worldwide and used for production of trinkets and other products. T he fishery for such shells is extremely high in some areas of the Philippines, causing extensive damage to reefs. However, reefs in the Togean and Banggai Islands appear to have suffered little damage from this activity. T he specimen shell fishery is relatively small when compared to the fishery for low quality shells (used mainly for cheap souvenirs and trinkets), but some individual shells can command high prices (in excess of US $1,000) from serious collectors. Very few specimen shells were found during the current survey. While no evidence was found of specific fish- 42 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Dharma, B. 1992. Sipit dan kerang Indonesia (Indonesian Shells) II. Verlag Christa Hemmen, Wiesbaden, Germany. Gosliner, T. M, D. W. Behrens, and G. C. Williams. 1996. Coral Reef Animals of the Indo-Pacific. Sea Challengers, Monterey,California. Hidalgo, T. 1904–05. Catalog de los Molluscos Testaceos de las Islas Filipinas, Jolo y Marianas. Privately published, Madrid. Lamprell, K. and T. Whitehead. 1992. Bivalves of Australia. Volume 1. Crawford House Press, Bathurst, Australia. Rosewater, J. 1982. A new species of Hippopus (Bivalvia: Tridacnidae). Nautilus 96: 3–6. Sheppard, A. L. S. 1984. T he molluscan fauna of Chagos (Indian Ocean) and an analysis of its broad distribution patterns. Coral Reefs 3: 43–50. Springsteen, F.J. and F.M. Leobrera. 1986. Shells of the Philippines. Carfel Seashell Museum, Manila, Philippines. Rapid Assessment Program Wells, F.E. 1988. Survey of the Invertebrate Fauna of the Kimberley Islands. Unpublished Report, Western Australian Museum, Perth, pp. 1–51. Wells, F.E. 1992. Part IV. Molluscs. pp. 30–42. In: G. J. Morgan (ed.). Survey of the Aquatic Fauna of the Kimberley Islands and Reefs, Western Australia. Western Australian Museum, Perth. Wells, F.E. 1993. Molluscs of Ashmore Reef and Cartier Island. pp. 25–45. In: P. F. Berry (ed.) Marine faunal surveys of Ashmore Reef and Cartier Island, North-western Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum, Supplement 24: 25–45. Wells, F.E. 1994. Marine Molluscs of the Cocos (Keeling) Islands. Atoll Research Bulletin 410: 1–22. Biota of the Southern Kimberley Islands, Western Australia. MS report to the National Estates Grant Programme. Western Australian Museum, Perth. Wells, F.E. and C.W. Bryce. 1997. A preliminary checklist of the marine macromolluscs of the Houtman Abrolhos Islands, Western Australia. pp. 362–384. In: F.E. Wells (ed). Proceedings of the Seventh International Marine Biological Workshop: The Marine Flora and Fauna of the Houtman Abrolhos Islands, Western Australia. Western Australian Museum, Perth. Wells, F.E. and S.M. Slack-Smith. 1986. Part IV. Molluscs. In: P. F. Berry (ed.) Faunal Survey of the Rowley Shoals and Scott Reef, Western Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum, Supplement 25: 41–58. Wells, F.E. 1998. Part 3. Molluscs of Milne Bay Province, Papua New Guinea. In: T. B. Werner and G.R. Allen (eds.). A Rapid Biodiversity Assessment of the Coral Reefs of Milne Bay Province, Papua New Guinea. RAP Working Papers 11, Conservation International, Washington, DC. Wells, F.E. and S.M. Slack-Smith. 2001. Molluscs of Christmas Island. In: P. F. Berry and F.E. Wells (eds.). Survey of the Marine Fauna of the Montebello Islands, Western Australia and Christmas Island, Indian Ocean. Records of the Western Australian Museum, Supplement 59: 103–115. Wells, F.E. 2001. Part 2. Molluscs of the Calamianes Islands, Palawan Province, Philippines. In: T. B. Werner and G.R. Allen (eds.). A Rapid Marine Biodiversity Assessment of the Calamianes Islands, Palawan Province, Philippines. Bulletin of the Rapid Assessment Program 17, Conservation International, Washington, DC. Wells, F.E., S.M. Slack-Smith, and C.W. Bryce. 2001. Molluscs of the Montebello Islands. In: P. F. Berry and F.E. Wells (eds.). Survey of the Marine Fauna of the Montebello Islands, Western Australia and Christmas Island, Indian Ocean. Records of the Western Australian Museum, Supplement 59: 29–46. Wells, F.E. and C.W. Bryce. 1989. Seashells of Western Australia. Western Australian Museum, Perth. Wells, F.E. and C.W. Bryce. 1993. Seaslugs of Western Australia. Western Australian Museum, Perth. Wells, F.E. and C.W. Bryce. 1995. Molluscs. In: F.E. Wells, R. Hanley, and D. I. Walker. 1995. Survey of the Marine RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty July 2002 43 Chapter 4 Reef Fishes of the Togean and Banggai Islands, Sulawesi, Indonesia Gerald R. Allen Summary • • A list of fishes was compiled for 47 sites, including 24 in the Togean Islands, 19 in the Banggai Islands and four on the shoals and mainland peninsula that separates the two groups. T he survey involved 72 hours of scuba diving by G.R. Allen to a maximum depth of 50 m. T he Togean and Banggai Islands have a diverse reef fish fauna. A total of 819 species were observed or collected during the present survey. An extrapolation method using six key index families (Chaetodontidae, Pomacanthidae, Pomacentridae, Labridae, Scaridae, and Acanthuridae) indicates a total fauna consisting of at least 1,023 species. • Species numbers at visually sampled sites ranged from 70 to 266, with an average of 173 per site. Banggai sites (average 176 species) were generally more diverse than Togean sites (average 166 species). T he 4 sites at shoals and the mainland peninsula separating the two groups had an average of 201 species. • Despite a greater sampling effort (24 versus 19 sites) in the Togeans, more species were recorded from the Banggai Islands. T he respective estimated total reef faunas for these areas derived from the Coral Fish Diversity Index (CFDI) regression formula are 799 and 908. • Damselfishes (Pomacentridae), wrasses (Labridae), and gobies (Gobiidae) are the dominant families in the Togean and Banggai Islands in terms of number of species (99, 97, and 85 respectively) and number of individuals. • T he overwhelming majority of reef fishes in the Togean and Banggai Islands are either carnivores or planktivores, feeding on a wide variety of invertebrates and fishes. T he remaining 26% of the fauna are either herbivorous or omnivorous. • A total of seven undescribed species were collected during the survey including five wrasses, a damselfish, and a blenny (Ecsenius; family Blenniidae). • Due to its extremely restricted distribution, low reproductive rate, and high level of harvesting for the aquarium trade, the survival of the endemic Banggai Cardinalfish (Peterapogon kauderni) is seriously threatened. I ntroduction • 44 T he fish fauna of the Togean and Banggai Islands consists mainly of species associated with coral reefs, which have relatively broad distributions in the Indo-Pacific region. Atolls were the richest of the major habitats with 200 species per site, while sheltered fringing reefs were the poorest with 145.1 species per site. C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL T his section of the report contains comprehensive documentation of the reef and shore fish fauna of the Togean and Banggai Islands based on results of Conservation International’s RAP during October–November 1998. T he background of this project and description of the 47 survey sites are provided elsewhere in this report. T he principle aim of the fish survey was to provide a comprehensive inventory of the reef-associated species. T his segment of the fauna includes fishes living on or near coral reefs down to the limit of safe sport diving or approximately 45 m depth (although observations may extend to 50–60 m Rapid Assessment Program depth or more if visibility is good). Survey activities therefore excluded deepwater fishes and offshore pelagic species such as flyingfishes, tunas, and billfishes. T he results of this survey facilitate a comparison of the faunal richness of the Togean and Banggai Islands with other parts of South East Asia and adjoining regions. However, the list of fishes presented is still incomplete due to the time restriction of the survey (16.5 days) and the secretive nature of many small reef species. Nevertheless, a basic knowledge of the cryptic component of the fauna in other areas and an extrapolation method that uses key “index” families can accurately estimate the overall species total. General faunal composition T he fish fauna consists mainly of species associated with coral reefs. T he most abundant families in terms of number of species are damselfishes (Pomacentridae), wrasses (Labridae), gobies (Gobiidae) cardinalfishes (Apogonidae), groupers (Serranidae), butterflyfishes (Chaetodontidae), blennies (Blenniidae), surgeonfishes (Acanthuridae), parrotfishes (Scaridae), and snappers (Lutjanidae). T hese 10 families collectively account for about 65.8% of the total observed fauna (Table 4.1). T he relative abundance of fish families in this region is similar to other reef areas in the Indo-Pacific, although the ranking of individual families is variable, as shown in Table 4.2. Methods T he fish portion of this survey involved 72 hours of scuba diving by G.R. Allen to a maximum depth of 50 m. A list of fishes was compiled for 47 sites. T he basic method consisted of underwater observations, in most cases during a single, 60–90 minute dive at each site. T he name of each species encountered was written on a plastic sheet attached to a clipboard. T he technique usually involved a rapid descent to 30–50 m, then a slow, zigzag ascent path back to the shallows. T he majority of time was spent in the 2–12 m depth zone, which consistently harbors the largest number of species. T he visual transect at each site included a representative sample of all available bottom types and habitat situations, for example adjacent mangroves and seagrass beds, shallow reef flats, steep drop-offs, caves (using a flashlight if necessary), rubble and sand patches, etc. Only the names of fishes for which identification was absolutely certain were recorded. However, there were very few, less than about 2% of those observed, which could not be identified to species level. T he visual survey was supplemented with 10 small collections procured with the use of the ichthyocide rotenone and several specimens that were collected with a rubber-sling propelled multi-prong spear. T he purpose of the rotenone collections was to flush out small crevice and sand-dwelling fishes (e.g., eels and tiny gobies) that are never recorded with the visual technique. A total of 52 species were added by using this method. Results A total of 819 species belonging to 273 genera and 75 families were recorded during the survey (Appendix 5). Nearly all of the fishes appearing in the list are illustrated in Allen (1991, 1993, and 1997), Myers (1989), Kuiter (1992), or Randall et al. (1990). RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty Table 4.1. The most abundant families of fish in terms of number of species. Rank Family Species % of Total Species 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Pomacentridae Labridae Gobiidae Apogonidae Serranidae Chaetodontidae Blenniidae Acanthuridae Scaridae Lutjanidae 99 97 85 57 46 38 35 33 26 23 12.1 11.8 10.4 7.0 5.6 4.6 4.3 4.0 3.2 2.8 Habitats and fish biodiversity T he species occurring at an individual locality are largely dependent on the availability of shelter and food. Coral and rocky reefs exposed to periodic strong currents are by far the richest habitat in terms of fish biodiversity. T hese reefs provide an abundance of shelter for fishes of all sizes, and the currents are vital for supporting numerous planktivores, the smaller of which provide food for larger predators. T he highest number of fish species was usually recorded at sites with the following features: (1) predominantly coral or rock reef substratum, (2) relatively clear water, (3) periodic strong currents, and (4) presence of additional habitats (sand-rubble, seagrass, mangroves, etc.) in close proximity (i.e., within easy swimming distance of the primary coral reef habitat). T he number of species found at each site is shown in Table 4.3. T he total number ranged from 70 to 266, with an average of 173 per site. Banggai sites (Sites 29–47: average 176 species) were generally more diverse than Togean sites (Sites 1–24: average 166 species). T he four sites (25–28) at shoals and the mainland peninsula separating the two groups had an average of 201 species. July 2002 45 Tables 4.5 and 4.6 present a comparison of the fish fauna of the major areas and habitats that were surveyed. T he shoals and mainland peninsula that separate the Togean and Banggai Islands exhibited the most species (201.3 per site), whereas the Togean Islands (162.1 per site) had the fewest. Atolls were the richest of the major habitats with 200 species per site, while sheltered fringing reefs were the poorest with 145.1 species per site. Types of substrata T he best sites for fishes (Table 4.4) were usually locations where live coral was a dominant feature of the seascape, although there was usually a mixture of other bottom types, particularly sand or rubble. Mangroves, seagrass beds, and pure sand-rubble areas were the poorest areas for fish diversity. Silty bays and harbor, although sometimes supporting a variety of hard corals, also had impoverished fish communities. T he five sites (2, 4, 11, 35, 44) where less than 140 species were recorded invariably consisted of sheltered locations with reduced visibility and substantial siltation. Index of fish diversity (CFDI) Due to the need for a convenient method of assessing and comparing overall coral reef fish diversity in the Indo-Pacific Table 4.2. Family rankings in terms of number of species for various localities in the Indo- Pacific region. Data are from unpublished survey results by the author except Milne Bay and the Chagos Islands which are from Allen (1998) and Winterbottom et al. (1989), respectively. Family Togean and Calamianes Banggai Islands Pomacentridae Labridae Gobiidae Apogonidae Serranidae Chaetodontidae Blenniidae Acanthuridae Scaridae Lutjanidae Milne Bay, PNG Group, Philippines 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 2nd 3rd 1st 4th 7th 5th 6th 9th 8th 10th 1st 3rd 2nd 4th 4th 7th 6th 8th 10th 9th Table 4.3. Number of species observed at each site during a survey of the Togean and Banggai Islands. Site 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 46 Species Site Species Site Species 178 134 154 133 155 179 181 145 169 208 70 161 230 175 202 208 17 162 149 163 216 174 106 136 184 266 170 193 176 188 181 139 177 33 215 151 120 174 213 210 175 195 183 189 147 138 160 184 197 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 Flores, Indonesia 3rd 2nd 1st 4th 5th 7th 6th 8th 10th 9th Komodo, Indonesia Chagos Islands 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 8th 7th 10th 9th 3rd 2nd 1st 6th 4th 11th 9th 8th 12th 7th Table 4.4. Ten richest fish sites during a survey of the Togean- Banggai Islands. Total Fish Species Site Number Location 25 13 33 37 38 10 16 47 40 42 Dondola Is. N tip of Una-una Is., Togean Islands SE end Kenau Is., Banggai Islands Atoll S of Treko Islands, Banggai Islands E side Pulau Pasibata reef, Banggai Islands S Kadidi barrier reef, Togean Islands W end Batudaka barrier reef, Togean Islands Makailu Is., Banggai Islands S side Sidula Is., Banggai, Islands Atoll off NW Bangkulu Is., Banggai Islands 266 230 215 213 210 208 208 197 195 189 Rapid Assessment Program Table 4.5. Average number of fish species recorded for major areas. Area Average Number Species/Site Shoals and mainland peninsula (Sites 25–28) Una-una Is. (Sites 12–14) Banggai Islands (Sites 29–47) Main Togean Islands (Sites 1–24, except 12–14) 201.3 188.6 175.6 162.1 Table 4.6. Average number of fish species recorded for major habitats. Habitat Atolls (4 sites) Platform reefs, pinnacle reefs, and offshore cays (10 sites) Exposed fringing reefs (11 sites) Barrier reefs (8 sites) Sheltered fringing reefs (14 sites) Average Number of Species 200.0 192.3 178.5 173.8 145.1 region, I have devised a rating system based on the number of species present belonging to the following six families: Chaetodontidae, Pomacanthidae, Pomacentridae, Labridae, Scaridae, and Acanthuridae. T hese families are particularly good indicators of fish diversity for the following reasons: • T hey are taxonomically well-documented. • T hey are conspicuous diurnal fishes that are relatively easy to identify underwater. • T hey include the “mainstream” species, which truly characterize the fauna of a particular reef. Collectively, they usually comprise more than 50% of the observable fishes. • T he families, with the exception of Pomacanthidae, are consistently among the 10 most speciose groups of reef fishes inhabiting a particular locality in the tropical Indo-west Pacific region. • Labridae and Pomacentridae in particular are very speciose and use a wide range of associated habitats in addition to coral-rich areas. T he method of assessment consists simply of counting the total number of species present in each of the six families. It is applicable at several levels: • • relatively restricted localities such as the Togean-Banggai Islands; • countries, major island groups, or large regions. Coral Fish Diversity Index (CFDI) values can be used to make a reasonably accurate estimate of the total coral reef fish fauna of a particular locality by means of a regression formula. T his feature is particularly useful for large regions, such as Indonesia and the Philippines, where reliable totals are lacking. Moreover, the CFDI predictor value can be used to gauge the thoroughness of a particular short-term survey that is either currently in progress or already completed. For example, due to time restraints and heavy reliance on visual observations, 819 species were recorded during the present survey. However, according to the CFDI predictor formula an approximate total of 1,100 species could be expected, revealing that 74% of the fauna was actually surveyed. T he above-mentioned regression formula was obtained from an analysis of 35 Indo-Pacific locations that have been comprehensively studied and for which reliable species lists exist. T he data were first divided into two groups: those from relatively restricted localities (surrounding seas encompassing less than 2,000 km2) and those from much larger areas (surrounding seas encompassing more than 50,000 km2). Simple regression analysis revealed a highly significant difference (P = 0.0001) between these two groups. T herefore, the data were separated and subjected to an additional analysis. T he Macintosh program Statview was used to perform simple linear regression analyses on each data set in order to determine a predictor formula, using CFDI as the predictor variable (x) for estimating the independent variable (y) or total coral reef fish fauna. T he resultant formulae were obtained: 1. total fauna of areas with surrounding seas encompassing more than 50,000 km2 = 4.234(CFDI) - 114.446 (d.f. = 15; R2 = 0.96; P = 0.0001); 2. total fauna of areas with surrounding seas encompassing less than 2,000 km2 = 3.39 (CFDI) 20.595 (d.f. = 18; R2 = 0.96; P = 0.0001). Table 4.7. Interpretation of Coral Fish Diversity Index (CFDI) values in terms of rela- tive categories of biodiversity. CFDI Values Relative Biodiversity Extraordinary Excellent Good Moderate Poor Very Poor Single Site Restricted Area >150 130–149 100–129 70–99 40– 69 <40 >330 260–329 200–259 140 –199 50–139 <50 CountryRegion >400 330–399 220–329 160–219 80–159 <80 single dive sites; RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty July 2002 47 CFDI values obtained for individual sites, relatively restricted areas (i.e. Togean and Banggai Islands), or larger regions or countries can be readily interpreted by referring to Table 4.7, which is based on numerous surveys in the IndoPacific by the author and various colleagues. Summary of Coral Fish Diversity I ndex (CFDI ) Assessment A selection of CFDI values for individual dive sites in the “Coral Triangle,” including several from the current survey, Table 4.8. Coral Fish Diversity Index (CFDI) values for selected single dive transects undertaken by the author at various localities. Those resulting from the present survey are in bold. 48 are compared in Table 4.8. Only one site (25) was ranked in the extraordinary biodiversity category and none were rated excellent. Most sites were assessed as being moderate to good compared to other areas in the Indo-Pacific . An overall CFDI total of 308 was recorded for the Togean and Banggai Islands, which compares favorably with other restricted Indo-Pacific localities, being ranked third overall (Table 4.9). Using CFDI values to compare more extensive regions, it can be seen from Table 4.10 that Indonesia possesses the world’s richest reef fish fauna with an estimated species total of 2,056 species, of which approximately 50% occur within the combined Togean-Banggai Islands region. Table 4.9. Coral Fish Diversity Index (CFDI) values for restricted localities, number of coral reef fish species as determined by surveys to date, and estimated numbers using the CFDI regression formula (refer to text for details). Transect Site CFDI % Total Spp. Total Spp. Locality Site Boirama Is., Milne Bay Prov., PNG Wahoo Reef, Milne Bay Prov., PNG Dondola Is., E. Sulawesi Kri Is., Raja Ampat Is., Papua Province, Indonesia Irai Is., Milne Bay Prov., PNG Seraja Besar, W. Flores, Indonesia Tara Is., Calamianes Is., Philippines SE end Kenau Is., Banggai Is. Pulau Besar, Maumere, Flores Dimipac Is., Calamianes Is., Philippines Tandah Putih, Peleng Is., Banggai Is. SW Tara Is., Calamianes Is., Philippines Una-una Is., Togean Is. N. Komodo Is., Indonesia Kimbe Bay, W. New Britain, PNG Halsey Harbour, Culion Is., Philippines Padoz Reef, Madang, PNG Tripod Reef, Madang, PNG Pig I. Lagoon, Madang, PNG Jais Aben Reef, Madang, PNG E. Rinca Is., Indonesia CRI Reef, Madang, PNG Kimbe Bay, W. New Britain, PNG Pulau Sedona, Bintan Is., Riau Islands Wakai, NE Batudaka Is., Togean Is. 160 159 158 156 59.3 64.9 59.4 57.1 270 245 266 273 156 136 132 132 130 129 126 126 125 122 120 119 111 105 102 94 61 58 57 41 36 58.2 64.4 63.5 61.4 54.4 63.2 67.0 64.3 54.3 60.4 64.9 56.4 56.3 63.6 58.0 57.3 50.8 43.9 63.3 51.9 51.4 268 211 208 215 239 204 188 196 230 202 185 211 197 165 176 164 120 132 90 79 70 Togean and Banggai Is., Indonesia Maumere Bay, Flores, Indonesia Milne Bay, Papua New Guinea Komodo Islands, Indonesia Madang, Papua New Guinea Kimbe Bay, Papua New Guinea Manado, Sulawesi, Indonesia Capricorn Group, Great Barrier Reef Ashmore/Cartier Reefs, Timor Sea Kashiwa-Jima Is., Japan Scott/Seringapatam Reefs, W. Australia Samoa Islands Chesterfield Islands, Coral Sea Sangalakki Is., Kalimantan, Bodgaya Islands, Sabah, Malaysia Izu Islands Christmas Is., Indian Ocean Sipadan Is., Sabah, Malaysia Rowley Shoals, W. Australia Cocos-Keeling Atoll, Indian Ocean North-West Cape, W. Australia Tunku Abdul Rahman Is., Sabah Lord Howe Is., Australia Monte Bello Islands, W. Australia Bintan Is., Indonesia Kimberley Coast, W. Australia Cassini Is., W. Australia Johnston Is., Central Pacific Midway Atoll Rapa Norfolk Is. C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL CFDI 308 333 318 280 257 254 249 232 225 224 220 211 210 201 197 190 185 184 176 167 164 139 139 119 97 89 78 78 77 77 72 No. Estimated Reef Reef Fishes Fishes 819 1111 1084 722 787 687 624 803 669 768 593 852 699 461 516 464 560 492 505 528 527 357 395 447 304 367 249 227 250 209 220 1023 1107 1057 928 850 840 823 765 742 738 725 694 691 660 647 623 606 603 576 545 535 450 450 382 308 281 243 243 240 240 223 Rapid Assessment Program Table 4.10. Coral Fish Diversity Index (CFDI) values for regions or countries with figures for total reef and shore fish fauna (if known), and estimated fauna based on CFDI regression formula. Locality CFDI No. Reef Fishes Estimated Reef Fishes Indonesia Australia (tropical) Philippines Papua New Guinea S. Japanese Archipelago Great Barrier Reef, Australia Taiwan Micronesia New Caledonia Sabah, Malaysia Northwest Shelf, Western Australia Mariana Islands Marshall Islands Ogasawara Islands, Japan French Polynesia Maldive Islands Seychelles Society Islands Tuamotu Islands Hawaiian Islands Marquesas Islands 501 401 387 362 348 343 319 315 300 274 273 222 221 212 205 219 188 160 144 121 90 2056 1714 ? 1494 1315 1325 1172 1170 1097 840 932 848 795 745 730 894 765 560 389 435 331 2032 1584 1525 1419 1359 1338 1237 1220 1156 1046 1042 826 822 784 754 813 682 563 496 398 267 Table 4.11. Number of damselfish species at selected localities. Locality Indonesia Philippines New Guinea Komodo Indonesia Togean-Banggai Islands Calamianes Group Philippines Milne Bay PNG N. Australia W. T hailand Fiji Islands Bintan Is., Indonesia Maldives Red Sea Society Islands Hawaii Number of Species 152 122 109 100 99 97 97 95 60 60 48 43 34 30 15 RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty Zoogeographic affinities of the fish fauna T he reef fishes of the Togean and Banggai Islands, and Sulawesi in general, belong to the overall Indo-West Pacific faunal community. T hey are very similar to those inhabiting other areas within this vast region, stretching eastward from East Africa and the Red Sea to the islands of Micronesia and Polynesia. Although most families, and many genera and species, are consistently present across the region, the species composition varies greatly according to locality. T he Togean and Banggai Islands are an integral part of the Indo-Australian Archipelago, the richest faunal province on the globe in terms of biodiversity. T he region forms the center of what is sometimes referred to as the Coral Triangle. Species richness generally declines with increased distance from the Indonesian center of this region, although a secondary region of speciation in the Red Sea-Western Indian Ocean counters this effect. T he damselfish family Pomacentridae provides an excellent, very typical, example of this phenomenon (Table 4.11). Approximately 152 species occur in the Indonesian Archipelago, 122 in the Philippines, 109 in New Guinea, and only 15 and 16 respectively at Hawaii and Pitcairn Island, which lie on the outermost fringe of the region (Allen, 1991). T he total of 99 species in an area the size of the Togean and Banggai Islands is indicative of an overall rich reef-fish fauna. Behavioral modes and feeding relationships T he majority of the area’s fishes are diurnal coral reef species that either live or forage on or near the bottom (Fig. 4.1). Approximately 10% of the species are nocturnally active. One shortcoming of the visual survey technique is that cryptic species, living either in caves and fissures or beneath the substratum, are not comprehensively sampled. T he author’s extensive data indicates that the cryptic component accounts for an average of 24% of the total fauna. T he association of consumers and consumed organisms, involving an incredibly diverse array of plants, invertebrates, and vertebrates, results in a complex, highly intertwined food-web. T he overwhelming majority of Togean-Banggai fishes are carnivores and/or planktivores, feeding on a wide range of invertebrates and fishes (Fig. 4.2). About 26% of the Calamianes species are either herbivorous or omnivorous. T his breakdown is typical for coral reef fish communities in general. Detailed information on the feeding habits of individual species is provided in the annotations in Appendix 1. Habitats and fish biodiversity T he Togeans-Banggai area has a rich marine icthyofauna in comparison with other coral reef areas in the Indo-Pacific region. It is mainly composed of widely distributed elements that are recruited as postlarvae, after a variable pelagic stage. T he total species present at a particular locality is ultimately dependent on the availability of food and shelter and the July 2002 49 Nocturnal Benthic Other 9.6% 1.1% Cryptic 4.3% Roving Predator 2.8% Diurnal Midwater 3.6% Diurnal Benthic 78.7% Figure 4.1. Activity modes of Togean and Banggai fishes. Herbivore 8.5% diversity of substrata. Coral reef habitats with a rich assemblage of hard and soft corals, interspersed with sections of sand, rubble, and seaweed generally harbor the richest fish communities. Most reef fishes found in this area have relatively widespread distributions within the Indo-Pacific region. Nearly all coral reef fishes have a pelagic larval stage of variable duration, depending on the species. T herefore, the dispersal capabilities and length of larval life of a given species is usually reflected in the geographic distribution. T he main zoogeographic categories for Togean-Banggai fishes are presented in Figure 4.3. T he largest segment of the fauna consists of species that are broadly distributed in the Indo-West and Central Pacific region from East Africa to the islands of Oceania. T he remaining species have more restricted distributions within the Indo-Pacific region or occur circum tropically. Comparison between fish faunas of the Togean and Banggai Islands Planktivore 16.8% Carnivore 59.0% Omnivore 15.7% Figure 4.2. Feeding modes of Togean and Banggai fishes. A comparison of the fish faunas of the two main island groups that were surveyed is summarized in Table 4.12. Despite a greater sampling effort (24 versus 19 sites) in the Togeans, more species were recorded from the Banggai Islands. T he CFDI totals were 242 for the Togean Islands and 274 for the Banggai Islands. T he respective estimated total reef faunas for these areas derived from the CFDI regression formula are 799 and 908. It is difficult to assess real differences between the two areas on the basis of such a brief survey. Certainly most of the species that were found in one area and not the other, and which were based on just a few sightings, could be expected to occur in both areas given a longer sampling period. Also, there was a disproportionate sampling of various habitats correlated with geography. For example mangroves, Figure 4.3. Zoogeographic analysis of Togean- Banggai fishes. 50 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Rapid Assessment Program which bordered a reef area (sites 3, 4, and 20) were surveyed in the Togeans, but not the Banggais. T his accounts for several mangrove-associated fishes being recorded only at the former locality. Likewise, precipitous outer reef drop-offs were well represented in the Togeans (sites 7, 9, 12, 13–16, and 24), but present at only one locality in the Banggais (site 47). In spite of the sampling and habitat bias there appear to be genuine faunal differences between the two island groups. Table 4.13 presents a list of species that appeared to be genuinely restricted to one or the other of these groups. T his list includes obvious, easily-recognizable species that were relatively common at one location, but absent at the other. Table 4.12. Comparisons of fish faunas of the Togean and Banggai Islands. Distribution Banggai Islands Togean Islands Togean and Banggai Islands -shared Banggai Islands only Togean Islands only Number of Species 661 596 464 146 100 Table 4.13. List of species that appear to be confined to either the Togean or Species of special interest A total of seven undescribed species were collected during the survey. T hese discoveries emphasize the still incomplete knowledge of Indonesia’s reef fish fauna. T he status and distribution of the new species is discussed below. Amblypomacentrus clarus (Pomacentridae)—Four specimens, 25–42 mm SL, were collected from a bare sandy slope in Banggai Harbour (site 31) at a depth of 16–18 m. Remarkably, young specimens were seen sheltering in an active jawfish burrow. Comparisons with the only known species in the genus (A. breviceps), were readily facilitated by the presence of both adults and juveniles of each species at the same site. T his species was described by Allen and Adrim (2000) on the basis of the RAP specimens. It was also recently photographed in Bali by J. Randall of the Bishop Museum, Hawaii. Choerodon sp. (Labridae)—A single 83 mm SL female specimen was speared in 30 m depth off Bandang Island, near Banggai Island (site 32). T he species was common (approximately 50 seen) over a rubble bottom. It will be described by the author and J. Randall. T he species is also known from the Coral Sea. Cirrhilabrus aurantifasciatus (Labridae)—An 84 mm SL male was speared in 12 m depth at Batudaka Island, Togean Islands (site 20). T his species, which has a purple body and bright orange back, was common in the Togeans, particularly in rubble areas. It has also been observed on the Sulawesi mainland portion of the Gulf of Tomini, east of Gorontalo, and is known from the Komodo area. It was recently described by Allen and Kuiter (1999). Cirrhilabrus tonozukai (Labridae)—T hree specimens, 56–58 mm SL, were speared in 20–35 m depth at Kenau and Tumbak islands (sites 33 and 36) in the Banggai Group. T his spectacular species is related to C. filamentosus from Java, Bali, and Komodo, both possessing an elongate filament that protrudes from the middle of the dorsal fin. It has also been observed and photographed on the north Sulawesi mainland near Lembeh Strait and at the Raja Ampat Islands, Papua Province. It was recently described by Allen and Kuiter (1999). RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty Banggai Islands (note: most of these species may also occur in other regions within the Coral Triangle). Possible endemic species are indicated in bold print. Species indicated with an asterisk were also observed on the adjacent mainland peninsula. Togean Islands Cheilodipterus alleni Neopomacentrus filamentosus Pomacentrus cuneatus Cirrhilabrus aurantidorsalis Paracheilinus togeanensis Ecsenius sp. 1 Meiacanthus sp. Ctenochaetus tominiensis Banggai Islands Labracinus cyclophthalmus Pseudochromis perspicillatus Apogon chrysopoma Pterapogon kauderni Acanthochromis polyacantha Chromis scotochilopterus* Chrysiptera bleekeri Dischistodus prospotaenia Neoglyphidodon oxyodon Cirrhilabrus solorensis* Cirrhilabrus tonozukai* Halichoeres podostigma* Scarus schlegeli Meiacanthus vicinus Paracheilinus togeanensis (Labridae)—A 48 mm SL male was speared in 25 m depth near the southern entrance to Batudaka Passage, Togean Islands (Site 23). It is unusual among species of Paracheilinus in lacking dorsal-fin filaments and having an elevated dorsal fin with a rounded posterior profile. T he species is known only from the Togean Islands, where it was occasionally observed on rubble bottoms. It was recently described by Kuiter and Allen (1999). Parachelinus cyaneus (Labridae)—Two specimens, 51–53 mm SL, were speared in 25 m depth at Bandang Island, near Banggai Island (Site 32). T he species is similar to Paracheilinus filamentosus in shape, but has body markings reminiscent of P. carpenteri from the Philippines. It is known from northeastern Kalimantan and northern Sulawesi. It was recently described by Kuiter and Allen (1999). Ecsenius sp. 1 (Blenniidae)—Five specimens, 20–25 mm SL, were collected with quinaldine (a fish anaesthetic) in 2 m depth near the southern entrance to Batudaka Passage, Togean Islands (Site 23). T he species is related to E. banda- July 2002 51 nensis of southern Indonesia, and is characterized by a bright blue belly. It is thus far known only from the Togean Islands. It will be described by V.G. Springer and G.R. Allen. Two additional fishes that were collected or observed during this survey exhibited unusual color patterns compared to equivalent populations from surrounding areas. Pentapodus trivittatus (Nemipteridae) from the Gulf of Tomini and Banggai Islands possesses a broad orange bar across the rear part of the body and adults also lack sharply defined dark stripes on the sides, which are characteristic of most western Pacific populations. Pomacentrus burroughi (Pomacentridae) is broadly distributed in the western Pacific and is generally plain dusky brown (including fins) with a faint yellowish spot on the basal portion of the soft dorsal fin. Individuals from the Togean and Banggai Islands differ in having an abruptly white caudal fin and lack the pale dorsal-fin spot. Banggai Cardinalfish T he apogonid fish Pterapogon kauderni Koumans is apparently restricted to sheltered reefs and bays at or near the larger islands in the Banggai Group. It lives on shallow reefs (to a depth of 16 m) or among sea grass beds, usually in association with branching corals, Millepora, Diadema sea urchins, anemones, and the fungiid coral Heliofungia actiniformis. T he male of this species, as in many other apogonids, incubates the eggs until hatching. However, its eggs are much larger (about 2.5 mm diameter) than those of other family members and the young sometimes shelter within the mouth cavity of the male parent, particularly when danger threatens. Pterapogon kauderni lacks a pelagic larval stage, unlike other apogonids and most reef fishes, for which dispersal is dependent on this stage of the life cycle. Hence, it has the most limited distribution of any of the estimated 250 species of cardinalfishes. Although P. kauderni was first discovered in 1920 and scientifically described in 1933, it was all but forgotten until the author and Roger Steene collected and photographed it in 1994 (Allen and Steene, 1995; Allen, 1996). T his beautiful fish also featured prominently in a lecture I gave at the Marine Aquarium Conference of North America at Louisville, Kentucky in September 1995. T his exposure generated considerable interest among the aquarium-fish community and prompted an unsuccessful collecting expedition to the Banggai Islands by personnel from the Dallas Aquarium. However, by June 1996 it began to appear in large numbers in aquarium stores in America, Europe, and Japan. T he Marine RAP survey revealed that the Banggai Cardinalfish is common in certain habitat conditions; we found it at Sites 31, 32, 35, 43, and 44. However, it is being harvested for the pet trade at an alarming rate. Several villages we visited were engaged in the trade for this species, and Tampuniki Village on southern Peleng had approximately 5,000 fish in holding cages. T hese are eventually sold to 52 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL dealers from Manado and Ujung Pandang for between 150–1,500 rupiahs per fish depending on the point of sale. T his level of fishing pressure, combined with its extremely restricted distribution and low reproductive rate, seriously threatens the species’ survival. It could well become extinct within the next decade if conservation measures are not initiated. It is therefore recommended that it be listed as a threatened species by IUCN and CIT ES. Endemism In view of the broad dispersal capabilities via the pelagic larval stage of most reef fishes, minimal endemism can be expected in the Togean-Banggai Islands. Prior to the RAP survey the Banggai Cardinalfish (Pterapogon kauderni) was the only endemic species reported from the region. Although additional surveys are required along the mainland portion of the Gulf of Tomini, there is a strong possibility that at least two other species (Paracheilinus togeanensis and Ecsenius sp. 1) may be endemic to the area. Both are presently known only from the Togean Islands. Ecsenius, in particular, is a genus which has many endemic species confined to relatively small areas. Overview of the Indonesian fish fauna Indonesia probably possesses the world’s richest reef fish fauna. Stretching in an east-west direction for approximately 5,000 km and embracing 18,508 islands, the archipelago features a seemingly endless array of marine habitats. Although universally acclaimed as a leading reef fish locality, there is no comprehensive, published faunal list to substantiate this claim. It is largely based on various generic and family monographs and reports from various collecting expeditions. For example Allen (1991) listed 123 pomacentrid species (since updated to 152 species), the world’s second highest total after Australia (which includes a number of temperate species). Allen et al. (1998) listed 87 species of angelfishes (Pomacanthidae) and butterflyfishes (Chaetodontidae) from Indonesia, which represent the highest world total for these combined groups. Springer (1988 and 1991) recorded 15 species of the blenniid genus Ecsenius from Indonesia, surpassing any other area. Moreover, the world’s highest reef fish total (1,111 species) for a single restricted locality was recorded at Maumere Bay on the Indonesian island of Flores (Allen and Kuiter, unpublished). T he CFDI regression formula yields a predicted total reef fish fauna for Indonesia of 2,032, which so far remains unsurpassed by any other country. More than anyone else, Pieter Bleeker, a Dutch scientist who died well over a century ago, is responsible for our present knowledge of the Indonesian reef fish fauna. T he importance of his voluminous ichthyological works in providing a solid foundation for our knowledge of Indonesian fishes cannot be understated. Considering that he was employed as an army surgeon during his tenure in Indonesia (1842–1860), the extent of his ichthyological activity was remarkable. Rapid Assessment Program During a career that spanned 36 years Bleeker published 500 papers that include descriptions of an incredible number of new taxa: 406 genera and 3,324 species. Approximately 75% of these published articles were devoted to the Indonesian fauna. Bleeker’s knowledge of Indonesian fishes, both freshwater and marine was outstanding. Revisions of various groups of Indo-Pacific fishes by modern researchers frequently attest to Bleeker’s uncanny intuition and astute understanding of natural relationships. Unfortunately, there have been few attempts since Bleeker’s time, and particularly in recent years, to consolidate our knowledge of Indonesian reef fishes. T he only exception is Kuiter’s (1992) book, which includes underwater photographs of approximately 900–1000 Indonesian species. T he author is presently compiling a modern list of Indonesian reef fishes based on the results of the present RAP and other surveys that he conducted over the past three decades at Sumatra, Riau Islands, Java, Kalimantan, Bali, Komodo, Flores, Molucca Islands, and Papua Province. T he study will also incorporate museum records and a literature survey. It will provide accurate figures to support Indonesia’s claim of being the most diverse region on earth for coral reef fishes. References Allen, G.R. 1991. Damselfishes of the World. Aquarium Systems, Mentor, Ohio. Allen, G.R. 1993. Reef Fishes of New Guinea . Christensen Research Institute, Publication No. 8. Madang, Papua New Guinea. Allen, G.R. 1996. T he king of the cardinalfishes. Tropical Fish Hobbyist 44(9): 32– 45. Indonesia. Aqua, Journal of Ichthyology and Aquatic Biology 3(4): 133–140. Allen, G.R. and R.C. Steene. 1995. Notes on the ecology and behaviour of the Indonesian cardinalfish (Apogonidae) Pterapogon kauderni Koumans. Revue Francaise d’Aquariologie 22(1–2): 7–9. Allen, G.R., R. Steene, and M. Allen. 1998. A Guide to Angelfishes and Butterflyfishes. Odyssey Publishing/Tropical Reef Research, Perth. Kuiter, R.C. 1992. Tropical Reef Fishes of the Western Pacific Indonesia and Adjacent Waters. Percetakan PT Gramedia Pustaka Utama, Jakarta. Kuiter, R.C. and G.R. Allen. 1999. Descriptions of three new wrasses (Pisces: Labridae; Paracheilinus) from Indonesia and North-western Australia with evidence of possible hybridisation. Aqua, Journal of Ichthyology and Aquatic Biology 3(3): 119–132. Myers, R.F. 1999. Micronesian Reef Fishes (T hird Edition). Coral Graphics, Guam. Randall, J.E., G.R. Allen, and R.C. Steene. 1990. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Crawford House Press, Bathurst, Australia. Springer, V.G. 1988. T he Indo-Pacific blenniid fish genus Ecsenius. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 465: 1–134. Springer, V.G. 1991. Ecsenius randalli, a new species of blenniid fish from Indonesia, with notes on other species of Ecsenius. Tropical Fish Hobbyist 39(12): 100–113. Allen, G.R. 1997. Marine Fishes of Tropical Australia and South-East Asia. Western Australian Museum, Perth. Allen, G.R. 1998. Reef and shore fishes of Milne Bay Province, Papua New Guinea. In: T. B. Werner and G.R. Allen (eds.). A rapid biodiversity assessment of the coral reefs of Milne Bay Province, Papua New Guinea. RAP Working Papers 11, Conservation International, Washington, DC. Allen, G.R. and M. Adrim. 2000. Amblypomacentrus clarus, a new species of damselfish (Pomacentridae) from the Banggai Islands, Indonesia. Records of the Western Australian Museum 20: 51–55. Allen, G.R. and R.C. Kuiter. 1999. Descriptions of two new wrasses of the genus Cirrhilabrus (Labridae) from RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty July 2002 53 Chapter 5 Coral Reef Fish Stock Assessment in the Togean and Banggai Islands, Sulawesi, Indonesia La Tanda Summary • Fishes were observed along a 100 m transect at various sites in the Togean and Banggai Islands, central Sulawesi. • A total of 183 species belonging to 43 genera and 13 families were observed in the area. • A total of 147 edible (commercial) species from 38 genera were classified as target fish. T his segment of the fauna was dominated by Caesio teres and Pterocaesio randalli (family Caesionidae). • T he reef fish biomass in the area was estimated at 5.33298.27 ton/km2. • T hirty-six species of butterflyfishes, family Chaetodontidae, were observed. T hese fishes are considered indicators of healthy reef conditions. Local representation was dominated by Chaetodon kleinii, C. trifasciatus, and Hemitaurichthys polylepis. I ntroduction Increasing population and development has adversely affected terrestrial natural resources. T here is increasing dependency by local communities, therefore, on the sea to supply basic food items. Coral reefs and their resident fish populations are an important commodity in this respect, and commercial harvesting of food and aquarium fishes is also a valuable source of income. However, basic scientific data is required for the sound management and utilization of these resources. 54 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL T his includes information on species diversity, distribution, abundance, and economic potential. T he present study was part of Conservation International’s marine RAP survey of the Togean and Banggai Islands in cooperation with LIPI and Hasannudin University. T he aim was to collect data for use in assessing the potential of marine resources, especially coral reef fishes. Hopefully the results can be used as a basis for the future management and sustainable use of the area’s marine resources. Methods T he study area was situated off the east coast of Central Sulawesi, and included the Togean Islands, a small portion of the Central Sulawesi Peninsula, and the Banggai Islands. Data were collected visually by scuba diving and recorded with pencil on an underwater slate. A visual census was employed, following the method of Dartnal and Jones (1986), with some modification to suit local conditions. Basically, a tape measure was used to delineate a 100 meter transect and observations were made for a distance of 5 m on either side of the tape, effectively forming a survey area of 1000m2 per transect. T he same transects used for the coral condition analysis were used at each site, giving a total of three transects per site at depths of approximately 3, 10, and 24 m. Fish were identified with the aid of various field guides including Kuiter (1993), Masuda and Allen (1987) and Allen (1997). Fish species were noted and the numbers were counted and recorded for each 100 m transect. At each location, fish biomass was estimated by their number and average weight in tons/km2. T he calculation was based on the average length of each species and group size, using the method of Sparre and Venema (1992). Length was Rapid Assessment Program converted into weight according to the equation of W = aLb, where b = 3 and a = 0.05. Fish species were classified as either indicator or target species. Indicator species T his group consists of species with a strong association with living coral reefs, and are assumed to be indicative of “healthy” reef conditions. For the purpose of this study the indicator species were solely members of the family Chaetodontidae, a group of brightly colored fishes popular with both divers and aquarists. Members of this family are all conspicuous diurnal residents of coral reefs, which are easily identified and counted due to their being solitary or living in small groups. Target species Target species are edible fishes, usually seen in local fish markets (ie. commercial fishes) that live on or near coral reefs. For the purpose of this study they are further subdivided as follows: Group A—solitary fishes; Group B—occur in large groups within the confines of the coral reef; Group C — schooling pelagic fishes often found in the vicinity of coral reefs. Quantitative data on solitary fishes or those that live in small groups were collected by actual count, whereas data for groups of schooling fishes such as those in the families Caesionidae and Acanthuridae were assigned to categories of abundance, as were some small pelagic fishes. Results and Discussion A total of 183 species of coral fishes in 43 genera, belonging to 13 families, were observed in the three areas surveyed (Appendix 6). At the 25 survey sites in the Togean Islands, 142 species were observed, belonging to 37 genera. A total of 68 species in 26 genera were found at three locations around the Central Peninsula, whereas 150 species from 37 genera were found at 19 sites in the Banggai Islands. Target and indicator species occurring on coral reefs in the area belong to the following families (number of observed species in parentheses; see also Appendix 7): Chaetodontidae (36), Acanthuridae (26), Serranidae (26), Lutjanidae (18), Caesionidae (15), Siganidae (13), Carangidae (12), Lethrinidae (9), Nemipteridae (8), Mullidae (8), Haemulidae (6), Sphyraenidae (3) and Scombridae (2). T he total includes 147 target species from 38 genera and 12 families, and 36 indicator species from 5 genera, all in the family Chaetodontidae. T he results indicate that there are generally more indicator and target species in the Togean and Banggai Islands compared to several locations previously surveyed in Indonesia by the author. T hese include Derawan Island (East Kalimantan), Tiga Islands (North Sulawesi), Watubela Islands (Central Mollucas), and Taka Bone Rate Islands (South Sulawesi). T he numbers of species of target and indicator groups at each location are shown in Figure 5.1. Figure 5.1. Total number of species of target and indicator groups at each site in the Togean and Banggai Islands. RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty July 2002 55 56 Indicator species Target species A total of 36 indicator species belonging to five genera of Chaetodontidae were observed: 32 species in the Togean Islands, 19 species in the peninsular area, and 33 species in the Banggai Islands. T he genus Chaetodon was represented by 27 species, Heniochus by five species, Forcipiger by two species, and Hemitauricthys and Coradion by a single species each (Appendix 6). T he highest numbers of both individuals and species were recorded at Sites 12 and 13, located at Unauna Island in the Togean Group (Appendix 7). T he number of indicator species observed at the Togean and Banggai Islands exceeded the totals recorded by La Tanda (1996) at Biak, Papua Province (32 species), by Hukom (1994) at Bitung, North Sulawesi (25 species), and by Adrim and Yahmantoro, (1994) at the Tiga Islands, North Sulawesi (13 species). The dominant species in terms of numbers of individuals in the Togean Group were Hemitaurichtys polylepis (22.9% of observed indicator species) and Chaetodon punctatofasciatus (9.2%). The dominant species in the peninsular area was Chaetodon kleinii (38.2%), and in the Banggai Islands C. kleinii (35.9%) and H. polylepis (10.4%) were the most abundant. In terms of the percentage of occurrence at all surveyed sites, the most common species were as follows (Appendix 6): Togean Islands— Chaetodon lunulatus and C. rafllesii (80% of sites), C. vagabundus and C. baronessa (72%); Peninsular area— C. kleinii, C. baronessa and C. trifascialis (100%); Banggai Islands— C. kleinii (100%), C. trifasciatus (89.5%), and Heniochus varius (73.7%). Chaetodon lunulatus and C. kleinii were commonly found in the Togean and Banggai Islands (Appendix 6). Both species are common throughout eastern Indonesia waters where there is a high degree of light penetration. Adrim and Yahmantoro (1994) and Adrim and Hutomo (1989) found that C. kleinii was the most common species in the Tiga islands (North Sulawesi) and in the Flores Sea (East Nusa Tenggara). La Tanda (1996) noted that C. trifasciatus (=C. lunulatus), Forcipiger longirostris and C. vagabundus were commonly found in clear waters of Biak, Irian Jaya. Conversely, Chaetodon octofasciatus was the most abundant chaetodontid in the Seribu Islands, Java Sea, in waters with relatively low light penetration (Adrim et. al., 1991). Hemitaurichtys polylepis was one of the most abundant butterflyfishes observed on outer reef dropoffs during the present survey. It frequently forms large aggregations. According to Allen, (1997) this species feeds predominantly on zooplankton. Chaetodon burgesii was previously reported from Indonesian seas by Allen (1997), but is infrequently encountered. T his rare species was observed at several locations in the Togean Islands, invariably adjacent to steep slopes near ledges and caves in depths greater than 20 m. A total of 147 species in 38 genera and 12 families were recorded. Mainly adult fishes were noted, with juveniles being seen only occasionally. T he general diversity of target species was relatively high in comparison with areas in Indonesia where similar studies have been conducted, for example Bitung, North Sulawesi and Derawan Island off East Kalimantan (Hukom, 1994). Six of the target fish families contained mainly solitary reef dwellers and were assigned to Group A. T his assemblage was dominated by lutjanids (34.5%). Groups B and C (schooling reef fishes and pelagic fishes respectively) each contained three families. Group B was dominated by caesionids (66.9%) and Group C by scombrids (67.4%). T he total target species for the various areas was as follows: Togean Islands—110 species in 32 genera and 12 families; Peninsular area—47 species in 22 genera and 10 families; Banggai Island—117 species in 32 genera and 11 families. Based on the number of individuals recorded during the transects the following species were the most abundant in Group A: Togean Islands— Scolopsis margaritifer (8.2%), Lutjanus boutton (8.2%), and Lutjanus decussatus (7.6%); Peninsular area - Pentapodus caninus and Scolopsis bilinetaus (9.5%); and Banggai Islands— Pentapodus caninus (17.8%) and Parupeneus multifasciatus (9.5%). Dominant fishes in Group B were: Togean Islands— Caesio teres (33.0%) and Pterocaesio randalli (12.3%); Peninsular area— Pterocaesio pisang (43.9%) and P. tile (27.4%); and Banggai Islands— Pterocaesio pisang (10.9%) and Caesio teres (10.7%). T he most abundant species in Group C included: Togean Islands— Sphyraena pinguis and Sphyraena jello (31.4%); Peninsular area— Caranx melampygus; and Banggai Islands— Rastrelliger kanagurta (93.8%). Based on their percentage of occurrence, the most commonly found target species were: Lutjanus decussatus, Naso lituratus, Zebrasoma scopas and Ctenochaetus striatus in the Togean Islands; Scolopsis bilineatus, Parupeneus multifasciatus, Acanthurus lineatus and Acanthurus pyroferus around the peninsular area; and Parupeneus multifasciatus, Scolopsis margaritifer, Ctenochaetus striatus and Siganus vulpinus in the Banggai Islands (Appendix 6). T he sites exhibiting a combination of the highest number of species and individuals of target (i.e., food) fishes included 12 and 14 (Una-una Island) in the Togeans, site 28 (Dongolalo Point) in the peninsular area, and Sites 32 (Bandang Island) and 47 (Makailu Island) in the Banggai Group. T hese sites were invariably characterised by good habitat diversity, including shallow reef flats and deeper slopes, as well as very clear water allowing for high levels of light penetration. C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Rapid Assessment Program Fish biomass T he estimated lengths of each target and indicator species observed during the transects were converted into weight per unit area (ton/km2) as an indicator of overall biomass. Fish biomass for the survey sites ranged from 5.33–298.27 ton/ km2 (Table 5.1) Biomass estimates for the three main areas were as follows: Togean Islands—10.50-238.73 ton/ km2 (average 69.32 ton/km2); peninsular area—26.37-41.98 ton/km2 average 32.18 ton/km2); and Banggai Islands—5.33-298.27 ton/ km2 (average 67.43 ton/km2). T he total average value of fish biomass in the three areas shows that the Togeans had the highest value (41.03%), followed by the Banggais (39.92%), and peninsular area (19.05%). T he biomass at a given site is obviously dependent on the size and number of individual fishes. T he highest biomass in the Togean Islands was recorded at site 20 (Batudaka Island), and in the Banggai Islands at site 47 (Makailu Island). T he relatively high biomass at Makailu was due to an abundance of schooling fusiliers (Caesionidae), including six species, of which Pterocaesio tessellata, P. randalli, and Casio teres were the most numerous. T hese fishes are considered good eating and consequently have high economic value. Groupers (Serranidae) were the most speciose target family in the survey, being represented by 26 species. Survey observations indicated they are commonly captured by local fishermen and are highly valued. T hese fishes are generally sold fresh to the larger fishing companies but are also dried and salted. T he abundance of groupers in the TogeanBanggai area was calculated at 0–12.67 individuals/1000 m2, with the highest value recorded for site 12 on Una-Una Island (Table 5.2). T he average size of individual fish was relatively large, generally >20cm in 10–20 m depth. T he number of individuals found in a particular area depends on the condition of the reef and the level of fishing activity. In areas where fishing was extensive, the number of individuals was relatively low. Una-una village, situated on the relatively remote Una-una Island, had the highest number of individuals for the eight species recorded from there: Cephalpolis miniata, C. cyanostiqma, C. argus, C. leopardus, C. boenack, C. urodeta, Variola louti, and Plectropomus albimaculatus. In addition, their average size was relatively large compared to other areas. T he chief factors affecting the abundance of coral fishes in the Banggai Islands included intensive use of traps (bubu), widespread hook-and-line fishing, and the common use of dynamite. RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty Table 5.1. Biomass of reef fishes from 47 sites in the Togean- Banggai Islands. Legend: NC = non commercial fishes, COM = commercially important fishes. Biomass (ton/km 2 ) Site No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 NC COM Total 2.09 0.94 1.24 0.88 0.73 1.04 3.73 1.03 2.05 6.03 0.80 9.39 7.46 2.60 2.79 2.64 3.16 1.01 1.73 3.14 3.08 1.53 1.64 2.25 2.62 2.67 2.08 3.12 1.57 1.42 0.06 5.46 3.44 6.69 0.52 1.60 3.12 3.75 1.82 1.27 3.37 2.83 2.12 0.93 3.71 2.41 10.63 62.33 37.33 50.00 26.34 43.37 23.57 36.52 20.86 50.87 77.13 9.70 224.73 88.12 178.24 96.99 72.86 16.69 36.51 58.97 235.59 31.25 32.59 20.33 83.56 53.09 39.31 26.12 23.25 11.92 10.14 8.87 106.28 17.47 29.32 4.81 28.39 50.42 34.23 31.62 78.67 187.13 91.72 18.49 24.68 20.38 60.38 409.48 64.42 38.27 51.24 27.22 44.10 24.61 40.25 21.89 52.92 83.16 10.50 234.12 95.58 180.84 99.78 75.50 19.85 37.52 60.70 238.73 34.33 34.12 21.97 85.81 55.71 41.98 28.20 26.37 13.49 11.56 8.93 111.74 20.91 36.01 5.33 29.99 53.54 37.98 33.44 79.94 190.50 94.55 20.61 25.61 24.09 62.79 420.11 Number of families 8 11 11 11 9 9 9 10 10 9 10 10 9 10 11 11 10 10 11 11 10 9 9 10 11 10 9 9 9 8 5 9 9 10 6 8 9 11 8 12 10 9 8 8 10 10 10 July 2002 57 Table 5.2. Density of grouper for the 47 sites surveyed in Togean- Banggai Islands in October- November 1998. Values are expressed as the number of individuals per 1000 m 2. Site Density Site Density No. (ind./100 m 2 ) No. (ind./100 m 2 ) 5.57 4.67 0.67 1.67 1.33 0.33 5.67 0.50 2.33 2.00 5.00 12.67 5.33 7.67 3.33 0.67 6.33 1.00 2.33 0.67 1.33 1.00 0.67 2.00 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 6.00 5.50 6.33 0.00 0.33 0.67 0.50 1.67 7.00 2.33 0.00 2.67 1.33 1.00 1.00 1.67 2.00 3.00 1.00 3.00 0.33 0.33 4.00 Conclusion T he seas surrounding the Togean and Banggai Islands support a highly diverse fish fauna with relatively high numbers of individuals. T he area therefore has good potential for sustained reef fisheries as well as marine-based tourism with an emphasis on fishing and diving activities such as underwater photography. A.C. Alcala (ed.). Proceedings of the Regional Symposium on Living Resources in Coastal Areas. Manila, Philippines. pp. 163–174. Adrim, M. and Yahmantoro. 1994. Studi pendahuluan terhadapfauna ikan karang di perairan P.P. Tiga, Sulawesi Utara. Wisata Bahari Pulau-Pulau Tiga (Tundonia, Tenga, Paniki) Sulawesi Utara. Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesi, Puslitbang Oseanologi. Proyek Penelitian dan Pengembangan Sumberdaya Laut. Jakarta. pp. 29–44. Allen, G. 1997. Marine Fishes of Tropical Australia and Southeast Asia. Western Australian Museum. Dartnall, H.J. and M. Jones. 1986. A Manual of Survey Methods: Living Resources in Coastal Areas. ASEAN— Australia Cooperative Programme on Marine Science Handbook. Townsville: Australian Institute of Marine Science. Hukom, F.D. 1994. Keanekaragaman jenis ikan karang di daerah Bitung dan Sekitarnya. Laporan Kemajuan Triwulan IV. Tahun Anggaran 1994/1995. Kuiter, R.H. 1992. Tropical Reef-Fishes of the Western Pacific, Indonesia and Adjacent Waters. Gramedia, Jakarta. La Tanda. 1996. Komunitas ikan kepe-kepe di daerah terumbu karang perairan Biak, Irian Jaya. Perairan Maluku dan Sekitarnya. Balai Penelitian dan Pengembangan Sumberdaya Laut, P3O-LIPI Ambon. Vol. 11. pp. 79–88. Masuda, H. and G.R. Allen. 1987. Sea Fishes of the World (Indo Pacific Region). Yama-Kei, Tokyo. Sparre, P. and S. Venema. 1992. Introduction to tropical fish stock assessment, Part 1. FAO Fisheries Technical Paper 306. FAO, Rome. References Adrim, M. and M. Hutomo. 1989. Species composition, distribution and abundance of Chaetodontidae along reef transects in the Flores Sea. Netherlands Journal of Sea Research 23 (2); 85–93. Adrim, M., M. Hutomo, and S.R. Suharti. 1991. Chaetodontid fish community structure and its relation to reef degradation at the Seribu Islands reefs, Indonesia. In: 58 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Rapid Assessment Program Chapter 6 Exploitation of Marine Resources in the Togean and Banggai Islands, Sulawesi, Indonesia Purbasari Surjadi and K. Anwar Summary • Nearly 80% of the inhabitants of the Togean and Banggai Islands live in coastal areas; most earn their living from the sea. • Fishing methods commonly employed include poison (natural and cyanide), basket traps (bubu), dynamite, nets, hook-and-line, and spear fishing. • Most of the catch is for food, and is eaten fresh or preserved (usually dried and salted) for future consumption. • T he recent Indonesian monetary crisis appears to be at least partly responsible for the increased use of dynamite over the past two years. Economic pressure frequently forces fishermen to abandon traditional methods in favor of more destructive techniques. • A few species of ornamental fishes, as well as species such as kerapu and sunu (types of groupers, family Serranidae), mamin or napoleon wrasse (Labridae), are specifically targeted for live capture. T his type of fishing is becoming more popular as the demand for live fishes increases both for the Asian restaurant trade and ornamental fish industry. • One of the biggest problems is a lack of enforcement of conservation laws. Fishing of protected species, such as sea turtles, and illegal fishing methods, particularly the use of dynamite and potassium cyanide, are common in both the Togean and the Banggai Islands. • T he Togean Islands have good potential for the development of marine ecotourism. RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty I ntroduction T he Togean/Banggai Islands are rich in marine natural resources, and it is important to ensure their conservation and long-term economic sustainability. About 80% of the inhabitants are involved in fisheries, and the entire population depends on marine natural resources in one way or another. A variety of fishing techniques are employed, as well as special methods for capturing molluscs and turtles, which are used for both food and ornamental decoration. Unfortunately, fishing pressure is heavy, and overfishing is an obvious consequence. Over-exploitation has caused some mollusc species to decline in numbers, such as giant clams (Tridacna ) and lola (Trochus). In addition, turtles are hunted despite their protection by law as endangered species. Over-utilization of marine products poses a serious threat to the populations of both island groups. To protect and carefully manage the existing natural resources, there is an urgent need for accurate information on resource availability and utilization. T herefore, one of the goals of the present RAP survey was to gather baseline information for future initiatives related to conservation and sustainable exploitation of marine resources. Methods T he main survey methods consisted of direct observations of fishing operations and their socio-economic effects through interviews with village residents. Residents were also questioned at length about their perception of the importance of marine resources and the need for conservation. July 2002 59 Results and Discussion Fishing techniques Nearly 80% of the inhabitants of the Togean and Banggai Islands live in coastal areas, and most of them earn their living from the sea. Local residents use several fishing techniques that range from simple, environmentally friendly ones to more elaborate and harmful methods. T he appropriate technique depends largely on the type of fish that is targeted and the way it is utilized (e.g., for immediate consumption or maintained alive). T he various techniques are described in the following paragraphs. Poison (traditional poison/tuba and potassium cyanide) T he use of poison is a traditional fishing method. T he substance used by local fishers is similar to the commercial product known as rotenone that is used by ichthyologists to collect scientific samples. It is derived from the root of derris plants, which either grow wild or are cultivated. T he roots are crushed and the resultant milky liquid is dispersed in the sea, often in “closed” situations, such as a large rocky pool at low tide. T his substance causes constriction of the gill capillaries, thus preventing normal respiration. It is a comparatively harmless method in that it works only in small, confined areas (i.e., a small section of a reef flat at low tide), is specific towards fishes, and has minimal environmental impact. Prolonged exposure usually kills the fish, but with only a mild dose, the fish can be revived. A more modern technique involves the use of potassium cyanide, which not only kills or stuns fishes, but also corals and other invertebrates. Divers generally dispense the potassium cyanide using plastic squeeze bottles. It is squirted at fishes hiding in reef crevices. No special diving equipment is necessary, although the use of hookah was observed on one occasion near Banggai Island. One of the results of cyanide use is coral bleaching, and this type of damage is difficult to differentiate from “natural” bleaching due to rise in sea temperatures. Basket traps (bubu) T he bubu is a traditional basket trap commonly made from bamboo, rattan, or fine wire mesh in the shape of a cylinder or rectangular box. T he traps are variable in size, but may measure as large as 1.5 ( 1.0 ( 0.5 m. Each is equipped with an inverted cone-shaped opening that allows an easy entrance, but once the fish enters it is nearly impossible for it to find the opening again. T he traps are placed on the bottom by free (breath-hold) diving or with the aid of SCUBA. T hey are secured to the sea floor by metal anchors, or coral rocks are often piled on top, which also help to conceal the traps. As many as 5-10 bubu may be placed in a relatively small section of the reef and left overnight. T his method is used for catching fishes alive, an important advantage consid- 60 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL ering the lack of cold storage facilities and the lucrative trade in live fishes (see discussion below). Extensive use of bubu causes significant reef damage due to corals being broken for use in concealing the traps. Dynamite fishing Dynamite fishing is common in the Togean and Banggai Islands despite its illegal status. We heard at least five separate blasts during our survey activities and found extensive blast damage at several sites. Fishermen generally make their own explosives by stuffing fertilizer and match heads into a bottle. A more sophisticated method consists of using a simple detonator attached to a battery with a wire. Dynamite is often used to catch schooling fishes or concentrations of larger reef fishes. Nets A variety of nets are used depending on the target species. Vertical nets set across the migration paths of certain pelagic species are commonly employed, and floating circular nets are also used in Walea and in a few places in the Banggai Islands. Coral netting is an additional method in which sections of reef are covered with mesh and sheltering fishes are then prodded from their hiding places into the net. T his technique is effective for grouper and other large reef fishes that feature in the live fish trade. Rumpong is a common method that consists of vertical nets stretched across four poles, which are hammered into the sea floor, thus forming a rectangular-shaped enclosure. It is illuminated during the night by suspended lights, often from a small fishing boat, which serves to attract small baitfish and larger pelagic fishes such as tuna. T he method is very effective and frequently results in large catches. For example, it is estimated that between 0.5–2.0 tons of fish are caught per night by a single rumpong vessel. T he catch is equally divided between the rumpong owner and the fishermen. T he lucrative financial reward of this fishery is responsible for its rapid expansion in recent years. In the Walea area alone there are approximately 200 rumpongs in operation, each using an average of two nets per operation. Hook- and- line Fishing lines with an attached hook are commonly used in the area. Fishing lines are rigged in a variety of ways, and there is comprehensive local terminology for describing them. T he traditional terms include: renjo, tondak, barita, batapel, and buang batu. Spear fishing Spears are used in still, clear water to kill slow-moving fish. T hey are thrown directly from small fishing craft from a standing position. Fishermen also shoot fish with spears while free diving. Rapid Assessment Program Catch Utilization Most of the catch is intended for food and is consumed while fresh or preserved (usually dried and salted) for future consumption. A summary of the fishes and other marine organisms consumed by local villagers is given in Appendix 8. exported the price fell to about $30–50 per fish by late 1998. Banggai fishermen commonly fetch a price of 60 to 100 Rp ($1 US = 9,395 Rp. in 1998) per fish. Near Banggai Harbor, cardinalfish are sold for between 2,500–3,000 Rp. per kg (30 to 40 fish usually weigh one kilogram). Merchants in Manado, in turn, command 1,200–2,000 Rp. per fish. Cardinalfish are easily caught with fine-mesh nets while free diving or wading at low tide. T hey are then stored in netted enclosures until shipped to exporters in Manado. Live Fish Trade Shellfish Several fishes, such as kerapu and sunu (types of groupers, family Serranidae), mamin or napoleon wrasse (Labridae), and a few ornamental fishes, are specifically targeted for live capture. Fishing methods include hook-and-line, coral netting, basket traps and poison (in low doses). T his type of fishing is becoming more popular as the demand for live fish increases, both for the Asian restaurant trade and ornamental fish industry. Fishermen are paid for live fishes according to species, size, and condition. Cephalopholis miniata (super kerapu/grouper), the most expensive grouper, sells for between 45,000–90,000 Rp. per kg. T he most sought afterfish, Cheilinus undulatus (mamin/napoleon wrasse) ranges between 70,000–100,000 Rp. per kg when alive but dead individuals bring only 2,000–4,000 Rp. per kg. Prices of damaged or injured fishes are also drastically reduced, particularly if there is little chance they will survive shipping. About 20 storage-tank stations for live fishes are located in the Togeans, at small islands such as Tongkabo, Salakan, Pautu, Milok, Kabalutan, Anam, Kuling, Kinari, Bomba and a few other places in the Walea Group. Storage-tank stations are situated in the Banggai Islands at Banggai Island (in Banggai Bay), Peleng Pasibata, Nal, and at one village (Tugong Sagu) on Silumba Island. T hese holding facilities are usually owned by merchants from Ujung Pandang, Jakarta or Manado. T here are also many smaller storage-tank stations directly owned by the fishermen. T hese are used to collect fishes before they are transferred to larger holding facilities. T he catch is ultimately exported to Hong Kong, Singapore, China and T hailand through Manado every three to six months. Although common in the Banggai Group, the collection of live ornamental fishes was not observed in the Togean Islands. Relatively few species are involved. T he two most popular ornamentals are the Banggai Cardinalfish (Pterapogon kauderni) and the Blue-ringed Angelfish (Pomacanthus annularis). As a result of its rediscovery in 1994, the Banggai Cardinalfish has surged to prominence on the world aquarium market. When first exported in early 1996 this fish created a sensation due to its beauty and unusual biology (males are oral egg incubators). Initially specimens retailed for more than US $100 per fish. Due to the large volume of fish being RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty Molluscs are more commonly used as food in the Banggai Islands than in the Togeans, judging from the large number of discarded shells seen around villages. Virtually all edible species are gathered for food by the Banggai Islanders and are consumed either fresh or preserved (dried and salted). In contrast, the Togean people eat only large molluscs such as kima/ giant clam (Tridacnidae), although molluscs with ornate shells are also collected and used as decoration, both there and in the Banggai Islands. Pearl-oysters are by far the most valuable commercial molluscs collected by local fishers. Pearls from natural oysters are considered more precious than artificially cultured ones, and are therefore in great demand. Unfortunately, this situation has caused over-fishing of the natural population, although in a few places such as the relatively remote Unauna Island, pearl oysters are still plentiful. Fishermen generally earn 25,000– 40,000 Rp. per pearl. Conservation Problems One of the biggest problems is a lack of enforcement of conservation laws. Fishing of protected species, such as sea turtles, and illegal fishing methods, particularly the use of dynamite and potassium cyanide, are common in both the Togean and the Banggai Islands. Law enforcement is extremely difficult due to a shortage of staff and resources (boats, weapons, etc.). T he total disregard of conservation laws and consequent over-harvesting poses a serious threat for the long-term sustainability of marine resources. T he recent Indonesian monetary crisis appears to be at least partly responsible for the increased use of dynamite over the past two years. T he reason is that fishers have been forced to increase catches in order to keep pace with inflated prices for essential commodities (e.g., rice) and the devaluation of the Indonesian rupiah. T he resulting effect is over-harvesting of resources and soaring prices for fish products. For example the price of salted fish ranged from 2,500 to 3,000 Rp. per kg in April 1998 compared to the November 1998 level of 6,000 to 9,000 Rp. per kg. Economic pressure frequently forces fishermen to abandon traditional methods in favor of destructive techniques July 2002 61 such as blasting. Sadly, they do not fully comprehend the dangers associated with these practices, particularly the longterm effects to the environment and non-sustainability of this type of fishing. Many local fishers that were interviewed suggested that dynamite is mainly used by outsiders from Pagimana and other parts of adjacent mainland Sulawesi. However, during the survey we noted that dynamite was being used by villagers from Kabalutan, Milok, Pautu and Papan. In defence of this method, the local fishers claimed that traditional methods were no longer economical and they were forced to use dynamite in order to survive. Despite an abundance of natural resources, most people living in the Banggai and Togean Islands are poor. For example, 29 of the 37 villages (desa ) in the Togean Islands are part of the government special project for underdeveloped villages. A similar situation exists in the Banggai Islands, judging from our observations of housing and general living conditions. T here is considerable doubt as to whether the present rumpong harvest around Walea can be sustained indefinitely. It is conservatively estimated that 200 rumpongs are in operation five times per year resulting in an average annual production of pelagic fishes of 20,000 tons. Moreover, many rumpong are positioned in close proximity, which causes serious social conflicts among the various owners. In addition the nets are positioned haphazardly, creating a danger for marine navigation. T here appears to be a compelling case for government intervention to control the number of rumpong and to institute guidelines for their operation, particularly in the Walea Regency. Terrestrial Problems Forest destruction has mainly ceased in the Togean Islands, but occasional logging and agricultural land clearing does occur. During the RAP survey of the two island groups, we saw very little evidence of primary forest. Coconut and cocoa plantations occupying former forest areas were commonly seen. T here is a need for more effective management of terrestrial wildlife resources. It is reported that the Togean 62 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL macaque (Macaca togeanus), hornbill (Ceros cassidix), coconut crab (Birgus latro), parrots (Psittacidae) and saltwater crocodile (Crocodylus porosus) are often hunted. State of Marine Ecotourism T he Togean Islands, situated in Tomini Bay, are generally more sheltered from prevailing weather than the Banggai Group, and marine ecotourism is better developed there. T he islands possess a wide assortment of marine environments including fringing reefs, barrier reefs, patch reefs, and atolls. Major attractions include the outer barrier reef off Malenge Island and outstanding atoll conditions at Pasir Tengah and Pasir Batang. T he Togeans are also characterized by high terrestrial biodiversity, which further enhances its attractiveness as an ecotourist destination. T he Togean Islands are strategically located on the tourist route connecting north and south Sulawesi. In the past three years, tourism has significantly grown in the area, reflected by more and better facilities for transportation and accommodation. T his includes construction of 16 inns and cottages providing 116 rooms. Approximately 1500–1800 tourists visited the Togeans in 1995, which increased to about 2300 in 1996 and 2800 in 1997 (data provided by the administration of Una-Una subdistrict). By contrast, ecotourism is poorly developed in the Banggai Islands, although the area does have potential. A number of good diving areas were identified during the present survey, including a “world class” site (47) at Makailu Island. But in general, tourist accommodation is either lacking or of poor quality. Nevertheless, the Banggai Island Tourism Department informed us that the area is being promoted and was recently visited by the Minister of the Environment. However, because of the low volume of tourist traffic, facilities often fall into disrepair. Lack of investment in tourist facilities and their promotion are two of the main reasons for the scarcity of tourists. Rapid Assessment Program Appendicies Appendix 1 ........................................................................64 Coral species recorded at the Togean and Banggai Islands, Sulawesi, Indonesia Appendix 2 ........................................................................72 Data used for calculating the Reef Condition Index (RCI) Appendix 3 ........................................................................74 Percentage of various bottom cover at individual sites Appendix 4 ......................................................................81 Mollusc species recorded in the Gulf of Tomini, Sulawesi, Indonesia Appendix 5 ........................................................................98 Reef fishes recorded during the RAP survey of the Togean and Banggai Islands, Sulawesi, Indonesia Appendix 6 ......................................................................129 Dominant species and percentage of occurrence of target and indicator fishes Appendix 7 ......................................................................135 Diversity and abundance of target and indicator fishes at each survey site Appendix 8 ......................................................................137 List of species caught by fishers of the Togean and Banggai Islands, Sulawesi, Indonesia RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty July 2002 63 Appendix 1 Coral species recorded at the Togean and Banggai Islands, Sulawesi, Indonesia Species Site Records Family Astrocoeniidae Stylocoeniella armata 15, 19, 22, 25, 33 Stylocoeniella guentheri 4, 9, 15, 20, 21, 32, 39, 41, 47 Family Pocilloporidae Madracis kirbyi 12, 16, 19 Pocillopora ankeli 13 Pocillopora damicornis 2, 3, 6, 7, 14, 16, 17, 19–23, 29, 30, 32, 33, 36, 41, 44, 47 Pocillopora eydouxi 7, 9, 13, 14, 16, 24, 25, 30, 32, 33, 36, 39, 40, 45–47 Pocillopora meandrina 1, 9, 13, 14, 24, 25, 29, 30, 32–34, 36, 38–40, 46, 47 Pocillopora verrucosa 1–3, 5–7, 10, 12–16, 18–25, 31–33, 35–38, 40–47 Seriatopora caliendrum 1–3, 5, 6, 8, 17, 20, 22, 25, 32–34, 37, 39, 41, 43, 45, 47 Seriatopora dendritica 36 Seriatopora hystrix 1, 2, 4, 5, 7–19, 21, 22, 24, 25, 29, 32–37, 42, 44, 47 Stylophora pistillata 1–7, 9, 10, 12, 14, 15, 17–23, 25, 29–34, 36–40, 42, 44–46 Palauastrea ramosa 2, 3, 18, 39, 42, 44, 45 Family Acroporidae 64 Montipora aequituberculata 1, 7, 15, 21, 31, 45 Montipora cactus 7, 13, 15, 21, 24, 25, 31, 44, 45 Montipora caliculata 34, 38, 40 Montipora sp. yes 25, 32, 36 Montipora capitata 2–5, 14, 17, 19–24, 42 Montipora confusa 7, 10, 25, 30–34, 36–38, 41, 44, 45 Montipora corbettensis 16, 46 Montipora crassituberculata 16, 20, 24, 25 Montipora danae 13, 22 Montipora delicatula 14, 32 Montipora florida 2, 4, 11, 17, 22, 23, 31 Montipora foliosa 7, 12, 17, 24, 25, 30, 31, 33, 42, 45 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Rapid Assessment Program Appendix 1 Species Site Records Montipora foveolata 25, 46 Montipora hirsuta 3, 7, 13, 22 Montipora hispida 7, 13, 15, 16, 18, 20, 21, 24, 25, 29, 30, 32, 35, 36, 41, 42, 44–47 Montipora informis 10, 29, 30, 32, 33, 43 Montipora mollis 32, 41, 47 Montipora monasteriata 17 Montipora palawanensis 42 Montipora samarensis 33 Montipora tuberculosa 3, 4, 10, 24, 25, 32, 34, 38, 43, 44, 46, 47 Montipora venosa 5, 11 Montipora verrucosa 3, 10–14, 17, 18, 25, 31, 32, 37, 38, 42 Montipora verruculosus 41 Anacropora forbesi 2, 20, 22, 42 Anacropora matthai 1, 23–25, 29, 34, 35, 42 Anacropora puertogalerae 31, 42, 43, 45 Anacropora reticulata 4, 11, 18, 20, 22, 25, 29, 41, 42 Anacropora spinosa 2, 11, 35, 42 Acropora abrolhosensis 42 Acropora aculeus 2, 3, 12, 18–24, 31, 42, 44, 46 Acropora acuminata 30, 32–34, 40, 41 Acropora aspera 13 Acropora austera 38, 45, 46 Acropora batunai 7, 9, 12, 17, 19 Acropora brueggemanni 1, 12, 14, 15, 25, 29, 31, 34, 42, 45, 46 Acropora clathrata 1, 11, 12, 29, 33 Acropora cylindrica 8, 10, 11, 15, 17, 19–24 Acropora cytherea 1, 5, 10, 24, 30, 36, 43 Acorpora derawanensis 2, 3, 42, 43 Acropora divaricata 14, 16, 30, 32–34, 36, 38, 41, 44, 47 Acropora echinata 3–5, 9, 11, 18, 19, 35, 45 Acropora elegans = magnifi 2, 9, 12, 16, 23 Acropora fastigata 4, 5, 10, 16–20, 22–24 Acropora filiformis 23 Acropora florida 1, 3, 6, 13, 14, 22, 24, 25, 29, 30, 32–34, 42–47 Acropora formosa 1, 7, 9, 16, 17, 22, 24, 30, 33, 40, 42, 45, 47 Acropora gemmifera 1, 6, 8, 9, 12, 20, 37, 40, 41, 43, 45–47 Acropora grandis 43, 45 Acropora granulosa 1–3, 7, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 17, 19, 20, 25, 31, 32, 38, 41, 46, 47 Acropora horrida 29, 31, 32, 42, 43, 45 Acropora humilis 2, 5, 6, 16, 21, 24, 31–34, 36–39, 41–47 Acropora hyacinthus 1, 5, 7, 10, 13, 14, 16, 19, 21, 24, 25, 32, 37, 40, 45, 46 Acropora indonesia 8, 16, 21, 24, 25, 33, 34, 40, 41, 46, 47 Acropora jacquilinae 3, 15–17, 19–21, 23, 34 Acropora latistella 13, 24, 25, 32, 35, 36, 47 Acropora longicyathus 1, 24, 29, 42, 44, 45, 47 Acropora loripes 1, 3, 4, 6–12, 14, 16–22, 25, 33, 34, 37, 38, 40–42, 46, 47 Acropora microphthalma 45 RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty July 2002 65 Appendix 1 Species Site Records Acropora millepora 1, 5, 6, 9, 13, 16, 21, 22, 24, 25, 29, 32–34, 36, 38, 40, 41, 44–47 Acropora monticulosa 13, 30, 40, 45 Acropora nasuta 6, 13, 21, 22, 45 Acropora nobilis 11, 30, 32, 33, 36 Acropora palifera 1–7, 9–12, 15–22, 24, 25, 30, 33, 34, 36–38, 40–47 Acropora pulchra 4, 5, 11, 18, 22, 45 Acropora robusta 9, 24, 25, 36, 40, 45, 46 Acropora samoensis 3, 6, 30 Acropora secale 1, 25, 38 Acropora selago 1–5, 7, 10, 16–19, 21–23, 31, 38, 43, 45–47 Acropora sesekiensis 31 Acropora simplex 21, 23 Acropora tenella Acropora tenuis 6, 8, 9, 13, 16, 21–24, 29, 30, 32, 36, 38, 40, 41, 45, 46 Acropora togianensis 3–6, 8, 11, 18, 22–24 Acropora turaki 18, 22 Acropora valenciennesi 10, 14, 19, 24, 29, 30, 32, 40, 41, 43 Acropora valida 45, 46 Acropora vaughani 7, 12, 24, 29–34, 36, 45, 46 Acropora willisae 33 Acropora yongei 9, 13, 17, 24, 25, 30, 32, 33, 44, 47 Astreopora expansa 24 Astreopora gracilis 8–10, 19, 21, 25, 46 Astreopora randalli 14, 16–18, 20, 24, 37, 38, 43 Astreopora listeri 5, 22, 38 Astreopora myriophthalma 7, 8, 11, 13, 16, 24, 34, 36, 38, 40, 46 Astreopora suggesta 20, 24 Family Poritidae 66 Porites annae 5, 7–9, 14, 15, 20–23, 25, 41, 42 Porites attenuata 3, 4, 8, 16, 18–20, 22 Porites cumulatus 23 Porites cylindrica 2–6, 8, 10, 11, 16–24, 29–34, 36, 38–43, 45, 47 Porites evermanni 6, 9, 13, 16, 44 Porites horizontalata 1, 6–10, 14–16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 39 Porites monticulosa 2, 3, 5–9, 12–14, 16, 17, 19–22, 24, 41–43, 47 Porites negrosensis 2, 3, 5, 11, 19, 20, 22, 23, 31, 44 Porites nigrescens 2, 3, 6, 8 Porites rugosa 17, 19, 21 Porites rus 1–4, 6, 8–10, 12, 14–17, 19–22, 24, 25, 31, 36, 39, 42–44, 46, 47 Porites vaughani 8, 9 Goniopora columna? 10, 11, 16, 21, 30, 31, 35 Goniopora pendulus 31, 42 Goniopora stokesi 33 Goniopora tenuidens 40 Alveopora allingi 4 Alveopora catalai 1, 29, 31, 35 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Rapid Assessment Program Appendix 1 Species Site Records Alveopora excelsa 31 Alveopora verrilliana 42 Family Siderasteridae Pseudosiderastrea tayami 3 Psammocora contigua 2, 8, 14, 17, 19, 21, 23, 31 Psammocora digitata 5, 9, 10, 14, 16, 22, 30, 31, 33, 39, 41, 42 Psammocora haimeana 41 Psammocora nierstraszi 6, 9, 13–15, 19, 24, 30, 31, 39, 41, 43, 46, 47 Psammocora profundacella 1, 4, 12–14, 16, 19, 20, 25, 32, 36, 42 Psammocora superficialis 3, 21, 31, 33 Coscinaraea columna 30, 33 Family Agariciidae Pavona bipartita 1, 8, 17, 25, 31, 34, 41, 44 Pavona cactus 2–5, 7–12, 14, 15, 17–24, 35, 40, 42, 44, 45 Pavona clavus 1, 2, 12, 17, 19–22, 25, 29, 30, 32, 40, 42, 43 Pavona decussata 3–5, 9, 10, 16, 29, 35, 40, 41, 43, 45, 46 Pavona explanulata 1, 4, 6–9, 13–17, 20, 25, 31, 37, 38, 40, 41, 43–47 Pavona duerdeni (minuta) 1, 12, 25, 30, 32–34, 36, 41, 47 Pavona varians 1, 3, 4, 6, 9, 10, 12–17, 19–22, 24, 25, 29, 32, 38, 40, 41, 45–47 Pavona venosa 9, 13, 14, 44, 45 Pavona minuta (=xarifae) 1, 13, 15, 21, 25, 47 Leptoseris amitoriensis 29, 47 Leptoseris explanata 2, 7–9, 12–14, 19, 23–25, 32, 37, 47 Leptoseris foliosa 7 Leptoseris gardineri 5, 17, 19, 24, 35 Leptoseris hawaiiensis 2, 7, 9, 12–17, 19–21, 24, 25, 38, 47 Leptoseris mycetoseroides 7, 12, 14–16, 21, 24, 25, 41, 44 Leptoseris papyracea 1, 5, 19, 29 Leptoseris scabra 1–5, 7, 11–15, 19, 20, 24, 25, 38, 44, 47 Leptoseris striata 2, 15, 47 Leptoseris yabei 1, 10, 12, 16, 20, 29, 31, 38, 43, 46 Gardineroseris planulata 1, 3, 5–7, 9, 11–16, 23, 29, 31, 33, 36, 39, 41, 43, 44, 46, 47 Coeloseris mayeri 3, 5–11, 13, 15–18, 20–25, 29, 30, 40–46 Pachyseris foliosa 2–5, 8, 25, 29, 35, 36, 43–45 Pachyseris gemmae 1, 2, 5, 7–9, 12, 14, 15, 17, 19, 20, 37, 41, 42, 44–46 Pachyseris involuta 8, 11, 17–24, 31 Pachyseris rugosa 2–4, 6–9, 11, 13–17, 19, 21, 23, 24, 30–33, 41–46 Pachyseris speciosa 1, 3–5, 7–12, 14–16, 18–21, 23, 24, 29, 31, 32, 35, 37, 38, 40–42, 45–47 Family Fungiidae Cycloseris costulata 18, 44 Cycloseris tenuis 4, 39 Cycloseris vaughani 42 Diaseris distorta 29, 34 Diaseris fragilis 34 RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty July 2002 67 Appendix 1 Species Site Records Fungia concinna 12 Fungia fralinae 3 Fungia fungites 4, 5, 7, 9, 14, 17, 19, 21, 24, 29, 30, 32, 36–40, 42, 45, 46 Fungia granulosa 1, 7, 36–39 Fungia horrida 1, 5–7, 9, 10, 12, 14–22, 24, 25, 32–34, 37, 38, 40, 44–47 Fungia klunzingeri 4, 8, 11, 17–19, 21, 23, 24, 37, 42, 45 Fungia moluccensis 10, 11, 18, 20, 29, 37, 38 Fungia paumotensis 2, 4, 6, 11–13, 15, 16, 18, 20–22, 24, 31, 33, 35–41 Fungia repanda 3, 9, 13–15, 17, 44 Fungia scruposa 4, 9, 12, 13, 16–18, 22, 23, 25, 31, 33, 34, 37, 42–44, 46 Fungia scutaria 13, 14, 34, 46 Heliofungia actiniformis 2, 3, 5, 10, 16, 18, 20–24, 29, 31, 35, 39–42, 44, 45 Ctenactis albitentaculata 1, 16, 17, 19–21, 30, 34, 39, 40, 43, 44 Ctenactis crassa 2, 3, 5–9, 13, 19–22, 24, 33, 37, 39, 42, 45, 47 Ctenactis echinata 1, 5, 6, 8, 9, 12, 14–17, 19, 21, 22, 24, 25, 30–34, 36, 38, 39, 41, 43–47 Herpolitha limax 2, 3, 5–7, 9–13, 16–23, 24, 25, 29–34, 37, 40–42, 45 Polyphyllia talpina 2, 5, 7, 8, 10, 16, 20–22, 32–34, 38, 39, 41–44, 46 Halomitra clavator 19, 21 Halomitra meiere 34 Halomitra pileus 1, 7, 9, 12, 14–16, 24, 25, 29, 31–42, 44–47 Sandalolitha dentata 3, 9, 13, 19, 20, 24, 38 Sandalolitha robusta 2–6, 8–12, 16, 18, 19, 21, 22, 24, 32–34, 37–42, 44–47 Zoopilus echinatus 1, 5, 19, 23, 25, 31, 35, 37, 45 Lithophyllon undulatum 18, 44 Podabacia crustacea 4, 8, 13, 17, 18, 22, 24, 25, 32, 38, 39, 41, 44, 45, 47 Podabacia motuporensis 1–4, 6, 7, 9, 10, 12, 14–17, 21, 38, 42 Family Oculinidae Galaxea astreata 1, 6, 8, 14, 16, 24, 31, 36, 40–43 Galaxea cryptoramosa 30, 32, 34 Galaxea fascicularis 1–3, 9, 11–25, 29–34, 36–40, 42, 44–47 Galaxea horrescens 1–12, 16–24, 29, 31, 35, 42–45 Galaxea longisepta 1, 4, 7, 12–15, 20, 21, 24, 25, 35 Galaxea paucisepta 40–42, 44, 46 Family Pectinidae 68 Echinophyllia aspera 25, 31–34, 37, 38, 46, 47 Echinophyllia costata 35, 43 Echinophyllia echinata 3–5, 11–13, 19–22, 25, 38, 39, 47 Echinophyllia echinoporoides 3, 43 Echinophyllia orpheensis 4, 5, 22 Echinophyllia patula 25, 30, 32, 33, 37, 40, 46 Mycedium elephatotus 6, 9, 15, 25, 32, 33, 36–42, 46, 47 Mycedium mancaoi 1, 9, 12, 19, 24, 25, 31, 32, 34, 40–42, 45–47 Mycedium robokaki 1, 7, 9, 11, 12, 14–17, 20, 21, 23–25, 29, 33–37, 40–43, 46, 47 Oxypora crassispinosa 1, 7, 15, 19, 20, 24, 29, 31, 33, 34, 36, 38, 40–47 Oxypora glabra 2, 4, 5, 22, 23, 35 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Rapid Assessment Program Appendix 1 Species Site Records Oxypora lacera 1, 3, 5, 9, 13, 18–21, 23–25, 29, 30, 33, 34, 35, 37–43, 45–47 Pectinia alcicornis 23 Pectinia elongata 4, 18, 22, 44 Pectinia lactuca 1, 3, 4, 6–10, 12, 14–16, 20, 21, 23–25, 29–33, 35–42, 44–47 Pectinia maxima 44 Pectinia paeonia 2, 3, 7, 11, 20, 23, 29, 31, 35, 41, 43, 44, 46, 47 Pectinia teres 2, 10, 18, 29, 31, 43, 44, 46 Family Mussidae Australomussa rowleyensis 1, 3, 15, 19, 22, 23, 25, 38, 44, 47 Cynarina lacrymalis 2, 18, 20, 22, 37, 38 Scolymia vitiensis 3, 4, 7, 9, 10, 12, 15–17, 19–25 Acanthastrea echinata 1, 3, 6, 7, 10, 19, 20, 33, 41 Lobophyllia corymbosa 5, 8, 9, 11, 17, 20–23, 29, 40, 44, 45 Lobophyllia flabelliformis 5, 16, 21, 23, 31, 36–38, 40, 44 Lobophyllia hataii 2, 3, 9, 24, 32 Lobophyllia hemprichii 2–22, 24, 25, 29, 31, 32, 34, 36–44, 46, 47 Lobophyllia robusta 2, 5, 7, 9, 13, 16, 17, 20–23, 29–34, 36–42, 44, 46 Symphyllia agaricia 1, 7, 8, 14–16, 19–21, 23, 25, 29–33, 37, 38, 40–43, 46, 47 Symphyllia hassi 4, 5, 17, 19–22, 24, 25, 42, 46, 47 Symphyllia radians 1, 12, 15, 25, 30, 33, 36, 37, 39, 43, 46, 47 Symphyllia recta 5, 7–9, 12, 14–16, 18, 20–23, 29–32, 36–42, 44–47 Symphyllia valenciennesii 8, 15, 20, 22 Family Merulinidae Hydnophora exesa 3–5, 7, 9, 12, 14–17, 21, 29, 30, 32–34, 37, 38, 40–42, 45 Hydnophora grandis 6, 9, 10, 12–16, 21, 22, 24, 29, 32, 36, 38, 40, 44–47 Hydnophora microconos 13, 25, 30, 31, 33, 34, 40–42, 46, 47 Hydnophora pilosa 7, 34, 36, 38, 47 Hydnophora rigida 1–4, 7, 14, 18, 23, 29–34, 36, 40–43, 45–47 Merulina ampliata 1–5, 7, 9–25, 29–31, 35, 37–42, 44–47 Merulina scabricula 1, 2, 6, 9, 10, 12, 14–17, 21, 22, 24, 25, 29–32, 34, 37–40, 43–47 Scapophyllia cylindrica 6, 7, 12, 15, 22, 24, 37, 41, 44, 47 Family Faviidae Caulastrea echinulata 22, 34, 39, 46 Caulastrea furcata 34, 36 Favia laxa 12, 14, 16, 24, 45–47 Favia maxima 11, 18, 36 Favia pallida 2, 3, 5–10, 13, 16, 19–22, 24, 25, 29–34, 36, 38–44, 46, 47 Favia rotundata 5, 8, 9, 38, 40, 43, 44 Favia speciosa 10, 16, 20, 31, 32, 34, 36–41, 43, 46 Favia stelligera 9, 10, 12–16, 19, 21, 24, 29, 39–42, 46, 47 Favia truncatus 36, 40, 41 Barabattoia amicorum 22 Favites abdita 5, 9, 10, 12–14, 16, 19, 20, 24, 32, 34, 36, 38–41, 43, 45–47 Favites flexuosa? 9, 15, 18, 22, 24, 30, 32–34, 36, 44–46 RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty July 2002 69 Appendix 1 Species Site Records Favites halicora 7, 17, 21, 36 Favites pentagona 16, 37, 46 Goniastrea australensis? 8, 9, 13, 18 Goniastrea edwardsi 4, 8, 11–13, 24, 32, 38, 40 Goniastrea pectinata 2–6, 9, 10, 12–14, 16, 17, 19–22, 24, 25, 30–33, 36, 37, 42–46 Goniastrea retiformis 2, 5, 6, 9, 12–14, 16, 17, 19, 20, 24, 25, 30, 38–47 Platygyra acuta 5 Platygyra daedalea 1, 6, 7, 9, 12, 13, 15, 16, 20, 22, 24, 25, 29, 30, 32–34, 36–38, 40–47 Platygyra lamellina 1–3, 5, 7, 8, 23, 25, 30, 35, 37–39, 43 Platygyra pini 3, 5–10, 13–18, 20–23, 25, 29–31, 33, 36–38, 40–44, 46 Platygyra sinensis 6, 9, 29, 30, 36, 38–40, 42, 43, 45 Platygyra verweyi 21 Plesiastrea versipora 16, 20, 24, 30, 38, 41, 46 Leptoria irregularis Leptoria phrygia 1, 5, 7, 9, 13, 15, 24, 30, 33, 34, 36, 37, 40, 45–47 Oulophyllia bennettae 7, 11, 20, 33, 41 Oulophyllia crispa 7, 8, 25, 30, 32–34, 40, 43, 45, 47 Montastrea annuligera 7 Montastrea colemani 19, 44 Montastrea curta 3, 13, 42 Montastrea magnistellata 3, 44 Montastrea salebrosa 3, 10, 11, 16, 17, 24, 43 Oulastrea crispata 13, 40 Diploastrea heliopora 1–4, 6, 8–11, 13–25, 29–32, 34, 36–46 Leptastrea bewickensis 22 Leptastrea pruinosa 2, 11, 15, 20, 22, 24, 33, 36 Leptastrea purpurea 1, 3–6, 9–11, 14–22, 24, 32, 38, 40, 46, 47 Leptastrea transversa 7, 15, 16, 25, 32, 38, 39 Cyphastrea decadia 12, 22, 29, 42 Echinopora ashmorensis 1, 6, 8, 12, 21, 24, 42, 44, 46, 47 Echinopora gemmacea 3, 5, 12, 15–17, 19, 21, 24, 25, 31, 32, 41, 44 Echinopora hirsuitissima 7, 12–15, 24, 25, 45 Echinopora horrida 6 Echinopora lamellosa 1, 6, 7, 14, 15, 17, 20, 21, 24, 29–38, 40–47 Echinopora mammiformis 3–5, 11, 17–19, 21–24, 40, 45, 46 Echinopora pacificus 3, 4, 6, 10, 21, 22, 25, 42, 46 Family Trachyphyllidae Trachyphyllia geoffroyi 11, 18 Family Caryophilliidae 70 Euphyllia ancora 30, 31, 38–40, 43 Euphyllia divisa 30, 32, 36 Euphyllia glabrescens 4, 9, 18, 20, 22, 23, 25, 29–33, 36–38, 40, 43, 45, 46 Euphyllia paraancora 30, 32–34, 38 Euphyllia paradivisa 31, 34, 35 Euphyllia yaeyamaenisis 2, 23, 24, 30, 31, 37, 40, 42, 44 Plerogyra simplex 2–5, 7–10, 12, 14–24, 29, 31, 35, 37, 39–44, 46 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Rapid Assessment Program Appendix 1 Species Site Records Plerogyra sinuosa 23, 29, 31–33, 35–42, 47 Physogyra lichentensteini 1–3, 6, 8, 9, 11–18, 20–22, 24, 25, 29, 30, 33, 36–40, 42, 43, 46 Thalamophyllia tenuescens 47 Family Dendrophylliidae Turbinaria frondens 32, 37, 40, 44 Turbinaria irregularis 8, 15, 23, 46 Turbinaria mesenterina 8, 11, 15, 19–22, 25, 31, 32, 36, 38, 41–44, 46 Turbinaria peltata 1, 7, 16, 20, 33, 35, 37, 39, 40, 46, 47 Turbinaria reniformis 7, 9, 12, 14, 15, 19, 20, 22, 23, 25, 30, 31, 33, 35–38, 40–45, 47 Turbinaria stellulata 47 Dendrophyllia sp. 1 47 Dendrophyllia coccinea 38, 47 Tubastraea coccinea 30, 36, 47 Tubastraea faulkneri 36, 47 Tubastraea micranthus 7, 9, 15, 16, 30, 32, 33, 37, 40, 41, 47 Rhizopsammia verrilli 9, 12–15, 25, 30, 34, 36, 40, 47 Family Heliporidae Heliopora coerulea 5–7, 9, 10, 13, 20, 21, 24, 25, 30, 36–40, 44, 46 Heliopora sp. 1 7, 15, 32, 39, 40, 43, 44, 46 Family Clavulariidae Tubipora musica 9, 23, 25, 29, 33, 36–46 Tubipora sp. 1 30 Tubipora sp. 2 33, 39, 40 Family Milleporidae Millepora dichotoma 1, 3, 6, 9, 12, 14, 16, 18–20, 22, 23, 31, 39, 41–43, 45 Millepora exaesa 1, 3–6, 9, 12, 14–17, 19–22, 30, 33, 42, 44–47 Millepora intricata 6, 12–15, 20, 29, 30, 32, 37, 39, 41–45 Millepora platyphylla 1, 6, 9, 12–16, 20–22, 24, 25, 29, 30, 32, 33, 36, 39–41, 43, 44, 46 Family Stylasteridae Stylaster sp. 1 7, 9, 25, 30, 33, 36, 38, 43 Stylaster sp. 2 33, 37, 45, 47 Distichopora nitida 33, 37–40 RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty July 2002 71 Appendix 2 Data used for calculating the Reef Condition Index (RCI) Site 72 Coral Species Fish Species Condition Points RCI 1 64 178 110 162.80 2 52 134 110 137.86 3 69 154 150 176.26 4 52 133 120 142.05 5 64 155 100 150.04 6 57 179 90 148.68 7 68 181 160 189.68 8 54 145 110 143.32 9 87 169 180 209.10 10 50 208 160 185.47 11 44 70 110 108.85 12 69 161 190 196.94 13 67 230 170 210.95 14 70 175 140 179.98 15 84 202 170 186.76 16 62 208 170 199.25 17 51 162 170 174.36 18 51 149 130 151.54 19 73 163 130 173.46 20 83 216 140 204.63 21 84 174 120 181.30 22 80 106 110 149.40 23 57 136 110 142.42 24 93 184 160 209.98 25 76 266 170 230.73 26 75 170 180 200.22 27 75 193 140 190.26 28 75 176 180 202.37 29 61 188 210 209.52 30 69 181 190 204.08 31 70 139 140 167.13 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Rapid Assessment Program Appendix 2 Site Coral Species Fish Species Condition Points RCI 32 71 177 200 208.74 33 69 215 140 193.50 34 56 151 140 160.64 35 29 120 170 142.44 36 67 174 110 163.68 37 64 213 150 193.48 38 86 210 120 195.70 39 60 175 110 158.65 40 92 195 110 190.41 41 87 183 90 173.19 42 89 189 110 185.96 43 73 147 90 149.56 44 87 138 100 161.66 45 89 160 180 207.42 46 100 184 210 238.09 47 83 197 170 211.48 RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty July 2002 73 Appendix 3 Percentage of various bottom cover at individual sites Station Depth Hard Corals Dead Corals Rubble Sand Soft Coral Sponges Algae Other Organisms Total 4–6 62 10 17 0 0 0 11 0 100.0 12–16 31 6 55 1 0 7 0 0 100.0 21–23 19 4 56 2 1 15 3 0 100.0 Average 37 7 43 1 0 7 4 — 100.0 4–6 61 23 9 1 0 5 0 1 100.0 12–14 54 21 17 2 0 6 0 0 100.0 23–26 29 15 22 15 0 10 7 2 100.0 Average 48 20 16 6 — 7 2 1 100.0 4–6 54 23 10 7 0 5 0 1 100.0 12–14 48 28 10 13 0 0 0 1 100.0 Station 1 Station 2 Station 3 21–22 29 7 8 43 1 10 2 0 100.0 Average 43.7 19.3 9.3 21.0 0.3 5.0 1.0 1.0 100.0 4–6 31 16 9 20 0 13 11 0 100.0 12–15 34 37 23 0 0 3 3 0 100.0 Station 4 23–25 44 32 13 0 0 9 1 1 100.0 Average 36.3 28.3 15.0 6.7 — 8.3 5.0 0.3 100.0 4–5 16 22 16 31 0 8 0 7 100.0 12–15 54 30 2 8 0 4 2 0 100.0 Station 5 74 23–25 46 42 5 0 0 2 5 0 100.0 Average 38.7 31.3 7.7 13.0 — 4.7 2.3 2.3 100.0 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Rapid Assessment Program Appendix 3 STA Depth Hard Corals Dead Corals Rubble Sand Soft Coral Sponges Algae Other Organisms Total Station 6 4 9 Average 14 47 0 20 9 4 0 6 100.0 9 60 1 20 5 5 0 0 100.0 11.5 53.5 0.5 20.0 7.0 4.5 — 3.0 100.0 Station 7 4–8 57 30 6 0 2 4 0 1 100.0 12–14 60 29 2 0 0 5 4 0 100.0 23–26 48 29 3 0 6 14 0 0 100.0 Average 55.0 29.3 3.7 — 2.7 7.7 1.3 0.3 100.0 4 37 42 11 2 7 1 0 0 100.0 8 21 27 33 12 0 7 0 0 100.0 29.0 34.5 22.0 7.0 3.5 4.0 — — 100.0 42 21 19 9 2 5 0 2 100.0 Station 8 Average Station 9 4–5 23–25 56 22 7 1 3 10 0 1 100.0 Average 49.0 21.5 13.0 5.0 2.5 7.5 — 1.5 100.0 Station 10 5–7 52 26 12 2 5 1 0 2 100.0 10–12 42 34 0 18 0 3 1 2 100.0 19–20 32 17 9 33 0 7 0 2 100.0 Average 42.0 25.7 7.0 17.7 1.7 3.7 0.3 2.0 100.0 3 30 32 14 10 0 4 9 1 100.0 7 35 33 18 11 2 0 0 1 100.0 32.5 32.5 16.0 10.5 1.0 2.0 4.5 1.0 100.0 4–6 53 16 24 0 7 0 0 0 100.0 11–12 49 12 12 0 4 23 0 0 100.0 18–21 73 6 6 1 0 13 0 1 100.0 Average 58.3 11.3 14.0 0.3 3.7 12.0 — 0.3 100.0 Station 11 Average Station 12 Station 13 4–5 27 20 36 0 13 0 0 4 100.0 9–13 37 11 2 0 10 36 0 4 100.0 19–20 32 20 7 6 5 29 0 1 100.0 Average 32.0 17.0 15.0 2.0 9.3 21.7 — 3.0 100.0 RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty July 2002 75 Appendix 3 STA Depth Hard Corals Dead Corals Rubble Sand Soft Coral Sponges Algae Other Organisms Total Station 14 9–12 58 10 32 0 0 0 0 0 100.0 21–24 53 16 7 0 0 22 0 2 100.0 Average 55.5 13.0 19.5 — — 11.0 — 1.0 100.0 4–5 58 24 12 0 4 2 0 0 100.0 9–12 57 30 0 0 4 6 3 0 100.0 Station 15 18–21 56 15 7 0 0 19 3 0 100.0 Average 57.0 23.0 6.3 — 2.7 9.0 2.0 0 100.0 4–5 62 23 11 0 4 0 0 0 100.0 11–12 33 24 0 0 1 24 18 0 100.0 18–20 17 37 0 4 0 25 17 0 100.0 Average 37.3 28.0 3.7 1.3 1.7 16.3 11.7 0 100.0 5–6 65 21 12 0 0 2 0 0 100.0 9–10 57 31 11 0 0 1 0 0 100.0 Station 16 Station 17 21–18 65 28 4 0 0 3 0 0 100.0 Average 62.3 26.7 9.0 0 0 2.0 0 0 100.0 4–5 38 29 2 25 2 4 0 0 100.0 13–14 26 48 4 18 4 0 0 0 100.0 >20 0 0 0 100 0 0 0 0 100.0 21.3 25.7 2.0 47.7 2.0 1.3 — — 100.0 5–7 55 31 8 2 0 3 0 1 100.0 13–15 47 42 7 2 0 2 0 0 100.0 Station 18 Average Station 19 20 50 41 4 3 0 2 0 0 100.0 50.7 38.0 6.3 2.3 0 2.3 0 0.3 100.0 5–6 35 40 9 8 0 4 0 4 100.0 10–12 37 44 6 9 0 4 0 0 100.0 20–23 54 29 5 6 0 6 0 0 100.0 Average 42.0 37.7 6.7 7.7 — 4.7 0 1.3 100.0 2–4 48 38 8 1 0 5 0 0 100.0 8–10 47 25 9 5 0 14 0 0 100.0 Average Station 20 Station 21 76 18–20 39 29 10 3 0 10 9 0 100.0 Average 44.7 30.7 9.0 3.0 — 9.7 3.0 — 100.0 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Rapid Assessment Program Appendix 3 STA Depth Hard Corals Dead Corals Rubble Sand Soft Coral Sponges Algae Other Organisms Total Station 22 5–6 53 29 5 9 0 4 0 0 100.0 8–10 39 39 12 5 0 5 0 0 100.0 18–20 21 50 9 18 0 2 0 0 100.0 Average 37.7 39.3 8.7 10.7 — 3.7 0 0 100.0 5–6 33 40 4 14 0 9 0 0 100.0 10–11 29 49 10 5 0 7 0 0 100.0 20–21 25 73 2 0 0 0 0 0 100.0 Average 29.0 54.0 5.3 6.3 — 5.3 — — 100.0 Station 23 Station 24 5–6 53 23 19 0 2 3 0 0 100.0 10–11 59 21 11 5 0 4 0 0 100.0 19–20 57 17 18 0 0 6 1 1 100.0 Average 56.3 20.3 16.0 1.7 0.7 4.3 0.3 0.3 100.0 5–7 68 13 6 0 7 3 0 3 100.0 15–17 59 21 6 5 4 5 0 0 100.0 20–21 62 17 8 0 6 7 0 0 100.0 Average 63.0 17.0 6.7 1.7 5.7 5.0 — 1.0 100.0 Station 25 Station 26 4–5 27 20 0 0 53 0 0 0 100.0 10–11 12 17 0 0 66 5 0 0 100.0 18–20 23 12 7 10 42 0 0 6 100.0 Average 20.7 16.3 2.3 3.3 53.7 1.7 — 2.0 100.0 4–6 25 2 0 0 48 5 0 20 100.0 10–11 36 4 0 2 34 13 0 11 100.0 20–21 13 14 10 16 32 0 0 15 100.0 Average 24.7 6.7 3.3 6.0 38.0 6.0 — 15.3 100.0 10–11 16 5 0 33 40 0 0 6 100.0 4–5 58 10 23 1 0 1 0 7 100.0 — — — — — — — — — 10 91 7 2 0 0 0 0 0 100.0 20 96 3 1 0 0 0 0 0 100.0 81.7 6.7 8.7 0.3 — 0.3 — 2.3 100.0 Station 27 Station 28 Station 29 Average RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty July 2002 77 Appendix 3 STA Depth Hard Corals Dead Corals Rubble Sand Soft Coral Sponges Algae Other Organisms Total Station 30 3–4 53 0 10 29 8 0 0 0 100.0 10–11 100 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 100.0 16–17 85 0 0 8 7 0 0 0 100.0 Average 79.3 — 3.3 12.3 5.0 — — — 100.0 Station 31 0–4 0 0 0 100 0 0 0 0 100.0 5–20 0 0 0 100 0 0 0 0 100.0 >20 0 0 0 100 0 0 0 0 100.0 Average — — — 100.0 — — — — 100.0 2–4 87 1 10 2 0 0 0 0 100.0 10–11 66 3 15 10 4 2 0 0 100.0 Station 32 20–21 10 0 25 50 4 8 0 3 100.0 Average 54.3 1.3 16.7 20.7 2.7 3.3 — 1.0 100.0 4–5 56 12 4 0 16 0 11 1 100.0 10–11 34 10 43 0 6 1 0 6 100.0 Station 33 18–19 45 14 20 7 6 6 1 1 100.0 Average 45.0 12.0 22.3 2.3 9.3 2.3 4.0 2.7 100.0 5–6 64 2 12 2 15 0 0 5 100.0 10–11 25 0 61 3 8 0 0 3 100.0 Station 34 19–20 24 0 0 14 62 0 0 0 100.0 Average 37.7 0.7 24.3 6.3 28.3 — — 2.7 100.0 2–4 77 11 12 0 0 0 0 0 100.0 10–11 87 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 100.0 20–21 89 8 0 3 0 0 0 0 100.0 Average 84.3 10.7 4.0 1.0 — — — — 100.0 2–4 58 7 0 2 4 0 29 0 100.0 10–11 19 6 57 4 9 2 0 3 100.0 Station 35 Station 36 12–20 0 0 100 0 0 0 0 0 100.0 Average 25.7 4.3 52.3 2.0 4.3 0.7 9.7 1.0 100.0 4–6 29 15 5 14 23 2 0 12 100.0 10–11 41 5 4 4 28 11 1 6 100.0 Station 37 78 18–20 33 20 5 10 9 17 0 6 100.0 Average 34.3 13.3 4.7 9.3 20.0 10.0 0.3 8.0 100.0 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Rapid Assessment Program Appendix 3 STA Depth Hard Corals Dead Corals Rubble Sand Soft Coral Sponges Algae Other Organisms Total Station 38 2–4 27 8 8 6 23 0 6 22 100.0 10–11 21 4 5 14 30 1 6 19 100.0 19–20 19 9 4 32 25 6 0 5 100.0 Average 22.3 7.0 5.7 17.3 26.0 2.3 4.0 15.3 100.0 Station 39 4–5 5 3 32 0 60 0 0 0 100.0 10–11 7 12 27 23 30 0 0 1 100.0 19–20 9 19 33 17 14 5 0 3 100.0 Average 7.0 11.3 30.7 13.3 34.7 1.7 — 1.3 100.0 2–4 24 13 12 19 30 0 0 2 100.0 10–11 22 9 23 16 5 1 0 24 100.0 19–20 9 0 10 71 1 3 0 6 100.0 Average 18.3 7.3 15.0 35.3 12.0 1.3 — 10.7 100.0 Station 40 Station 41 3–4 14 8 40 20 6 1 0 11 100.0 10–11 17 12 7 28 21 4 0 0 89.0 Average 16.4 9.1 20.7 27.8 13.0 2.1 — 7.2 96.3 Station 42 4–6 36 4 42 3 15 0 0 0 100.0 10–11 14 5 59 14 2 6 0 0 100.0 19–20 18 7 43 10 0 17 5 0 100.0 Average 22.7 5.3 48.0 9.0 5.7 7.7 1.7 — 100.0 Station 43 2–4 65 9 12 12 0 0 0 2 100.0 8–10 35 3 19 34 0 2 7 0 100.0 19–20 18 18 60 2 0 2 0 0 100.0 Average 39.3 10.0 30.3 16.0 — 1.3 2.3 — 99.3 2–4 30 38 20 3 0 0 0 9 100.0 10–11 22 9 42 22 0 3 0 2 100.0 Station 44 17–18 25 17 6 48 2 2 0 0 100.0 Average 25.7 21.3 22.7 24.3 0.7 1.7 — 3.7 100.0 Station 45 3–4 89 4 0 0 7 0 0 0 100.0 10–11 83 0 0 0 4 0 13 0 100.0 16–17 83 8 0 0 0 0 9 0 100.0 Average 85.0 4.0 — — 3.7 — 7.3 — 100.0 RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty July 2002 79 Appendix 3 STA Depth Hard Corals Dead Corals Rubble Sand Soft Coral Sponges Algae Other Organisms Total Station 46 2–4 82 16 0 0 1 0 0 1 100.0 10–11 74 8 4 6 2 6 0 0 100.0 17–18 14 1 0 75 0 9 0 1 100.0 Average 56.7 8.3 1.3 27.0 1.0 5.0 — 0.7 100.0 2–4 58 33 7 2 0 0 0 0 100.0 12–13 68 6 0 0 0 17 0 9 100.0 23–26 62 8 0 0 0 23 0 7 100.0 Average 62.7 15.7 2.3 0.7 — 13.3 — 5.3 100.0 Station 47 80 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Rapid Assessment Program Appendix 4 Mollusc species recorded in the Gulf of Tomini, Sulawesi, Indonesia Species Site Records Class Polyplacophora Family Cryptoplacidae Cryptoplax larvaeformis (Burrow, 1815) 24 Family Ischnochitonidae Ischnochiton sp. 13, 18 Family Chitonidae Acanthopleura gemmata (Blainville, 1825) 20, 26, 27, 29 Tonicia lamellosa (Quoy & Gaimard, 1835) 18, 26 Class Gastropoda Family Patellidae Patella flexuosa Quoy & Gaimard, 1834 3, 20, 29 Patelloida saccharina (Linnaeus, 1758) 3, 8, 29 Patelloida striata (Quoy & Gaimard, 1834) 8 Family Haliotidae Haliotis asinina Linnaeus, 1758 2, 12, 31 Haliotis glabra Gmelin, 1791 6, 9, 12 Haliotis ovina Gmelin, 1791 1, 7, 8, 10, 14, 15, 24–26 Haliotis planata Sowerby, 1833 15 Haliotis sp. (juvenile) 2 RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty July 2002 81 Appendix 4 Species Site Records Family Fissurellidae Diodora mus (Reeve, 1850) 8 Diodora galeata (Helbling, 1779) 13, 22, 29 Hemitoma panhi (Quoy & Gaimard, 1834) 12, 25 Family Turbinidae Astraea haemotragum (Menke, 1829) 20, 24, 26 Astralium calcar (Linnaeus, 1758) 2 Astralium rhodostomum (Lamarck, 1822) 15 Bolma erectospinosa (Habe & Okutani, 1980) 8, 20 Bolma persica (Dall, 1907) 30 Phasianella aff. solida (Born, 1778) 13 Turbo argyrostomus (Linnaeus, 1758) 6, 9, 13, 14, 17, 18, 24, 25, 31 Turbo bruneus (Röding, 1798) 22, 23 Turbo chrysostoma (Linnaeus, 1758) 5, 15, 16, 24–26 Turbo cinereus Born, 1778 8 Turbo aff. foliaceus Philippi, 1847 2, 3, 5, 6 Turbo petholatus Linnaeus, 1758 3–5, 17, 19, 21–23, 28, 30, 31 Liotina peronii (Kiener, 1839) 1 Family Trochidae Angaria delphinus (Linnaeus, 1758) 3, 6, 25 Astele pulcherrimus (Sowerby, 1914) 16, 21 Cantharidus gilberti (Montrouzier, 1878) 15, 23 Cantharidus picturatus (Adams, 1851) 7 Chrysostom paradoum (Born, 1780) 6, 8–10, 12 Clanculus clanguloides (Wood, 1828) 10, 14 Euchelus atratus (Gmelin, 1791) 2, 4 Herpetopoma atrata (Gmelin, 1791) 2, 20 Tectus conus (Gmelin, 1791) 29 Tectus fenestratus Gmelin, 1790 20 Tectus maculatus Linnaeus, 1758 2, 3, 6, 8, 9, 18, 20, 25, 29 Tectus niloticus Linnaeus, 1767 8, 9, 10, 16, 17, 25 Tectus pyramis Born, 1778 2, 3, 6, 17, 18, 20, 23, 24, 26 Tectus triserialis (Lamarck, 1822) 4, 21, 24, 31 Trochus stellatus Gmelin, 1791 29 Stomatella auricula (Lamarck, 1816) 12 Stomatella varia (Adams, 1850) 26 Stomatia phymotis Helbling, 1779 6, 22 Family Neritopsidae Neritopsis radula Gray, 1842 1, 5, 25 Family Neritidae 82 Nerita albicilla Linnaeus, 1758 8, 20, 2 5 Nerita plicata Linnaeus, 1758 3, 8, 29 Nerita polita Linnaeus, 1758 20 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Rapid Assessment Program Appendix 4 Species Site Records Nerita reticulata Karsten, 1789 20, 25 Nerita undata Linnaeus, 1758 3, 8, 20, 29 Modulus tectum (Gmelin, 1791) 11, 20, 25, 26, 29 Family Cerithiidae Cerithium balteatum Philippi, 1848 9, 12, 15 Cerithium batillariaeformis Habe & Kosuge, 1966 11 Cerithium columna Sowerby, 1834 6, 9, 12, 14, 15, 18, 23, 24 Cerithium echinatum (Lamarck, 1822) 9, 10, 16, 17, 19, 21, 25 Cerithium egenum Gould, 1849 12 Cerithium lifuense Melvill & Standen, 1895 17, 18, 20, 21 Cerithium moniliferum (Kiener, 1841) 1, 9, 20, 27 Cerithium nesioticum Pilsbry & Vanetta, 1906 8, 15, 16, 18 Cerithium nodulosus (Bruguière, 1792) 8 Cerithium planum Anton, 1839 6, 8, 18 Cerithium rostratum Sowerby, 1855 4, 8 Cerithium salebrosum Sowerby, 1855 2, 6, 8 Cerithium tenuifilosum Sowerby, 1866 16 Clypeomorus bifasciata (Sowerby, 1855) 20 Pseudovertagus aluco (Linnaeus, 1758) 18, 20, 22 Rhinoclavis articulata (Adams & Reeve, 1850) 8 Rhinoclavis aspera (Linnaeus, 1758) 2, 3, 5–10, 12, 16, 18, 20–26, 29–31 Rhinovlavis fasciatus (Bruguière, 1792) 3–6, 10, 15, 18, 26, 28 Rhinoclavis sinensis (Gmelin, 1791) 25, 31 Rhinoclavis vertagus (Linnaeus, 1767) 6, 25 Family Siliquariidae Siliquaria sp. 5 Family Potamididae Terebralia sulcata (Born, 1778) 20 Family Littorinidae Littorina coccinea (Gmelin, 1791) 25, 29 Littorina scabra (Linnaeus, 1758) 6, 20, 25 Nodilittorina millegrana (Philippi, 1848) 3, 8 Tectarius coronatus Valenciennes, 1832 20 Tectarius grandinatus (Gmelin, 1791) 8 Family Strombidae Lambis lambis (Linnaeus, 1758) 8 Lambis millepedes (Linnaeus, 1758) 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 9, 12, 14, 16, 18–25, 27, 29, 30 Lambis scorpius (Linnaeus, 1758) 12, 24, 27 Strombus aurisdianae Linnaeus, 1758 20 Strombus dentatus Linnaeus, 1758 10, 12, 13, 21 Strombus gibberulus Linnaeus, 1758 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 13, 18, 20 RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty July 2002 83 Appendix 4 Species Site Records Strombus labiatus (Röding, 1798) 13 Strombus lentiginosus Linnaeus, 1758 4, 20, 25 Strombus luhuanus Linnaeus, 1758 8, 9, 16, 20, 25–27, 29, 31 Strombus microurceus (Kira, 1959) 13, 14 Strombus mutabilis Swainson, 1821 13, 20, 25 Strombus terebellatus Sowerby, 1842 3 Strombus urseus Linnaeus, 1758 2, 4, 11, 20, 23, 28, 29, 31 Strombus variabilis Swainson, 1820 1 Terebellum terebellum (Linnaeus, 1758) 2–6, 8, 10–12, 18, 22, 23, 26, 30 Family Hipponicidae Hipponix conicus (Schumacher, 1817) 12, 13, 15 Family Capulidae Cheilea equestris (Linnaeus, 1758) 3, 5, 14, 22, 23, 25 Crepidula walshi Reeve, 1859 13 Family Vermetidae Serpulorbis colubrina (Röding, 1798) 1–3, 7, 9, 10, 14–21, 24–28 Family Cypraeidae 84 Cypraea annulus Linnaeus, 1758 8, 18, 25 Cypraea argus Linnaeus, 1758 6, 12 Cypraea asellus Linnaeus, 1758 6, 9, 11, 12, 15, 16, 20, 21, 23, 25, 27, 28 Cypraea caputserpentis Linnaeus, 1758 25, 27 Cypraea carneola Linnaeus, 1758 2, 3, 6, 7, 9, 11, 15, 23, 25–28, 30 Cypraea caurica Linnaeus, 1758 30 Cypraea chinensis Gmelin, 1791 27 Cypraea contaminata Sowerby, 1832 26 Cypraea cribraria Linnaeus, 1758 16, 26–28 Cypraea cylindrica Born, 1778 2, 4, 5, 8, 11, 18–21, 23–25, 27, 30 Cypraea eglantina (Duclos, 1833) 29 Cypraea erosa Linnaeus, 1758 2, 4, 22, 23, 25, 26, 29, 30 Cypraea fimbriata Gmelin, 1791 18, 26 Cypraea globulus Linnaeus, 1758 14 Cypraea helvola Linnaeus, 1758 25 Cypraea isabella Linnaeus, 1758 7, 20, 25, 26 Cypraea kieneri Hidalgo, 1906 5, 10 Cypraea labrolineata Gaskoin, 1848 3, 6, 15, 27 Cypraea lynx Linnaeus, 1758 1–4, 6, 10, 14–16, 21–23, 25, 29 Cypraea margarita Dillwyn, 1817 25 Cypraea microdon Gray, 1828 6, 9, 15, 22 Cypraea moneta Linnaeus, 1758 2, 6, 13–15, 18–22, 24–26, 30 Cypraea nucleus Linnaeus, 1758 9, 15, 25, 27 Cypraea pallidula Gaskoin, 1849 15 Cypraea punctata Linnaeus, 1758 20, 22 Cypraea quadrimaculata Gray, 1824 2 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Rapid Assessment Program Appendix 4 Species Site Records Cypraea staphylaea Linnaeus, 1758 8, 20, 25, 26, 30 Cypraea talpa Linnaeus, 1758 24, 25 Cypraea teres Gmelin, 1791 6, 16 Cypraea testudinaria Linnaeus, 1758 12, 14 Cypraea tigris Linnaeus, 1758 1, 6, 9, 11, 12, 15, 16, 18, 21, 22, 24, 27, 30 Cypraea ursellus Gmelin, 1791 30 Cypraea vitellus Linnaeus, 1758 3, 4, 31 Family Ovulidae Calpurnus lacteus (Lamarck, 1810) 26 Ovula ovum (Linnaeus, 1758) 26 Testudovula nebula (Azuma & Cate, 1971) 26 Family Triviidae Trivia oryza (Lamarck, 1810) 2, 3, 6, 9, 13, 15, 18, 19, 21–23, 26–28 Family Velutinidae Coriocella nigra Blainville, 1824 20 Family Naticidae Natica euzona (Récluz, 1844) 8 Natica gualtieriana (Récluz, 1844) 12 Natica onca (Röding, 1798) 6, 7, 18 Polinices aurantius (Röding, 1798) 31 Polinices sebae (Récluz, 1844) 18, 20 Polinices sordidus (Swainson, 1821) 12 Polinices tumidus (Swainson, 1840) 6, 20, 25, 29 Family Bursidae Bursa granularis (Röding, 1798) 17, 25 Bursa lamarckii (Deshayes, 1853) 12, 14, 23, 30 Bursa rosa Perry, 1811 26, 29 Bursa tuberossissima (Reeve, 1844) 25 Tutufa bubo (Linnaeus, 1758) 15 Tutufa rubeta (Linnaeus, 1758) 10 Family Cassidae Casmaria erinaceus (Linnaeus, 1758) 14, 18, 25, 30 Family Ranellidae Charonia tritonis (Linnaeus, 1758) 10 Cymatium aquatile (Reeve, 1844) 26 Cymatium exile (Reeve, 1844) 12 Cymatium hepaticum Röding, 1798 9 Cymatium mundum (Gould, 1849) 26 Cymatium nicobaricum (Röding, 1798) 15 Cymatium pileare (Linnaeus, 1758) 5, 14, 20 Cymatium rubeculum (Linnaeus, 1758) 14 RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty July 2002 85 Appendix 4 Species Site Records Distorsio anus (Linnaeus, 1758) 8, 20, 21, 25 Gyrineum bituberculare (Lamarck, 1816) 6 Gyrineum gyrineum (Linnaeus, 1758) 26, 27, 29 Gyrineum pusillum (A. Adams, 1854) 26 Linatella succincta (Linnaeus, 1771) 3 Septa gemmata (Reeve, 1844) 15, 21, 23, 25 Family Tonnidae Malea pomum (Linnaeus, 1758) 3, 8, 12, 16, 25 Tonna cepa (Röding, 1798) 13 Tonna galea (Linnaeus, 1758) Tonna perdix (Linnaeus, 1758) 6, 8, 18 Family Epitoniidae Epitonium scalare (Linnaeus, 1758) 13 Family Eulimidae Thyca crystallina (Gould, 1846) 6, 13, 26 Mucronalia gigas Kuroda & Habe, 1950 8 Family Muricidae 86 Chicoreus banksii (Sowerby, 1841) 26 Chicoreus brunneus (Link, 1810) 4, 6, 8, 16, 18, 22, 27–29, 31 Chicoreus microphyllus (Lamarck, 1816) 25 Chicoreus penchinati (Crosse, 1861) 18 Favartia rosamiae (D’Attilio & Myers, 1985) 18 Murex ramosus (Linnaeus, 1758) 8 Murex tenuirostrum Lamarck, 1822 26 Naquetia capucina Lamarck, 1822 20 Pterynotus barclayanus (A. Adams, 1873) 7, 19, 25 Cronia funiculus (Wood, 1828) 20, 25 Cronia margariticola (Broderip, 1833) 8, 25 Drupa grossularia (Röding, 1798) 6, 8, 14, 16, 22, 25, 29, 30 Drupa morum (Röding, 1798) 27 Drupa ricinus (Linnaeus, 1758) 15, 24–27, 29 Drupa rubusidaeus (Röding, 1798) 14, 16, 21, 23–26 Drupella cariosa (Wood, 1828) 2–6, 14, 16, 20, 22, 24, 29, 31 Drupella cornus (Röding, 1798) 1, 2, 6, 7, 9, 12, 16, 17, 19, 21, 22, 24, 27, 29, 30 Drupella ochrostoma (Blainville, 1832) 9, 12, 16, 19–21, 25–31 Drupella rugosa (Born, 1778) 11 Maculotriton serriale (Deshayes, 1831) 13 Morula anaxeres (Kiener, 1835) 18, 25–27 Morula aurantiaca (Hombron & Jacquinot, 1853) 20 Morula granulata (Duclos, 1832) 27, 29 Morula fiscella (Gmelin, 1791) 5 Morula spinosa (H. & A. Adams, 1855) 6, 15, 18, 21, 22, 28, 29 Morula uva (Röding, 1798) 1, 6, 8, 9, 12, 15, 18, 19, 22, 24, 25, 27, 29 Thais kieneri (Deshayes, 1844) 19 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Rapid Assessment Program Appendix 4 Species Site Records Thais mancinella (Linnaeus, 1758) 1, 2, 26, 27 Thais tuberosa (Röding, 1798) 27 Coralliophila erosa (Röding, 1798) 9 Coralliophila violacea (Kiener, 1836) 2, 3, 5, 7–12, 14–17, 19–25, 27, 29–31 Quoyola madreporarum (Sowerby, 1832) 9, 25 Rapa rapa (Gmelin, 1791) 6, 12, 26, 27, 29, 30 Family Vasidae Vasum ceramicum (Linnaeus, 1758) 9, 28 Vasum turbinellus (Linnaeus, 1758) 5, 6, 10, 14, 16, 29, 31 Family Buccinidae Colubraria castanea Kuroda & Habe, 1952 30 Colubraria muricata (Lightfoot, 1786) 6, 7 Colubraria nitidula (Sowerby, 1833) 21, 25, 27, 28 Colubraria tortuosa (Reeve, 1844) 24 Colubraria sp. 24, 25 Cantharus fumosus (Dillwyn, 1817) 2, 6, 11, 20 Cantharus pulcher (Reeve, 1846) 12, 17, 25–29 Cantharus subrubiginosus (E.A. Smith, 1879) 18, 19, 21 Cantharus undosus (Linnaeus, 1758) 7, 16, 24–29 Cantharus wagneri (Anton, 1839) 26 Engina alveolata (Kiener, 1836) 9, 18, 20, 29 Engina egregialis (Reeve, 1844) 26 Engina incarnata (Deshayes, 1834) 1, 6, 7, 15 Engina lineata (Reeve, 1846) 20, 24, 29, 30 Engina zonalis (Lamarck, 1822) 20 Phos textum (Gmelin, 1791) 3, 4, 6, 12, 18, 20, 22, 29–31 Pisania fasciculata (Reeve, 1846) 25 Pisania gracilis (Reeve, 1846) 12 Pisania ignea (Gmelin, 1791) 14, 26 Family Columbellidae Mitrella ligula (Duclos, 1840) 8, 11, 12, 15, 18, 20, 25–27 Pyrene deshayesii (Crosse, 1859) 4, 5, 7, 8, 11, 12, 15–20, 22, 23 Pyrene flava (Bruguière, 1789) 14 7, 15, 27, 29, 30 23–25, 28 20 1, 2, 16, 17 Pyrene punctata (Bruguière, 1789) Pyrene scripta (Lamarck, 1822) Pyrene testudinaria (Link, 1807) Pyrene turturina (Lamarck, 1822) Family Nassariidae Nassarius albescens (Dunker, 1846) 2, 13, 18 Nassarius burchardi (Dunker, 1849) 13 Nassarius comptus (Adams, 1852) 22 Nassarius crematus (Hinds, 1844) 14 Nassarius ecstilbus (Melvill & Standen, 1896) 18 Nassarius glans (Linnaeus, 1758) 1 RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty July 2002 87 Appendix 4 Species Site Records Nassarius granifeus (Kiener, 1834) 10, 15, 16, 25 Nassarius multicostatus A. Adams, 1852 13 Nassarius pauperus (Gould, 1850) 26 Nassarius pullus (Linnaeus, 1758) 13 Nassarius sp. 13 Family Fasciolariidae Dolicholatirus lancea (Gmelin, 1791) 18, 21, 25 Latirolagena smaragdula (Linnaeus, 1758) 6, 26, 27 Latirus belcheri (Reeve, 1847) 2, 10, 16, 19, 23 Latirus craticularis (Linnaeus, 1758) 24 Latirus gibbulus (Gmelin, 1791) 27, 28 Latirus nodatus (Gmelin, 1791) 1, 6, 9, 10, 14–16, 27 Latirus pictus (Reeve, 1847) 6, 7, 9, 10, 14–16, 18, 24 Latirus turritus (Gmelin, 1791) 1, 10, 12, 14–16, 19, 21, 24, 26–29 Peristernia hesterae Melvill, 1911 17 Peristernia incarnata (Deshayes, 1830) 17, 26–30 Peristernia nassatula (Lamarck, 1822) 20, 23, 25, 29 Peristernia ustulata (Reeve, 1847) 7 Pleuroploca filamentosa (Röding, 1798) 7, 10, 25, 29 Family Volutidae Cymbiola aulica (Sowerby, 1825) 5, 18, 22, 27, 28 Cymbiola rutila (Broderip, 1826) 11–13 Cymbiola vespertilio (Linnaeus, 1758) 9 Family Olividae Oliva annulata (Gmelin, 1791) 1, 2, 6, 7, 9, 10, 12, 16, 20–22, 25–27, 29, 30 Oliva carneola (Gmelin, 1791) 4–6, 8, 12–14, 21 Oliva miniacea Röding, 1798 29 Oliva oliva Linnaeus, 1758 26 Oliva parkinsoni Prior, 1975 28 Oliva tessellata Lamarck, 1811 10, 13, 18, 20, 21 Olivella sp. 2–4 Family Mitridae Cancilla filaris (Linnaeus, 1771) 88 5, 22 Imbricaria conovula (Quoy & Gaimard, 1833) 20 Imbricaria conularis (Lamarck, 1811) 10 Imbricaria olivaeformis (Swainson, 1821) 7, 12, 16, 24–25 Imbricaria punctata (Swainson, 1821) 8–10, 16 Imbricaria vanikorensis (Quoy & Gaimard, 1833) 18 Mitra avenacea Reeve, 1845 5 Mitra coarctata Reeve, 1844 12 Mitra contracta Swainson, 1820 3, 7, 8, 12, 14, 21, 22 Mitra cucumerina Lamarck, 1811 6, 10 Mitra fraga (Quoy & Gaimard, 1833) 26 Mitra luctuosa A. Adams, 1853 30 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Rapid Assessment Program Appendix 4 Species Site Records Mitra rubritincta Reeve, 1844 19, 23 Mitra ustulata Reeve, 1844 19 Neocancilla clathrus (Gmelin, 1791) 12, 25, 27, 28 Pterygia fenestrata (Lamarck, 1811) 11 Pterygia scabricula (Linnaeus, 1758) 30 Family Costellariidae Vexillum aureolineatum Turner, 1988 12, 20 Vexillum cadaverosum (Reeve, 1844) 12, 13, 25 Vexillum consanguineum (Reeve, 1845) 10, 16, 18 Vexillum coronatum (Helbling, 1779) 12, 17 Vexillum costatum (Gmelin, 1791) 18 Vexillum deshayesii (Reeve, 1844) 13 Vexillum dennisoni (Reeve, 1844) 12 Vexillum discolorium (Reeve, 1845) 20 Vexillum echinatum (A. Adams, 1853) 13 Vexillum exasperatum (Gmelin, 1791) 4, 12, 13, 20 Vexillum granosum (Gmelin, 1791) 8, 18 Vexillum lucidum (Reeve, 1845) 20 Vexillum leucodesmium (Reeve, 1845) 15, 20 Vexillum militaris (Reeve, 1845) 26 Vexillum pacificum (Reeve, 1845) 12, 15 Vexillum plicarium (Linnaeus, 1758) 20 Vexillum polygonum (Gmelin, 1791) 13 Vexillum cf rubrum (Broderip, 1836) 18 Vexillum sanguisugum (Linnaeus, 1758) 5, 6, 10, 13 Vexillum semifasciatum (Lamarck, 1811) 13 Vexillum stainforthi (Reeve, 1841) 9, 13 Vexillum tankervillei (Melvill, 1888) 26 Vexillum turrigerum (Reeve, 1845) 20 Vexillum unifasciatus (Wood, 1828) 21 Zierliana anthricina (Reeve, 1844) 5 Family Turridae Clavus canalicularis (Röding, 1798) 25, 31 Clavus flammulatus (Montfort, 1810) 8 Clavus unizonalis (Lamarck, 1822) 10, 26 Clavus viduus Reeve, 1845 18 Eucithara reticulata (Reeve, 1846) 11 Gemmula sp. 22 Lophiotoma acuta (Perry, 1811) 8 Lophiotoma albina (Lamarck, 1822) 11, 12 Splendrillia sp. 31 Turridrupa cerithina (Anton, 1839) 28 Turris babylonia (Linnaeus, 1758) 12 Xenoturris cingulifera (Lamarck, 1822) 10, 12, 28 RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty July 2002 89 Appendix 4 Species Site Records Family Terebridae Duplicaria raphanula (Lamarck, 1822) 26 Hastula albida (Gray, 1834) 13 Hastula lanceata (Linnaeus, 1767) 12, 16, 28 Terebra affinis Gray, 1834 6, 7, 9, 10, 12, 13, 16, 20, 25, 28, 20 Terebra anilis Röding, 1798 13 Terebra argus Hinds, 1844 30 Terebra babylonia Lamarck, 1822 10, 22, 23 Terebra columellaris Hinds, 1844 16 Terebra crenulata (Linnaeus, 1758) 15, 25, 30 Terebra cumingi Deshayes, 1857 3, 8, 27, 28 Terebra felina (Dillwyn, 1817) 1-, 15, 25, 27, 28 Terebra funiculata Hinds, 1844 30 Terebra maculata (Linnaeus, 1758) 7–10, 13, 15, 16, 25 Terebra punctostriata Gray, 1834 18 Terebra quoygaimardi Cernohorsky & Bratcher, 1976 11 Terebra succincta (Gmelin, 1791) 13 Family Conidae 90 Conus arenatus Hwass in Bruguière, 1792 1–4, 10, 12–14, 16, 20–23, 25, 26, 29 Conus aurisiacus Linnaeus, 1758 14 Conus boeticus Reeve, 1844 8, 24, 26 Conus capitaneus Linnaeus, 1758 2, 23, 26, 27, 29 Conus catus Hwass in Bruguière, 1792 20 Conus circumactus Iredale, 1929 11 Conus circumcisus Born, 1778 9, 14, 15, 19 Conus coffeae Gmelin, 1791 9 Conus cf. comatosa Pilsbry, 1904 7 Conus coronatus (Gmelin, 1791) 26, 28 Conus distans Hwass in Bruguière, 1792 6, 26, 27 Conus emaciatus Reeve, 1849 8, 9, 14, 15 Conus flavidus Lamarck, 1810 3, 16, 23, 26, 27 Conus generalis Linnaeus, 1767 12 Conus geographus Linnaeus, 1758 9, 14, 19, 25 Conus glans Hwass in Bruguière, 1792 7, 25 Conus imperialis Linnaeus, 1758 9, 15, 23, 27 Conus litteratus Linnaeus, 1758 9, 12, 25, 28, 29 Conus lividus Hwass in Bruguière, 1792 22 Conus marmoreus Linnaeus, 1758 6, 8, 10, 15, 16, 18–21, 23, 25 Conus miles Linnaeus, 1758 1, 9, 13–16, 19, 21, 23, 25–28 Conus miliaris Hwass in Bruguière, 1792 15, 16, 26, 27 Conus monachus Linnaeus, 1758 8 Conus musicus Hwass in Bruguière, 1792 5–10, 12, 13, 15, 16, 18–20, 22–27, 30 Conus mustelinus Hwass in Bruguière, 1792 4, 6, 7, 11, 12, 14–19, 21, 23, 29–31 Conus nussatella Linnaeus, 1758 17, 24, 25 Conus parius Reeve, 1844 18 Conus pertusus Hwass in Bruguière, 1792 v 26 Conus planorbis Born, 1778 3, 9, 18, 20, 21 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Rapid Assessment Program Appendix 4 Species Site Records Conus pulicarius Hwass in Bruguière, 1792 5 Conus radiatus Gmelin, 1791 10 Conus rattus Hwass in Bruguière, 1792 15, 17, 21 Conus sanguinolentus Quoy & Gaimard, 1834 26, 27 Conus spectrum Linnaeus, 1758 25 Conus sponsalis Hwass in Bruguière, 1792 12, 15, 16, 23, 25–28 Conus stercmuscarum Linnaeus, 1758 6, 15 Conus cf. striatellus Link, 1807 8 Conus striatus Linnaeus, 1758 29, 30 Conus tessellatus Born, 1778 30 Conus textile Linnaeus, 1758 15, 27 Conus varius Linnaeus, 1758 16 Conus vexillum Gmelin, 1791 9, 15, 16 Conus viola Cernohorsky, 1977 25 Conus virgo Linnaeus, 1758 15 Conus sp. 13 Family Architectonicidae Philippia radiata (Röding, 1798) 12 Family Pyramidellidae Pyramidella sp. 14 Family Acteonidae Acteon virgatus (Reeve, 1842) 12 Family Hydatinidae Hydatina physis (Linnaeus, 1758) 6 Family Haminoeidae Atys cylindricus (Helbling, 1779) 1, 3, 5, 6, 8, 12, 13, 18 Atys naucum (Linnaeus, 1758) 1, 3–5, 13, 18, 22, 31 Family Bullidae Bulla vernicosa Gould, 1859 13 Family Plakobranchidae Plakobranchus ocellatus van Hasselt, 1824 3–5, 11, 21, 22, 29 Family Elysiidae Elysia sp. 4 Elysia ratna Marcus, 1965 2, 3 Thurdilla sp. 13 Family Aplysiidae Dolabella sp. RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty 23 July 2002 91 Appendix 4 Species Site Records Family Dorididae Ardedoris egretta Rudman, 1984 8 Discodoris boholensis Bergh, 1877 29 Family Chromodorididae Chromodoris bullocki Collingwood, 1857 20, 22 Chromodoris elisabethina Bergh, 1877 1 Chromodoris lochi Rudman, 1982 3 Chromodoris sp. 15 Family Phyllidiidae Phyllidia coelestis Bergh, 1905 1, 5, 6, 23 Phyllidia elegans Bergh, 1869 1, 10, 24 Phyllidia aff. nobilis Bergh, 1869 20 Phyllidia pustulosa (Cuvier, 1804) 1, 3, 4, 6, 9, 11, 14, 15, 18, 23–25, 27, 28 Phyllidia varicosa Lamarck, 1801 11, 12, 23 Phyllidia sp. 1 10 Phyllidia sp. 2 6 Family Glaucidae Pteraeolidia ianthina (Angas, 1864) 13 Family Ellobiidae Cassidula nucleus (Gmelin, 1791) 20, 23, 26 Ellobium sp. 20 Ellobium aurisjudae Linnaeus, 1758 7 Family Siphonariidae Siphonaria javanica (Lamarck, 1819) 8 Siphonaria sirius Pilsbry, 1894 3 Family Onchidiidae Onchidium sp. 29 Class Bivalvia Family Mytilidae 92 Lithophaga sp. 1 3, 5, 8, 19, 23–26 Lithophaga sp. 2 16 Modiolus philippinarum Hanley, 1843 18–20, 23, 26, 27, 29 Modiolus sp. 3, 8 Septifer bilocularis (Linnaeus, 1758) 11, 18, 20, 26 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Rapid Assessment Program Appendix 4 Species Site Records Family Arcidae Anadara maculosa (Reeve, 1844) 3, 11, 20, 22, 25 Barbatia amygdalumtotsum (Röding, 1798) 1–11, 16, 18, 21, 25, 30, 31 Barbatia foliata Forsskål, 1775 3, 6, 13, 14, 16, 18, 24–27, 29 Barbatia ventricosa (Lamarck, 1819) 3–7, 9–11, 15, 17, 19–27, 31 Trisidos semitorta (Lamarck, 1819) 11 Trisidos tortuosa (Linnaeus, 1758) 11 Arcid sp. 18, 20 Family Glycymerididae Tucetona amboiensis (Gmelin, 1791) 2, 3, 5, 9, 23, 28, 30, 31 Family Pteriidae Pinctada margaritifera (Linnaeus, 1758) 3, 9, 13, 25, 26, 29 Pteria pengiun (Röding, 1798) 3, 4, 6, 13, 18, 23 Family Malleidae Malleus anatina (Gmelin, 1791) 3 Malleus malleus (Linnaeus, 1758) 27, 31 Vulsella vulsella (Linnaeus, 1758) 6 Family Isognomonidae Isognomon sp. 2 Family Pinnidae Atrina vexillum (Born, 1778) 5 Pinna bicolor (Gmelin, 1791) 22, 26 Streptopinna saccata (Linnaeus, 1758) 1, 2, 12, 16, 24–26, 28–30 Family Limidae Ctenoides annulata (Lamarck, 1819) 2, 3, 6, 8 Lima cf. basilanica (A. Adams & Reeve, 1850) 11 Lima fragilis (Gmelin, 1791) 7, 9, 14, 15, 18, 19, 26, 27 Lima lima (Link, 1807) 2–5, 7, 9–12, 15, 16, 18, 22, 23, 28–31 Lima orientalis (Adams & Reeve, 1850) 16, 25 Lima sp. 14 Family Ostreidae Alecryonella plicatula (Gmelin, 1791) 1, 4, 5, 7, 9–11, 16, 17, 19, 21, 22 Hyotissa hyotis (Linnaeus, 1758) 2, 19, 26, 27 Lopha cristagalli (Linnaeus, 1758) 7, 16, 19, 22, 23, 27 Lopha sp. 2, 7, 16, 27, 29–31 Saccostrea cf cucullata (Born, 1778) 3, 8, 27, 29 Saccostrea echinata (Quoy & Gaimard, 1835) 3 Saccostrea sp. 1 4, 5, 9 Saccostrea sp. 2 1, 20, 24–26, 28, 30 RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty July 2002 93 Appendix 4 Species Site Records Family Pectinidae Chlamys corsucans (Hinds, 1845) 15 Chlamys lentiginosa (Reeve, 1865) 1, 4, 16, 18 Chlamys mollita (Reeve, 1853 ) 14, 17 Chlamys rastellum (Lamarck, 1819) 20 Chlamys squamata (Gmelin, 1791) 9 Chlamys squamosa (Gmelin, 1791) 2, 4, 16, 18, 19, 21, 22, 26, 28, 30, 31 Chlamys sp. 14 Comptopallium radula (Linnaeus, 1758) 2, 6, 11, 16, 18, 21, 22, 26, 29, 30 Gloripallium pallium (Linnaeus, 1758) 2, 4, 9, 10, 12 Laevichlamys limatula Reeve, 1853 14 Mirapecten rastellum (Lamarck, 1819) 9, 18 Pedum spondyloidaeum (Gmelin, 1791) 1–7, 9–12, 15, 17–19, 21–25 Semipallium luculentum (Reeve, 1853) 10, 22, 31 Semipallium tigris (Lamarck, 1819) 6, 7, 9, 14, 19, 21, 25, 26, 28–31 Family Spondylidae Spondylus candidus (Lamarck, 1819) 2, 5, 7, 9, 10 Spondylus multimuricatus Reeve, 1856 9 Spondylus sanguineus Dunker, 1852 1, 5, 7, 12, 16, 18, 19, 21, 22, 24, 26, 31 Spondylus sinensis Schreibers, 1793 6, 23, 25 Spondylus squamosus Schreibers, 1793 1–3, 11 Spondylus varians Sowerby, 1829 21, 23 Family Chamidae Chama brassica Reeve, 1846 7 Chama lazarus Linnaeus, 1758 4 Chama limbula (Lamarck, 1819) 6 Chama savigni Lamy, 1921 1, 22 Chama sp. 6, 24, 26, 27, 29, 31 Family Lucinidae Anodontia edentula (Linnaeus, 1758) 13 Anodontia pila (Reeve, 1850) 3–5 Family Fimbriidae Codakia tigerina (Linnaeus, 1758) 1, 5, 18, 25, 29, 30 Fimbria fimbriata (Linnaeus, 1758) 5, 6, 8, 18, 22, 25, 29 Family Galeommatidae Scintilla sp. 15 Family Carditidae 94 Beguina semiorbiculata (Linnaeus, 1758) 3, 7, 16, 17–19, 21–23, 31 Cardita variegata Bruguière, 1792 3–5, 7, 8, 16–19 Megacardita aff incrassata (Sowerby, 1825) 2, 10, 21, 24–26, 28, 31 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Rapid Assessment Program Appendix 4 Species Site Records Family Cardiidae Acrosterigma cygnorum (Deshayes, 1855) 4 Acrosterigma aff. dupuchense (Reeve, 1845) 11, 18, 23 Acrosterigma elongata (Bruguière, 1789) 4 Acrosterigma luteomarginata (Voskuil & Onverwagt, 1991) 9 Acrosterigma reeveanum (Dunker, 1852) 11 Acrosterigma unicolor (Sowerby, 1834) 11, 21, 31 Acrosterigma sp. 8, 18, 21, 23, 25–28, 30, 31 Corculum cardissa (Linnaeus, 1758) 1 Fragum fragum (Linnaeus, 1758) 3, 5, 6, 8, 10, 18, 25 Fragum hemicardium (Linnaeus, 1758) 5 Fragum unedo (Linnaeus, 1758) 8, 18, 19, 21, 22, 29, 31 Fulvia aperta (Bruguière, 1789) 2, 6 Trachycardium alternatum (Sowerby, 1841) 2, 31 Trachycardium elongatum (Bruguière, 1789) 1, 11 Trachycardium enode (Sowerby, 1841) 3, 5, 9–15, 19, 20, 22, 23, 25–27, 29–31 Trachycardium orbita (Sowerby, 1833) 14, 15 Vepricardium multispinosum (Sowerby, 1841) 31 Family Tridacnidae Hippopus hippopus (Linnaeus, 1758) 2, 4, 5, 11, 12, 18, 20, 22–25, 29 Hippopus porcellanus Rosewater, 1982 2–4, 14, 17, 18, 22, 23 Tridacnea crocea Lamarck, 1819 2–6, 8–11, 14–16, 18, 19, 21–24, 27–30 Tridacna gigas (Linnaeus, 1758) 2, 17 Tridacna maxima (Röding, 1798) 1 Tridacna squamosa Lamarck, 1819 1–4, 6–26, 29–31 Family Mactridae Mactra sp. 11, 18, 20, 21 Family Solenidae Solen lamarckii Deshayes, 1839 11, 31 Family Tellinidae Strigilla tomlini Smith, 1915 12 Tellina exculta Gould, 1850 8, 18 Tellina gargadia Linnaeus, 1758 2, 6, 7, 12, 15, 16, 18 Tellina linguafelis Linnaeus, 1758 11, 12, 19 Tellina ovalis Sowerby, 1825 12 Tellina palatum (Iredale, 1929) 2–5 Tellina pretium Salisbury, 1934 12 Tellina rastellum Hanley, 1844 10, 16 Tellina rostrata Linnaeus, 1758 31 Tellina scobinata Linnaeus, 1758 2, 14, 18, 20, 22–25 Tellina staurella Lamarck, 1818 29 RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty July 2002 95 Appendix 4 Species Site Records Family Semelidae Semele casta A. Adams, 1853 11, 22, 23 Semele duplicata (Sowerby, 1833) 26 Semele jukesii (Reeve, 1853) 15, 21 Semele lamellosa (Sowerby, 1830) 2 Family Psammobiidae Gari amethystus (Wood, 1815) 25, 26 Gari maculosa (Lamarck, 1818) 6 Gari occidens (Gmelin, 1791) 6 Gari pulcherrimus (Deshayes, 1855) 3 Gari squamosa (Lamarck, 1818) 18 Family Donacidae Donax sp. 12, 25 Family Trapeziidae Trapezium bicarinatum (Schumacher, 1817) 2 Trapezium obesa (Reeve, 1843) 22, 31 Family Veneridae 96 Antigona clathrata (Deshayes, 1854) 16 Antigona chemnitzii (Hanley, 1844) 15 Antigona cf. corbis (Lamarck, 1818) 23 Antigona purpurea (Linnaeus, 1771) 2, 6 Antigona restriculata (Sowerby, 1853) 7, 9, 16, 21, 28 Antigona reticulata (Linnaeus, 1758) 3 Callista lilacina (Lamarck, 1818) 12 Callista sp. 12, 13 Dosinia amphidesmoides (Reeve, 1850) 26 Dosinia incisa (Reeve, 1850) 1 Dosinia juvenilis (Gmelin, 1791) 3, 4, 26 Dosinia sp. 12, 16, 25 Gafrarium tumidum Röding, 1798 2, 20 Globivenus toreuma (Gould, 1850) 1, 5, 7, 11, 14–17, 23, 25, 26, 28, 30 Lioconcha annettae Lamprell & Whitehead, 1990 3, 6, 15, 18, 30 Lioconcha castrensis (Linnaeus, 1758) 3, 4, 6, 7, 9, 10, 12, 16, 18, 20–23, 25, 31 Lioconcha fastigiata (Sowerby, 1851) 31 Lioconcha sp. 21 Lioconcha ornata (Dillwyn, 1817) 1, 11, 18, 31 Lioconcha polita (Röding, 1798) 8, 12 Paphia gallus (Gmelin, 1791) 11 Pitar affinis (Gmelin, 1791) 23 Pitar prora (Conrad, 1837) 3, 4 Placamen calophylla (Philippi, 1836) 11 Placamen tiara (Dillwyn, 1817) 10 Tapes sulcarius Lamarck, 1818 22, 26, 27, 29, 30 Timoclea marica (Linnaeus, 1758) 4, 18, 31 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Rapid Assessment Program Appendix 4 Species Site Records Family Corbulidae Corbula cf taheitensis Lamarck, 1818 12, 16, 30 Family Teredinidae Teredinid sp. 12, 13 Class Cephalopoda Family Sepiidae Sepia sp. 25, 29 Family Octopodidae Octopus sp. 10 Class Scaphopoda Family Dentaliidae Dentalium crocinum (Dall, 1907) 5, 11–13, 18 Dentalium elephantinum Linnaeus, 1758 3, 4 RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty July 2002 97 Appendix 5 Reef fishes recorded during the RAP survey of the Togean and Banggai Islands, Sulawesi, Indonesia T he phylogenetic sequence of the families appearing in this list follows Eschmeyer (Catalog of Fishes, California Academy of Sciences, 1998) with slight modification (e.g., placement of Cirrhitidae). Genera and species are arranged alphabetically within each family. Terms relating to relative abundance are as follows: Abundant—common at most sites in a variety of habitats with up to several hundred individuals being routinely observed on each dive. 98 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Common—seen at the majority of sites in numbers that are relatively high in relation to other members of a particular family, especially if a large family is involved. Moderately common—not necessarily seen on most dives, but may be relatively common when the correct habitat conditions are encountered. Occasional—infrequently sighted and usually in small numbers, but may be relatively common in a very limited habitat. Rare—less than 10, often only one or two individuals seen on all dives. Rapid Assessment Program RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty Species Site Records Abundance Depth (m) Ginglymostomatidae Nebrius ferrugineus (Lesson, 1830) 45 Rare, a single individual sighted. 1–70 19 Rare, a single individual sighted. 0–10 27, 37, 40, 42 Rare, only four sighted. 2–50 25, 27–29, 31, 32, 35, 37–39, 42, 43, 46 Occasional. 2–30 Carcharhinidae Carcharhinus melanopterus (Quoy & Gaimard, 1824) Dasyatididae Dasyatis kuhlii (Müller & Henle, 1841) Taeniura lymma (Forsskål, 1775) Chlopsidae Kaupichthys brachychirus Shultz, 1953 43 Collected with rotenone at one site. 3–25 13, 15 Several specimens collected with rotenone. 5–25 Echidna nebulosa (T hunberg, 1789) 34 A single individual observed. 1–10 Gymnothorax fimbriatus (Bennett, 1831) 40 A single individual observed. 0–30 37, 38 Rare, only two seen. 1–150 0.5–50 K. hypoproroides (Stromann, 1896) Muraenidae G. flavimarginatus (Rüppell, 1828) G. javanicus (Bleeker, 1865) 1, 12, 13, 16, 24 Rare, only five seen. G. melatremus Schultz, 1953 13, 15, 42 Several specimens collected with rotenone. 5–30 G. sp. 1 13 One specimen collected with rotenone. 10–20 G. sp. 2 37 One specimen collected with rotenone 10–25 G. zonipectus Seale, 1906 14, 43 Two specimens collected with rotenone. 8–45 Rhinomuraena quaesita Garman, 1888 20,46 Rare, only two seen. 1–50 13 One specimen collected with rotenone. 0–20 13, 15 Several specimens collected with rotenone. 3–55 Uropterygius concolor Rüppell, 1838 U. kamar McCosker & Randall, 1977 Ophichthidae Callechelyn marmoratus (Bleeker, 1852) 31 Rare, but difficult to detect. 1–15 Muraenichthys macropterus Bleeker, 1857 21 Two specimens collected with rotenone. 0–15 Appendix 5 July 2002 99 100 Site Records Abundance Depth (m) Congridae Gorgasia sp. 1, 7, 10, 13 Locally common, occurring in colonies with 27, 28, 30, 32, 40 Locally common, occurring in colonies with 15–35 several hundred individuals. Heteroconger haasi (Klausewitz and Eibesfeldt, 1959) 3–45 several hundred individuals. Clupeidae Spratelloides gracilis (Temminck & Schlegel, 1846) 2–4, 8 Schools occasionally encountered. 0–4 38 Rare, one aggregation of about 50 small juveniles seen. 1–20 45 One specimen collected with rotenone. 1–130 Synodus dermatogenys Fowler, 1912 12, 25, 27, 28, 31, 32, 34, 37, 40, 41, 43 Occasional. 1–25 S. jaculum Russell & Cressy, 1979 16, 26, 27, 39, 47 Rare. 2–85 2–4, 10, 20, 25, 31, 32, 35, 37–39, 41, 44, 45 Occasional. 5–50 37 A single specimen collected with rotenone. 5–150 13 Two specimens taken from a pearl–oyster shell. 5–30 13, 21, 34 Several specimens collected with rotenone. 10–25 15 Two specimens collected with rotenone. 10–25 43 A single small juvenile collected with rotenone. 0–130 3, 4, 8, 16, 35 Occasional schools sighted. 0–3 Plotosidae Plotosus lineatus (T hunberg, 1787) Synodontidae Saurida gracilis (Quoy and Gaimard, 1824) S. variegatus (Lacepède, 1803) Ophidiidae Brotula multibarbata (Temminck & Schlegel, 1846) Carapidae Onuxodon margaritiferae (Rendahl, 1921) Bythitidae Ogilbia sp. 1 O. sp. 2 Rapid Assessment Program Antennariidae Antennarius rosaceus Smith and Radcliffe, 1912 Atherinidae Atherinomorus lacunosus (Forster, 1801) Appendix 5 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Species RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty Species Site Records Abundance Depth (m) Belonidae Tylosurus crocodilus (Lesuer, 1821) 6, 9, 13, 21, 24, 25, 30, 34, 37, 40 Occasional. surface waters 34, 37, 44 Occasional. surface waters 8, 34 Two separate aggregations seen. 0–2 4 Rare, but habitat (mangroves) not adequately sampled. 0–2 3–30 Hemiramphidae Hemirhamphus far (Forsskål, 1775) Hyporhamphus dussumieri (Valenciennes, 1846) Zenarchopterus gilli Smith, 1945 Holocentridae Myripristis adusta Bleeker, 1853 M. berndti Jordan & Evermann, 1902 M. hexagona (Lacepède, 1802) 9, 10, 25, 45 Rare, about 6–7 individuals seen. 7, 9, 10, 12, 14–16, 24–28, 33, 34, 37, 41, 45–47 Common. 8–55 2, 5, 20, 29 Occasional, but locally common at site 20. 10–40 M. kuntee Valenciennes, 1831 10, 12, 15, 26, 29, 33, 39, 45 Occasional. 5–30 M. murdjan (Forsskål, 1775) 13, 16, 27, 28, 30, 31, 32, 34 Occasional. 3–40 M. pralinia Cuvier, 1829 9, 12, 13, 15, 17, 24 Occasional, also collected with rotenone at one site. 3–30 M. violacea Bleeker, 1851 4, 8–11, 13–25, 29, 32, 33, 35, 42, 45–47 Common. 3–30 7, 9, 10, 12–16, 24, 47 Common on steep drop–offs. 12–80 17–20 Rare, about five seen. 3–30 25 Rare, only one seen. 3–30 7, 12–15, 17–20, 25–28, 30, 34, 36 Occasional. 2–50 M. vittata Valenciennes, 1831 Neoniphon argenteus (Valenciennes, 1831) N. opercularis (Valenciennes, 1831) N. sammara (Forsskål, 1775) Sargocentron caudimaculatum (Rüppell, 1835) S. diadema (Lacepède, 1802) S. rubrum (Forsskål, 1775) S. spiniferum (Forsskål, 1775) S. tiere (Cuvier, 1829) S. violaceus (Bleeker, 1853) 7, 10, 12–17, 25–28, 30, 33, 34, 36–42, 45–47 Common. 6–45 39 Rare, only one seen at depth of 15 m. 2–30 18–20 Rare. 8, 13, 14, 33–35, 41, 42 Occasional. 5–122 42 One specimen collected with rotenone. 5–30 7, 24, 37, 45 Rare, only four seen. 3–30 18 Rare, one pair seen. 3–12 1, 3, 5, 10, 13, 14, 25–27, 33, 34, 40, 44–46 Occasional. 2–122 1, 7, 12, 13, 21, 24, 31, 32, 37, 39, 46, 47 Occasional. 2–128 Pegasidae Eurypegasus draconis (Linnaeus, 1766) Aulostomidae Aulostomus chinensis (Linnaeus, 1766) Fistulariidae Appendix 5 July 2002 Fistularia commersoni Rüppell, 1835 101 102 Site Records Abundance Depth (m) Centriscidae Aeoliscus strigatus (Günther, 1860) 29 Rare, several individuals seen. 1–30 Normally common throughout most of Indonesia. Syngnathidae Corythoichthys flavofasciatus (Rüppell, 1838) 3, 8, 18, 22, 31, 43 Occasional. 2–15 C. intestinalis (Ramsay, 1881) 4 Rare, one pair seen. 1–25 C. schultzi Herald, 1953 34 Rare, one seen. Doryrhamphus dactyliophorus (Bleeker, 1853) 15, 19, 31, 33, 40, 41 Occasional. 1–56 D. pessuliferus (Fowler, 1938) 40 Rare, only one seen. 5–30 Hippocampus kuda Bleeker, 1852 18 Rare, only one seen in weedy area. 1–10 36 Rare, only one seen. 3–25 Scorpaenidae Dendrochirus zebra (Cuvier, 1829) Pterois antennata (Bloch, 1787) P. volitans (Linnaeus, 1758) 2, 8, 13, 16, 36, 38, 41, 43 Occasional. 1–50 1, 3, 20, 27, 37, 38, 41, 42, 45, 46 Occasional. 2–50 Scorpaenodes albaiensis Evermann & Seale, 1907 13 One specimen collected with rotenone. 8–40 S. kelloggi (Jenkins, 1903) 43 A single specimen collected with rotenone. 1–25 S. parvipinnis (Garrett, 1863) 45 A single specimen collected with rotenone. 2–50 S. varipinnis Smith, 1957 13, 15 Two specimens collected with rotenone. 1–40 Scorpaenopsis oxycephala (Bleeker, 1849) 33, 43 Rare, only two seen, but very difficult to detect. 2–15 Sebastapistes cyanostigma (Bleeker, 1856) 38 Rarely seen, but a cryptic species that is seldom noticed. 2–15 29 Rare, three individuals seen together. 0–15 Tetrarogidae Ablabys macracanthus (Bleeker, 1852) Synanceiidae Inimicus didactylus (Pallas, 1769) 43 Rare, only one seen, but difficult to detect due to excellent camouflage coloration. 1–40 Rapid Assessment Program Platycephalidae Cymbacephalus beauforti Knapp, 1973 20, 41 Rare, only two seen. 2–12 Thysanophrys arenicola Schultz, 1966 43 One specimen collected with rotenone. 1–80 T. chiltoni Schultz, 1966 37 One specimen collected with rotenone. 1–80 Appendix 5 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Species RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty Species Site Records Abundance Depth (m) Serranidae Aethaloperca rogaa (Forsskål, 1775) Anyperodon leucogrammicus (Valenciennes, 1828) 12, 14, 15, 20, 27, 28, 33, 38, 40 Occasional. 1–55 10, 12–14, 19, 23, 24, 26, 38, 40, 47 Occasional. 5–50 Belonoperca chabanaudi Fowler and Bean, 1930 Cephalopholis argus Bloch & Schneider, 1801 2, 3, 5, 11, 18, 19, 22, 23, 26, 42 Occasional. 1–45 C. boenack (Bloch, 1790) 2, 3, 5, 11, 18, 19, 22, 23, 26, 42 Occasional. 1–20 C. cyanostigma (Kuhl & Van Hasselt, 1828) C. leopardus (Lacepède, 1802) 4–7, 10, 12–14, 17, 19, 20, 25–27, 30, 33, 38, 39, 43 Occasional. 2–35 1, 6, 7, 9, 12–14, 16, 17, 20, 21, 24, 25, 29, 37, 38 Occasional. 2–35 C. microprion (Bleeker, 1852) C. miniata (Forsskål, 1775) 4–6, 8, 10, 17, 19, 20, 22, 23, 29–31, 41, 43, 44 Occasional. 2–20 12, 14, 16, 19, 20, 24, 25, 27, 33, 36, 37, 40, 42, 47 Occasional, except common at site 47. 3–150 25–120 C. polleni (Bleeker, 1868) C. sexmaculata Rüppell, 1828 C. sonnerati (Valenciennes, 1828) C. spiloparaea (Valenciennes, 1828) C. urodeta (Schneider, 1801) Cromileptes altivelis (Valenciennes, 1828) 9, 12, 15, 16, 25, 47 Occasional, below 30 m depth on steep drop–offs. 9, 12–16, 19, 21, 24, 25, 47 Occasional under ledges on steep drop–offs; relatively common at site 47. 6–140 38 Rare, one seen at 30 m depth. 10–100 10, 12, 13, 15, 16, 24, 25, 47 Occasional on steep drop–offs below 25 m depth. 16–108 6, 7, 12–14, 25, 27, 28, 33, 34, 36–40, 42, 46, 47 Occasional. 1–36 2–40 25–31 Rare, a large adult (20 m) and one juvenile seen. 2–6, 24, 32, 33, 36, 41, 44 Occasional. 2–25 Epinephelus caruleopunctatus (Bloch, 1790) 1 Rare, one adult seen. 5–25 E. corallicola (Kuhl & Van Hasselt, 1828) 3 Rare, one adult seen. 3–15 12, 26–28, 33, 37, 42 Occasional. 4–160 37, 38, 41 Rare, only three seen. 3–10 23 Rare, only one seen. 5–20 E. merra Bloch, 1793 6, 18, 25, 26, 29, 30, 33, 34, 37–39, 41 Occasional. 1–15 E. ongus (Bloch, 1790) 5–25 Diploprion bifasciatum Cuvier, 1828 E. fasciatus (Forsskål, 1775) E. hexagonatus (Bloch & Schneider, 1801) E. macrospilos (Bleeker, 1855) 29, 32, 37 Rare, only three seen. E. polyphekadion (Bleeker, 1849) 38, 43 Rare, two adults seen. 2–45 Gracila albimarginata (Fowler & Bean, 1930) 1, 25 Rare, about four individuals seen. 6–120 Grammistes sexlineatus (T hunberg, 1792) 36 Rare, only one seen. 3–30 Grammistinae sp. 14 Single juvenile collected with rotenone. 15–30 Liopropoma multilineatum Randall & Taylor, 1988 12 One specimen collected with rotenone. 11–50 Luzonichthys waitei (Fowler, 1931) Plectropomus leopardus (Lacepède, 1802) P. maculatus (Bloch, 1790) P. oligocanthus (Bleeker, 1854) Occasional, but locally abundant; usually found on steep drop–offs. 10–55 Occasional. 3–100 1, 14, 20, 27, 38, 40 Occasional. 10–40 20, 21, 24, 25, 45 Occasional. 4–40 46 Rare, an adult seen in 25 m depth. 20–150 Appendix 5 July 2002 Pogonoperca punctata (Valenciennes, 1830) 7, 13, 24, 27 10, 13, 16, 43, 44 103 104 Pseudanthias cooperi (Regan, 1902) P. dispar (Herre, 1955) P. huchtii (Bleeker, 1857) P. hypselosoma Bleeker, 1878 P. lori (Randall & Lubbock, 1981) P. pleurotaenia (Bleeker, 1857) P. randalli (Lubbock and Allen, 1978) P. smithvanizi (Randall and Lubbock, 1981) P. squamipinnis (Peters, 1855) P. tuka (Herre & Montalban, 1927) Pseudogramma polyacantha (Bleeker, 1856) Variola albimarginata Baissac, 1953 V. Louti (Forsskål, 1775) Site Records Abundance Depth (m) 38 Rare, one small aggregation seen in 30 m depth. 15–60 30, 47 Generally rare, but abundant at Site 47. 3–20 7, 9, 10, 12–17, 21, 24–27, 30–34, 39–42, 45 T he most common Pseudanthias at both Togean and Banggai Islands. 4–20 1, 14, 20, 27, 38, 40 Occasional. 10–40 47 Generally rare excepth common at one site. 20–70 7, 14, 16, 25, 27, 47 Occasional. 15–180 12, 15, 25 Occasional, under ledges on steep drop–offs. 20–70 47 Generally rare, except common at one site. 6–70 1, 7, 26–28, 31, 33, 36–40, 46, 47 Common. 4–20 1, 5–7, 9, 10, 12–21, 24–27, 29, 30, 42, 45–47 Common. 8–25 13, 37 Two specimens collected with rotenone. 1–15 13, 27, 33, 36, 37, 40, 42 Occasional. 12–90 1, 8, 12, 25, 26, 30, 42 Occasional. 4–150 25, 26 Rare. 1–10 27, 39, 40 Rare. 5–40 Cirrhitidae Amblycirrhitus bimacula (Jenkins, 1903) Cirrhitichthys aprinus (Cuvier, 1829) C. falco Randall, 1963 C. oxycephalus (Bleeker, 1855) Paracirrhites forsteri (Schneider, 1801) 1, 7,10, 12, 14, 16, 20, 24, 25, 32, 36, 42 Occasional. 4–45 13, 14, 37, 38, 42, 46, 47 Occasional. 2–40 1, 2, 7, 8–10, 12–14, 16, 20, 24, 25, 27, 28, 37–39, 46, 47 Moderately common. 1–35 29–42, 44–46 Common at Banggai Islands. 1–25 2, 6, 10, 12, 15–22, 24, 39, 41, 42, 44, 45 Occasional. 5–30 Pseudochromidae Labracinus cyclophthalmus (Müller & Troschel, 1849) Pseudochromis bitaeniatus (Fowler, 1931) P. elongatus Lubbock, 1980 Rapid Assessment Program 13, 15, 19, 21, 25, 45 Occasional, also collected with rotenone. 8–25. P. fuscus (Müller & Troschel, 1849) Jan–47 Common, one of few species seen at every site. 1–30 P. marshallensis (Schultz, 1953) 40–42 Occasional. 2–25 1–3, 6, 6, 10, 12–21, 24–26, 37–39, 41, 42, 46, 47 Common. 6–70 31, 33, 40, 41, 44 Occasional at Banggai Islands. 3–20 1–3, 7, 9–21, 24, 25, 33, 38, 40–42, 44, 45, 47 Common. 10–30 P. paccagnellae Axelrod, 1973 P. perspicillatus Günther, 1862 P. polynema Fowler, 1931 Pseudoplesiops annae (Weber, 1913) 42 Several specimens collected with rotenone. 4–25 15, 43, 45 Several specimens collected with rotenone. 5–35 P. sp. 43 Several specimens collected with rotenone. 5–35 P. typus Bleeker, 1858 37 One specimen collected with rotenone. 3–12 P. knighti Allen, 1987 Appendix 5 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Species RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty Species Site Records Abundance Depth (m) Plesiopidae Acanthoplesiops echinatus Smith–Vaniz & Johnson, 1990 42 One specimen collected with rotenone. 6–34 Calloplesiops altivelis (Steindachner, 1903) 33 Rare, but generally cryptic and difficult to detect. 3–45 Plesiops facicavus Mooi, 1995 42 One specimen collected with rotenone. 1–10 31 Rare. 3–30 Opistognathidae Opistognathus sp. 1 O. sp. 2 37 Rare. 0–10 O. sp. 3 1, 20, 40 Rare. 5–30 O. sp. 4 33 Rare. 10–30 3 Rare, but habitat (brackish waters and mangrove shores) Terapontidae Terapon jarbua (Forsskål, 1775) not adequately sampled. 0–5 9, 28, 39 Rare, only three seen. 5–80 46 Rare, several seen at one site in 25 m depth. 5–30 12, 13, 27, 30, 36, 38, 40 Occasional. 10–30 2–5, 8, 17, 20 Occasional at Togean Islands. 5–20 15, 42 Several collected with rotenone. 0–12 4 Generally rare, but locally common in mangroves at one site. 0–3 A. chrysopomus Bleeker, 1854 31, 32, 35 Generally rare, but locally common at three Banggai Islands sites. 1–18 A. chrysotaenia Bleeker, 1851 26–28, 32, 33, 36–38, 46 Occasional. 1–25 2–5, 15, 17, 18, 21, 22, 26, 29–31, 35, 42, 43, 45 Common. 2–20 A. crassiceps Garman, 1903 13, 15, 43, 47 Several specimens collected with rotenone. 1–25 A. cyanosoma Bleeker, 1853 12, 20, 30, 32, 36–44, 46, 47 Common, particularly at Banggai Islands. 3–22 14, 15, 19, 25, 47 Occasional, among black coral on steep drop–offs. 12–50 9, 15 Rare, but difficult to detect. 10–50 3–25 Priacanthidae Priacanthus hamrur (Forsskål, 1775) Apogonidae Apogon angustatus (Smith & Radcliffe, 1911) A. aureus (Lacepède, 1802) A. bandanensis Bleeker, 1854 A. caudicinctus Randall and Smith, 1988 A. ceramensis Bleeker, 1852 A. compressus (Smith & Radcliffe, 1911) A. dispar Fraser and Randall, 1976 A. evermanni Jordan & Snyder, 1904 A. exostigma Jordan & Starks, 1906 A. fraenatus Valenciennes, 1832 July 2002 A. franssedai Allen, Kuiter, and Randall, 1994 Rare, about five individuals seen Occasional. 3–35 2, 3, 5, 11, 18, 19, 31, 43, 44 Occasional, but locally common. 1–15 6 Rare. 15–40 Appendix 5 A. fragilis Smith, 1961 6, 18, 43 3, 6, 12–14, 20, 23, 27, 38, 40, 41, 44 105 106 Site Records Abundance Depth (m) A. fuscus Quoy & Gaimard, 1824 5, 20, 32, 40, 44 Occasional. 3–15 A. gilberti (Jordan and Seale, 1905) 2, 18, 19, 31, 44 Occasional, but locally common. 3–10 A. hartzfeldi Bleeker, 1852 29, 31, 37 Rare, only four seen. 1–10 11, 18, 31, 32 Occasional, but locally abundant at Sites 31 and 32. 1–25 A. holotaenia Regan, 1905 36 Rare, except common around one coral head at Site 36. 10–30 A. kallopterus Bleeker, 1856 10, 13, 14, 20, 27, 33, 37, 38, 47 Occasional. 3–35 A. hoeveni Bleeker, 1854 A. kiensis Jordan and Snyder, 1801 A. leptacanthus Bleeker, 1856 A. moluccensis Valenciennes, 1832 A. multilineatus Bleeker, 1865 A thermalis Cuvier, 1829 A. timorensis Bleeker, 1873 A. trimaculatus Cuvier, 1828 A. wassinki Bleeker, 1860 Apogonichthys perdix Bleeker, 1854 Rare, a few individuals seen 3–35 31, 37 Generally rare, but a secretive species that is 1–5 10–25 6, 9, 10, 12–17, 19–21, 24–27, 33, 36, 38, 39, 42, 45, 47 Common, but always in small numbers. 2–35 36 One aggregation of about 30 fish seen. 2–30 37, 46 Rare. 0.5–3 3 Rare. 11–55 A. ocellicaudus Allen, Kuiter, and Randall, 1994 A. selas Randall and Hayashi, 1990 1–12 33, 36, 41 Occasional. A. novemfasciatus Cuvier, 1828 A sealei Fowler, 1918 12–30 Occasional, but locally common. difficult to detect during daylight hours. A. notatus (Houttuyn, 1782) A. parvulus (Smith and Radcliffe, 1912) Rare, one individual seen on sand slope in 30 m depth. 2, 3–5, 8, 10, 14, 21, 22, 24, 33 A. neotes Allen, Kuiter, and Randall, 1994 A. nigrofasciatus Schultz, 1953 44 4, 11, 31, 43 31, 32, 39, 41–45 Occasional, but locally common. 4–20 6, 8, 15, 20, 29, 31, 37, 41, 43, 44 Common. 1–15 2, 5, 43 Occasional in sheltered situations 20–35 4, 11 Rare, two aggregations seen. 0–20 37 Collected with rotenone at one site. 0–3 2, 5, 17, 37 Occasional. 2–10 3, 15, 26, 27, 31 Occasional. 2–30 37 Collected with rotenone. 1–65 Archamia fucata (Cantor, 1850) 2–6, 15, 19, 20, 24, 26, 31, 43 Occasional. 3–60 A. zosterophora (Bleeker, 1858) 2, 4, 5, 8, 11, 15, 17–20, 31, 43, 44 Occasional. 2–15 4, 5, 9, 17, 19 Rare, only five seen. 1–25 5, 7, 9, 10, 12, 13, 15, 16, 23, 25, 26, 29, 31, 38, 41, 42, 46, 47 Occasional. 3–15 Cheilodipterus alleni Gon, 1993 C. artus Smith, 1961 C. macrodon Lacepède, 1801 Rapid Assessment Program 1–3, 5, 6, 11, 14, 15, 18, 19, 26, 41, 42, 45 Occasional. 4–30 2–5, 8, 11, 31, 35, 44 Occasional. 2–25 1–6, 8–47 Common, seen at nearly every site. 1–40 14, 43 Several specimens collected with rotenone. 0–15 F. variegata (Valenciennes, 1832) 37 One specimen collected with rotenone. Gymnapogon sp. 17 One specimen collected with rotenone. C. nigrotaeniatus Smith and Radcliffe, 1912 C. quinquelineatus Cuvier, 1828 Fowleria aurita (Valenciennes, 1831) 5–25 Appendix 5 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Species RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty Species Pseudamia gelatinosa Smith, 1955 Pterapogon kauderni Koumans, 1933 Rhabdamia cypselurus Weber, 1909 R. gracilis (Bleeker, 1856) Site Records Abundance Depth (m) 43 One specimen collected with rotenone. 1–40 31, 32, 35, 43, 44 Locally common in sheltered locations of larger islands in the Banggai Group. 1–2 6 Rare, only one aggregation seen 2–15 3, 36, 38, 40, 41, 45 Occasional. 5–20 Siphamia jebbi Allen, 1993 43 Several specimens collected with rotenone. 14–30 S. majimae Matsubara & Iwai, 1958 36 Four specimens collected from Diadema urchin. 5–25 2–5, 11, 17–20, 22, 24, 31, 35, 43, 44 Occasional. 1–8 3, 4, 20, 32 Occasional, but its primary habitat (mangroves) not properly sampled. 0–3 Hoplolatilus starcki Randall & Dooley, 1974 7, 14, 16 Generally rare, but common at Site 16. 20–105 Malacanthus brevirostris Guichenot, 1848 6, 27, 38 Rare. 10–45 6, 25, 27, 36, 40, 42 Occasional. 5–30 41 Generally rare, several seen at one site. 0–20 7, 17, 19, 21, 47 Occasional. 5–30 41 Rare, only one seen. 2–40 15, 16, 24, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 47 Occasional. 5–30 1–5, 7, 9, 10, 12, 17, 19, 21, 22, 24, 25, 37, 43–45, 47 Occasional, the most common carangid seen. 5–200 Sphaeramia nematoptera (Bleeker, 1856) S. orbicularis (Cuvier, 1828) Malacanthidae M. latovittatus (Lacepède, 1798) Carangidae Alepes sp. Carangoides bajad (Forsskål, 1775) C. ferdau (Forsskål, 1775) C. fulvoguttatus (Forsskål, 1775) C.plagiotaenia Bleeker, 1857 Caranx melampygus Cuvier, 1833 1, 5–8, 12–16, 28, 45 Occasional. 1–190 C. papuensis Alleyne and Macleay, 1877 2, 31 Rare, only two seen. 2–30 C. sexfasciatus Quoy & Gaimard, 1825 14 Rare. 3–96 13, 39, 43 Occasional. 5–150 Elegatis bipinnulatus (Quoy & Gaimard, 1825) Gnathanodon speciosus (Forsskål, 1775) Scomberoides lysan (Forsskål, 1775) Selaroides leptolepis (Kuhl & van Hasselt, 1833) 4 Rare, one juvenile seen. 1–30 26, 33 Rare, only two seen. 1–100 31 A large school seen at Site 31 1–15 Lutjanidae Aphareus furca (Lacepède, 1802) Occasional. 6–70 26, 31, 40, 42, 45 Occasional, several large individuals seen at Site 42. 2–100 Lutjanus bengalensis (Bloch, 1790) 1 Rare, one juvenile seen. 10–25 3–5, 9, 10, 17, 19, 21, 23–27, 29, 45 Moderately common. 3–40 1, 5–10, 12–15, 18, 21, 23–30, 33, 34, 37–42, 45, 47 Common. 4–180 L. biguttatus (Valenciennes, 1830) July 2002 L. bohar (Forsskål, 1775) Appendix 5 1, 12–14, 17, 24, 25 Aprion virescens Valenciennes, 1830 107 108 L. boutton (Lacepède, 1802) L. carponotatus (Richardson, 1842) Site Records Abundance Depth (m) 13, 29 Rare, only two seen. 5–25 2–4, 6, 8, 11, 18–20, 22, 23, 41, 43–45 Moderately common. 2–35 L. decussatus (Cuvier, 1828) 1–30, 38, 41, 44–46 Common. 5–30 L. ehrenburgi (Peters, 1869) 4, 18, 20 Rare, a few seen on the edge of mangroves. 1–20 L. fulviflamma (Forsskål, 1775) 3, 4, 25, 26, 28, 40, 46 Occasional. 1–35 L. fulvus (Schneider, 1801) 3, 4, 12–14, 18, 20, 28, 30 Occasional. 2–40 L. gibbus (Forsskål, 1775) 1, 12–15, 18, 24, 26, 28, 30, 37, 44 Occasional. 6–40 10, 12, 14, 15, 17, 20, 25 Occasional. 3–265 27 Rare, one seen in 30 m depth. 10–40 26, 28, 31 Occasional. 4–30 L. kasmira (Forsskål, 1775) L. lunulatus (Park, 1797) L. lutjanus Bloch, 1790 L. monostigma (Cuvier, 1828) L. quinquelineatus (Bloch, 1790) L. rivulatus (Cuvier, 1828) L. rufolineatus (Valenciennes, 1830) L. vitta (Quoy & Gaimard, 1824) Macolor macularis Fowler, 1931 M. niger (Forsskål, 1775) Paracaesio sordidus Abe and Shinohara, 1962 Symphorus nematophorus (Bleeker, 1860) 13, 15, 20, 21, 25, 27, 37, 39, 47 Occasional. 5–60 39 Rare, one seen in 15 m depth. 5–30 2, 10, 12, 13 Rare, four individuals seen. 2–100 3, 14, 26 Occasional aggregations sighted. 12–50 8–40 31 Rare, a few small individuals encountered 1, 3, 5, 6, 8–16, 19, 20, 24–27, 29, 30, 37–39, 42, 45, 47 Common. 3–50 10, 38, 45 Occasional. 3–90 12 Rare, one aggregation encountered on steep drop–off. 30–200 3, 41, 42 Rare, three individuals seen. 5–50 11, 20, 23 Occasional schools encountered 1–30 Caesionidae Caesio caerulaurea Lacepède, 1802 C. cuning (Bloch, 1791) 1–5, 7–11, 15, 16, 18–32, 35, 39, 40, 43, 44, 47 Common. 1–30 C. lunaris Cuvier, 1830 6, 12, 13, 21, 25, 47 Occasional. 1–35 7, 12–14, 27, 33, 39, 40, 42 Occasional. 1–40 15, 20, 29 Rare, but probably inadequately sampled as it mixes C. teres Seale, 1906 Dipterygonotus balteatus (Valenciennes, 1830) Pterocaesio digramma (Bleeker, 1865) P. marri Schultz, 1953 5, 13 with Pterocaesio and is difficult to detect. 1–25 Two schools encountered. 1–25 Rapid Assessment Program 10, 27, 29, 32, 33, 37–39, 45 Occasional. 1–35 5, 6, 9, 15, 17, 19–21, 23, 25, 27, 47 Moderately common. 1–35 P. randalli Carpenter, 1987 9, 12, 14–16, 21, 25, 47 Occasional, except abundant on steep drop–offs at Site 47. 10–40 P. tessellata Carpenter, 1987 25 Rare, one aggregation seen. 1–35 7, 12, 14, 16, 25–28, 30, 33, 38, 47 Moderately common. 1–60 P. pisang (Bleeker, 1853) P. tile (Cuvier, 1830) Appendix 5 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Species RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty Species Site Records Abundance Depth (m) Gerreidae Gerres abbreviatus Bleeker, 1850 29 Rare. 0–40 G. argyreus (Schneider, 1801) 3, 18, 31 Occasional. 0–5 G. oyena (Forsskål, 1775) 30, 34, 37 Occasional. 0–10 3–30 Haemulidae Diagramma sp. 31 Seen at only one site, but common there. 9, 10, 13–15, 17, 21, 24, 25, 29, 31, 35, 43, 45–47 Moderately common 1–40 16 Rare, one large individual sighted in 55 m depth 2–30 2, 6, 9, 10, 16, 20, 23, 32, 36, 40, 41, 46 Moderately common. 5–35 P. lineatus (Linnaeus, 1758) 10, 13, 33, 37, 40, 45, 47 Occasional, except common at Site 13. 2–40 P. orientalis (Bloch, 1793) 7, 26–28, 32–34, 36–37 Occasional. 3–30 27, 33, 40 Rare, only three seen. 3–30 26, 45 Rare, several individuals seen at two sites. 1–30 41 Rare, two seen in 3 m depth. 1–15 5, 9, 10, 13, 17, 23, 25 Occasional, mainly juveniles sighted, except large adult seen at Site 9. 15–120 1–11, 16, 18–25, 42 Moderately common, at least at the Togean Islands. 2–30 8, 18, 20, 25, 29–35, 37 Moderately common, at least at the Banggai Islands. 1–20 L. obsoletus (Forsskål, 1775) 13, 18, 20, 25, 27 Occasional. 5–15 L. olivaceous Valenciennes, 1830 13, 17, 25, 26, 28 Occasional. 4–185 L. ornatus Valenciennes, 1830 17, 20, 37, 43, 46 Occasional. 3–20 L. variegatus Valenciennes, 1830 13 Rare. 1–10 L. xanthocheilus Klunzinger, 1870 20, 26, 37 Rare, several large individuals seen in the shallows. 2–25 3–10, 12–30, 32, 33, 35–40, 42, 45–47 Common. 1–100 Pentapodus sp. 2, 3, 6, 10, 17, 18, 22, 23, 26, 27, 30–32, 34–46 Common. 3–25 P. trivittatus (Bloch, 1791) 2–6, 8–10, 18, 22, 23, 31, 33, 35–37, 41, 43, 44 Moderately common 1–15 Scolopsis affinis Peters, 1876 3, 11, 14, 18, 20, 26–28, 31, 34, 40 Moderately common. 3–60 S. bilineatus (Bloch, 1793) 7, 9, 10, 12, 13, 15, 16, 20, 25–42, 44, 46, 47 Common. 2–20 S. ciliatus (Lacepède, 1802) 4, 11, 20, 29 Occasional in sheltered areas with reduced visibility. 1–30 Plectorhinchus chaetodontoides (Lacepède, 1800) P. gibbosus (Lacepède, 1802) P. lessoni (Cuvier, 1830) P. polytaenia (Bleeker, 1852) Lethrinidae Gnathodentex aurolineatus Lacepède, 1802 Lethrinus atkinsoni Seale, 1909 L. erythracanthus Valenciennes, 1830 L. erythropterus Valenciennes, 1830 L. harak (Forskkal, 1775) Monotaxis grandoculis (Forsskål, 1775) Nemipteridae Appendix 5 July 2002 109 110 S. lineatus Quoy & Gaimard, 1824 S. margaritifer (Cuvier, 1830) S. monogramma (Kuhl & Van Hasselt, 1830) S. trilineatus Kner, 1868 S. xenochrous Günther, 1792) Site Records Abundance Depth (m) 17–20, 30, 32, 33, 35, 44–47 Moderately common. 0–10 1–7, 9, 10, 15–23, 25–29, 31, 35, 38–41, 43, 44 Common. 2–20 8, 18, 31, 43 Occasional. 5–50 30 Rare, a few seen in shallow water. 1–10 26, 27, 32–36 Occasional, except common at Site 27. 5–50 Mullidae Mulloidichthys flavolineatus (Lacepède, 1802) M. vanicolensis (Valenciennes, 1831) Parupeneus barberinus (Lacepède, 1801) 6, 8, 9, 16, 19, 20, 25, 37, 41, 47 Occasional. 1–40 28, 36, 43 Occasional. 1–113 1, 2, 4–10, 13–47 Common. 1–100 P. bifasciatus (Lacepède, 1801) 1, 6–10, 12–28, 30, 33–42, 45–47 Common. 1–80 P. cyclostomus (Lacepède, 1802) 1, 6, 10, 13, 14, 24, 25, 27, 28, 33, 36, 39–41, 44, 46, 47 Occasional. 2–92 13, 20 Rare, only two seen. 1–20 1, 3–10, 12–47 Common. 1–140 P. indicus (Shaw, 1803) P. multifasciatus Bleeker, 1873 P. pleurostigma (Bennett, 1830) Upeneus tragula Richardson, 1846 26, 27, 36 Rare. 5–46 4, 8, 29, 31, 37, 41 Occasional. 0–30 Pempheridae Parapriacanthus ransonneti Steindachner, 1870 Pempheris oualensis Cuvier, 1831 P. vanicolensis Cuvier, 1831 6, 15, 20, 33, 40, 42, 46 Occasional. 5–30 9, 10, 13, 29, 32, 33 Occasional, except huge shoals encountered at Sites 32 and 33 3–38 28, 29 Only two aggregations encountered, but a secretive species that shelters in caves during the day. 2–35 Rare, but habitat (mangroves) inadequately surveyed. 0–2 Toxotidae Toxotes jaculatrix (Pallas, 1767) 3, 4, 20 Kyphosidae Kyphosus bigibbus Lacepède, 1801 Rapid Assessment Program 13, 25 Rare. 1–25 K. cinerascens (Forsskål, 1775) 3, 7, 13, 47 Occasional. 1–24 K. vaigiensis (Quoy & Gaimard, 1825) 12, 14, 47 Occasional. 1–20 4, 8 Rare, but habitat inadequately surveyed 0–5 Monodactylidae Monodactylus argenteus (Linnaeus, 1758) Appendix 5 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Species RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty Species Site Records Abundance Depth (m) Chaetodontidae Chaetodon adiergastos Seale, 1910 30, 32, 41, 43 Rare, only five seen. 1–25 C. auriga Forsskål, 1775 1, 13, 27, 30, 32, 34, 35, 39, 41, 43 Occasional. 1–30 C. baronessa Cuvier, 1831 1, 3, 5–8, 10, 12–30, 32–34, 36, 37, 40–42, 44–47 Common. 2–15 C. bennetti Cuvier, 1831 7, 9, 10, 13, 15–17, 26, 31, 35, 37, 38 Occasional. 5–30 16, 25 Rare, only two pairs sighted in 22–30 m depth. 30–80 C. burgessi Allen and Starck, 1973 C. citrinellus Cuvier, 1831 6, 13, 14, 28–30, 33, 34, 37, 40, 42, 46, 47 Occasional. 1–12 C. ephippium Cuvier, 1831 6, 7, 9, 10, 12, 13, 16, 18–20, 24, 25–28, 41, 45 Occasional. 1–30 C. guentheri Ahl, 1913 27 Rare, one pair observed in 30 m depth. 5–30 C. kleinii Bloch, 1790 1, 3, 5–10, 12–16, 18–21, 24–42, 44–47 Common. 6–60 C. lineolatus Cuvier, 1831 28, 30, 32, 35 Occasional. 2–170 C. lunula Lacepède, 1803 6, 8, 10, 13–15, 19.21, 25, 28, 30, 32, 33, 41, 47 Occasional. 1–40 Jan–47 T he most common butterflyfish and one of C. lunulatus Quoy and Gaimard, 1824 few fishes seen at every site. C. melannotus Schneider, 1801 C. meyeri Schneider, 1801 1–25 13, 26, 28, 30, 32–34, 36, 39, 40, 46 Occasional. 2–15 28, 29 Rare, only two seen. 5–25 C. ocellicaudus Cuvier, 1831 5, 7, 11, 13, 15, 20, 22, 25, 26, 29, 32–34, 40, 43–45 Occasional. 1–15 C. octofasciatus Bloch, 1787 2–5, 8, 11, 19–23, 31, 43, 44 Moderately common. 3–20 C. ornatissimus Cuvier, 1831 1, 7–10, 12–25, 27, 28, 42, 46 Moderately common, at least in the Togean Islands. 1–36 C. oxycephalus Bleeker, 1853 5, 14–16, 25, 27, 31–33, 35, 37 Occasional. 8–30 1, 6, 7, 9, 10, 12, 13, 15–17, 19–21, 24–26, 28–30, 32–34, 37–40, 42, 45–47 Moderately common. 6–45 C. rafflesi Bennett, 1830 5, 7–13, 16–30, 32, 41, 44 Moderately common. 1–15 C. selene Bleeker, 1853 26–28, 30–32, 36, 40, 41 Not seen in Togean Islands, but occasional at mainland C. punctatofasciatus Cuvier, 1831 and at the Banggai Islands. 15–40 C. semeion Bleeker, 1855 7, 8, 10, 12, 13, 15, 19–21, 24, 25, 34, 35, 46 Occasional. 1–25 C. speculum Cuvier, 1831 12, 30, 31, 34, 42, 44 Occasional. 3–20 1, 5, 7, 9, 10, 12, 13, 15–17, 21, 24–30, 32–34, 36–38, 40, 43–47 Common. 2–30 1, 6, 7, 10, 12–22, 24–30, 32–38, 45–47 Moderately common. 8–30 12, 13, 16, 25–28, 30, 34, 37–39 Occasional. 5–60 1, 3, 5–10, 12–23, 25–30, 33, 34, 36–41, 44, 47 Common. 1–30 19, 29, 37, 41, 42, 46 Occasional. 10–40 44 Rare, one pair encountered in 14 m depth. 1–15 C. trifascialis Quoy & Gaimard, 1824 C. ulietensis Cuvier, 1831 C. unimaculatus Bloch, 1787 C. vagabundus Linnaeus, 1758 C. xanthurus Bleeker, 1857 Chelmon rostratus (Linnaeus, 1758) Appendix 5 July 2002 111 112 Coradion chrysozonus Cuvier, 1831 Site Records Abundance Depth (m) 1–4, 6, 7, 10, 13, 16, 17, 20–23, 25–27, 31–41, 43, 44 Moderately common to a depth of 33 m. 5–60 10, 27, 29, 33, 34, 37–39, 41, 42, 46 Occasional, but mainly seen at Banggai Islands. 2–114 6, 7, 9, 10, 12–17, 19–21, 24, 25, 29, 37, 45–47 Moderately common. 5–60 Hemitaurichthys polylepis (Bleeker, 1857) 7, 9, 13–16, 24, 27, 37, 46, 47 Occasional, usually on steep drop–offs. 3–40 Heniochus acuminatus (Linnaeus, 1758) 9, 20, 36, 47 Rare, only four seen. 2–75 1, 4, 6–10, 12–18, 21, 24, 25, 28–30, 35–37, 44–47 Moderately common. 5–40 14, 16, 27 Occasional, to depths of over 60 m; super–abundant at Site 27. 15–210 1, 2, 4, 7, 9, 10, 12–17, 21, 24, 25, 32 Occasional. 12–45 1, 2, 5–47 Common. 2–30 10–50 Forcipiger flavissimus Jordan & McGregor, 1898 F. longirostris (Broussonet, 1782 H. chrysostomus Cuvier, 1831 H. diphreutes Jordan, 1903 H. singularius Smith & Radcliffe, 1911 H. varius (Cuvier, 1829) Pomacanthidae Apolemichthys trimaculatus (Lacepède, 1831) Centropyge bicolor (Bloch, 1798) C. bispinosus (Günther, 1860) C. flavicauda Fraser–Brunner, 1933 10, 16, 25, 28, 46 Occasional. 1, 6, 10, 13, 14, 18, 20, 24–30, 32–34, 36–42, 46, 47 Moderately common. 3–35 1, 7, 10, 12, 16, 17, 24–27 Occasional. 10–45 34, 36, 46 Occasional, but locally common in rubble between 10–15 m depth at Sites 34 and 36. C. multifasciatus (Smith & Radcliffe, 1911) C. nox (Bleeker, 1853) C. tibicen (Cuvier, 1831) C. vroliki (Bleeker, 1853) 10–60 1, 7, 9, 10, 12, 14–17, 20, 24, 25, 42, 45, 47 Occasional. 10–50 1, 5, 7, 9, 10, 12–15, 17, 20, 25, 26, 39, 42, 45 Occasional. 10–70 3, 10, 14, 25–43, 45, 47 Moderately common. 3–40 3–25 1, 6–10, 12–30, 34, 36–47 Common. 1–6, 8, 10, 17–20, 22, 23, 31–35, 41, 43–45 Moderately common. 1–20 Genicanthus lamarck Lacepède, 1798 29, 33, 34, 36 Occasional. 15–40 Pomacanthus imperator (Bloch, 1787) 1, 10, 12–14, 16, 24–28, 33, 40–42, 45–47 Occasional. 3–70 Chaetodontoplus mesoleucus (Bloch, 1787) P. navarchus Cuvier, 1831 1, 13, 24, 29, 33, 37, 38, 42, 43, 45, 46 Occasional. 3–30 P. sexstriatus Cuvier, 1831 4, 6, 13, 16, 23, 27, 31, 35, 42–45 Occasional, to 50 m depth. 3–50 P. xanthometopon (Bleeker, 1853) Pygoplites diacanthus (Boddaert, 1772) 9, 10, 13–15, 21, 24, 47 Occasional. 5–30 1–3, 5, 10, 12–29, 33, 35, 37–42, 44–47 Common. 3–50 3, 29, 37 Occasional schools encountered 0–3 Mugilidae Rapid Assessment Program Liza vaigiensis (Quoy & Gaimard, 1825) Appendix 5 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Species RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty Species Site Records Abundance Depth (m) Pomacentridae Abudefduf lorenzi Hensley and Allen, 1977 A. sexfasciatus Lacepède, 1802 A. vaigiensis (Quoy & Gaimard, 1825) 3, 8, 20, 29, 32 Occasional. 0–6 18, 20, 25, 29, 31, 33, 34, 36, 38, 40, 41 Occasional, excepth common at Site 33. 1–15 4, 8, 13, 14, 18, 21, 25, 27–36, 40, 42, 46, 47 Moderately common. 1–12 30–36, 40, 43 Occasional, but locally abundant at Site 30; seen only Acanthochromis polyacantha (Bleeker, 1855) at the Banggai Islands. 1–5 1–3, 6, 7, 9, 10, 12–16, 19–21, 24, 25, 27, 32, 37–42, 46, 47 Moderately common. 10–35 2–4, 11, 19, 22, 23, 30–33, 35, 44, 45 Moderately common. 2–12 2–13, 15–25, 29–47 Common. 1–15 1–10, 15, 17, 19–21, 24–34, 37–47 Common. 2–45 31, 44 Rare, several seen on sand slopes at depths between 16–25 m 2–35 31 An undescribed species seen only in Banggai Harbour at depth of 16 m. 12–30 1, 2, 5–8, 10, 12–16, 18–21, 23–33, 35–47 Moderately common. 1–55 A. melanopus Bleeker, 1852 29, 30, 32, 33, 35, 43, 46 Occasional, except relatively abundant at Site 30. 1–10 A. ocellaris (Cuvier, 1830) 3, 4, 12, 14, 15, 22–25, 29, 32, 33, 35, 40, 47 Occasional. 1–15 9, 12, 13, 15, 16, 20, 24, 27, 29, 33, 35, 36, 40, 41, 43, 45 Occasional. 3–20 31, 32 Rare, two groups encountered at depths of 15–35 m 2–35 12, 23, 30, 33, 40, 42, 45 Occasional. 3–20 30, 32–35 Occasional. 1–3 7, 9, 10, 12–17, 19, 24, 25, 38, 47 Moderately common on steep outer reef slopes. 18–95 1–3, 6, 7, 9, 10, 12–17, 19–21, 24, 25, 29, 30, 37–42, 45–47 Common. 5–65 7, 9, 10, 12–14, 16, 24, 25, 37, 42, 47 Moderately common, but locally abundant 1, 9, 13, 25, 29, 30, 32–34, 36–40, 42, 45–47 Moderately common. 2–15 1, 7, 9, 10, 12–16, 19, 20, 25, 29, 30, 37–39, 42, 45–47 Moderately common. 10–35 Amblyglyphidodon aureus (Cuvier, 1830) A. batunai Allen, 1995 A. curacao (Bloch, 1787) A. leucogaster (Bleeker, 1847) Amblypomacentrus breviceps (Schlegel and Müller, 1839) A. clarus Allen and Adrim, 2000 Amphiprion clarkii (Bennett, 1830) A. perideraion Bleeker, 1855 A. polymnus (Linnaeus, 1758) A. sandaracinos Allen, 1972 Cheiloprion labiatus (Day, 1877) Chromis alpha Randall, 1988 C. amboinensis (Bleeker, 1873) C. analis (Cuvier, 1830) at Sites 16 and 25. C. atripectoralis Welander & Schultz, 1951 C. atripes Fowler and Bean, 1928 C. caudalis Randall, 1988 C. delta Randall, 1988 C. elerae Fowler & Bean, 1928 9, 10, 13, 14, 16, 21, 25, 27, 30, 33, 34, 37–39, 47 Moderately common on steep outer reef slopes. 20–50 1, 6, 7, 9, 12–16, 21, 24, 25, 27, 29, 30, 37, 38, 42, 46, 47 Moderately common 10–80 3, 9, 12–16, 19, 21, 25, 47 Occasional, but locally common on steep outer reef slopes. C. lepidolepis Bleeker, 1877 C. lineata Fowler & Bean, 1928 10–70 12–70 1, 3, 6, 7, 9, 10, 12–14, 21, 24–30, 32, 36, 38, 40–42, 45–47 Common. 2–20 1, 7, 9, 12–16, 19, 21, 24, 25, 34, 46, 47 Moderately common. 2–10 Appendix 5 July 2002 113 114 Site Records Abundance Depth (m) C. margaritifer Fowler, 1946 7, 9, 10, 12–16, 21, 25–30, 32–34, 36–42, 46, 47 C. retrofasciata Weber, 1913 1, 2, 6, 7, 9, 10, 12–17, 19–25, 27, 29, 30, 37, 39, 42, 47 Moderately common. 5–65 27, 28, 33, 40, 47 Occasional, except common at Site 27. 5–20 1–10, 12–32, 36–40, 42, 45–47 Abundant 2–15 3, 5, 7, 12, 13, 17, 19–21, 24, 25, 27, 29, 30, 33–44 Common. 1–12 C. scotochiloptera Fowler, 1918 C. ternatensis (Bleeker, 1856) C. viridis (Cuvier, 1830) Moderately common. 2–20 C. weberi Fowler & Bean, 1928 6, 9, 10, 13, 14, 18, 20, 21, 25–28, 30–34, 36–40, 42, 45–47 Common. 3–25 C. xanthochira (Bleeker, 1851) 37, 38, 42, 47 Occasional. 10–48 1–3, 6–10, 12–16, 19–21, 23–28, 30, 34, 36–39, 41, 42, 45–47 Common. 2–30 18, 20, 33 Seen only on three occasions, but probably common on shallow reefs. 0–5 30–34, 36, 39 Occasional, but locally common at Sites 30 and 34. 3–15 C. xanthura (Bleeker, 1854) Chrysiptera biocellata (Quoy & Gaimard, 1824) C. bleekeri (Fowler and Bean, 1928) C. brownriggii (Bennett, 1828) 28 Rare, only three seen. 0–2 C. caruleolineata (Allen, 1973) 16 Rare, except locally common at one site at depths of 35 m 30–65 3, 6, 8, 16–18, 20, 21, 29, 30, 32–34, 37, 43, 44 Occasional. 1–12 2–5, 11, 18, 19, 22, 23, 35, 43, 44 Moderately common. 1–16 2, 4, 11, 35, 43, 44 Occasional, in sheltered areas with good coral cover C. cyanea (Quoy & Gaimard, 1824) C. oxycephala (Bleeker, 1877) C. parasema (Fowler, 1918) but reduced visibility. C. rex (Snyder, 1909) 1–16 1, 6–10, 13–21, 23–26, 28, 29, 34, 36–38, 40, 41, 46–47 Moderately common. 1–6 1, 3–10, 12–27, 29–35, 37–44, 46, 47 Common. 2–35 C. rollandi (Whitley, 1961) C. springeri Allen and Lubbock, 1976 1–13, 15–25, 29, 31, 32, 35, 41–45 Common. 5–30 C. talboti (Allen, 1975) 10, 25, 27, 30, 33, 37–40, 42, 46, 47 Occasional. 6–35 C. unimaculata (Cuvier, 1830) Dascyllus aruanus (Linnaeus, 1758) 1, 6, 16–18, 25, 30–33, 41 Occasional. 0–2 2–6, 8, 11, 15, 17, 19, 21, 25, 29–31, 33, 35, 37, 38, 41–44 Moderately common. 1–12 D. melanurus Bleeker, 1854 1–5, 8, 11, 17–23, 25, 29–33, 35, 43, 44 Moderately common. 1–10 D. reticulatus (Richardson, 1846) 1, 6–10, 12–16, 20, 21, 23–28, 30–34, 36–42, 44, 46, 47 Common. 1–50 D. trimaculatus (Rüppell, 1928) 3, 4–7, 9, 10, 12–16, 18–20, 33–47 Common. 1–55 4, 18, 20, 29, 30, 32, 35 Occasional. 1–5 2–6, 8, 9, 15, 17, 18, 20–23, 25, 29–31, 33, 39 Occasional. 1–10 D. perspicillatus (Cuvier, 1830) 2–5, 8, 11, 15, 16, 18–20, 22, 23, 25, 29–31, 35, 43, 44 Occasional. 1–10 D. prosopotaenia (Bleeker, 1852) 29, 31, 35, 43–45 Occasional. 1–12 30, 33, 41 Rare. 1–5 2–5, 8, 11, 17–20, 22, 23, 29, 35, 43, 44 Occasional. 1–20 7, 12, 25, 29, 30 Occasional. 5–25 Dischistodus chrysopoecilus (Schlegel & Müller, 1839) D. melanotus (Bleeker, 1858) Rapid Assessment Program D. pseudochrysopoecilus Allen and Robertson, 1974 Hemiglyphidodon plagiometopon (Bleeker, 1852) Lepidozygus tapeinosoma (Bleeker, 1856) Appendix 5 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Species RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty Species Site Records Neoglyphidodon crossi Allen, 1991 N. melas (Cuvier, 1830) Abundance Depth (m) 13, 25–30, 34, 36, 40, 46 Moderately common. 2–5 1–10, 12, 17, 18, 20–30, 32–34, 36, 38–47 Common. 1–12 N. nigroris (Cuvier, 1830) 1, 5–10, 13–17, 19, 21, 24–26, 28–30, 32–42, 45–47 Common. 2–23 N. oxyodon (Bleeker, 1857) 30, 32–35 Occasional, but locally common at Site 30. 0–4 5, 21, 24, 25, 29, 45 Occasional. 15–45 N. thoracotaeniatus (Fowler and Bean, 1928) Neopomacentrus cyanomos (Bleeker, 1856) 1, 31, 33, 40, 41, 44, 45 Occasional. 5–18 N. filamentosus (Macleay, 1833) 2, 3, 8, 11, 18 Occasional. 5–12 N. nemurus (Bleeker, 1857) 2–4, 23, 29, 43 Occasional. 1–10 N. violascens (Bleeker, 1848) 31 Rare, one seen in 20 m depth. 1–25 Plectroglyphidodon dickii (Lienard, 1839) 7, 9, 13, 25, 26, 28, 33, 34, 36, 38, 40, 46, 47 Occasional. 1–12 P. lacrymatus (Quoy & Gaimard, 1824) 1–10, 12–30, 32–47 Common. 2–12 P. leucozonus (Bleeker, 1859) Pomacentrus adelus Allen, 1991 P. alexanderae Evermann & Seale, 1907 P. amboinensis Bleeker, 1868 P. auriventris Allen, 1991 P. bankanensis Bleeker, 1853 8, 28 Rare. 0–2 2–6, 8, 16–23, 25, 29, 30, 32–44, 47 Common. 0–8 1–6, 8, 10, 11, 15, 17–24, 29, 31, 32, 35, 41, 43–45 Common. 5–30 1–3, 6–10, 13–17, 19–21, 23, 25–30, 32–47 Common. 2–40 12–14, 16, 25–28, 30–34, 36–40, 42, 43, 46, 47 Moderately common. 2–15 1, 6, 8–10, 12–14, 16–21, 24–30, 33, 34, 36–42, 45–47 Common. 0–12 P. brachialis Cuvier, 1830 1, 6, 7, 9, 10, 12–16, 19, 20, 24–30, 32–34, 36–42, 45–47 Common. 6–40 P. burroughi Fowler, 1918 2–5, 8, 11, 15, 17–23, 35, 42–44 Moderately common. 2–16 P. chrysurus Cuvier, 1830 10, 39 Rare. 0–3 1, 6, 7, 9, 10, 12–14, 16, 19–21, 24–28, 30, 32–34, 36–42, 46, 47 Common. 1–12 P. coelestis Jordan & Starks, 1901 P. cuneatus Allen, 1991 P. grammorhynchus Fowler, 1918 P. lepidogenys Fowler & Bean, 1928 P. moluccensis Bleeker, 1853 3, 11, 18 Generally rare, but several seen at three sites. 1–6 30, 32, 35, 43 Occasional. 2–12 1, 13, 15, 21, 25–30, 33, 36, 38–40, 45–47 Moderately common. 1–12 1–3, 5–10, 12–22, 24–47 Common. 1–14 P. nagasakiensis Tanaka, 1917 3, 6, 10, 20, 22, 27–30, 32–34, 36–44 Moderately common. 5–30 P. nigromarginatus Allen, 1973 1, 2, 5, 7, 9, 10, 12–17, 19–21, 23–25, 38, 39, 42, 46, 47 Moderately common. 20–50 2, 11, 18, 31, 35 Occasional. 6–15 29, 31 Rare. 1–16 P. opisthostigma Fowler, 1918 P. pavo (Bloch, 1878) P. philippinus Evermann & Seale, 1907 P. reidi Fowler & Bean, 1928 P. simsiang Bleeker, 1856 2–6, 8–10, 13, 15, 17–25, 27, 28, 38, 40, 41, 42, 46, 47 Moderately common 1–12 5–7, 10, 13, 14, 16, 20, 24, 25, 27, 29, 32, 37–39, 42, 46, 47 Moderately common 12–70 2–4, 8, 11, 18, 20, 43 Occasional. 0–10 Appendix 5 July 2002 115 116 Site Records P. smithi Fowler and Bean, 1928 Abundance Depth (m) 2–5, 11, 17–19, 21, 22, 24, 29, 32, 35, 41–45 Moderately common. P. taeniometopon Bleeker, 1852 4 Rare, but its primary habitat not adequately surveyed. 0–5 P. tripunctatus Cuvier, 1830 29 Rare, except locally common at one site. 0–3 3–45 P. vaiuli Jordan & Seale, 1906 Premnas biaculeatus (Bloch, 1790) Pristotis obtusirostris (Günther, 1862) Stegastes fasciolatus (Ogilby, 1889) S. lividus (Bloch & Schneider, 1801) S. nigricans (Lacepède, 1802) 2–14 39, 46 Rare, several seen, but only at two sites. 3–7, 9, 10, 12, 20, 24, 25, 30, 31, 35, 42, 43, 45 Moderately common 1–6 44 Rare, only one juvenile seen. 5–80 8, 13, 26, 28, 46 Occasional. 0–5 5, 18, 20, 25, 30, 32, 33, 35 Occasional. 1–5 2, 35, 30, 35 Occasional. 1–12 Labridae Anampses caeruleopunctatus Rüppell, 1828 A. geographicus Valenciennes, 1840 A. melanurus Bleeker, 1857 A. meleagrides Valenciennes, 1840 A. twistii Bleeker, 1856 Bodianus anthioides (Bennett, 1831) B. bilunulatus (Lacepède, 1801) 28 Rare, only one pair seen 2–30 26–28, 33, 37, 38, 45 Occasional. 5–25 27, 40 Rare, only two seen below depth of 20 m. 12–40 1, 6, 9, 10, 16, 25–28, 33, 37, 39, 40, 47 Occasional. 4–60 7, 10, 13, 25, 37, 39, 45, 47 Occasional. 2–30 7, 16, 27, 37 Rare. 6–60 10–80 27 Rare. B. bimaculatus Allen, 1973 25, 47 Rare, but locally common in deep water on steep drop–offs at two sites. 30–60 B. diana (Lacepède, 1802) 1, 7, 9, 10, 12–16, 21, 24, 25, 27, 28, 32, 33, 36–41, 45–47 Moderately common. 6–25 B. mesothorax Schneider, 1801 1, 3, 5–7, 9, 10, 12–16, 19, 20, 22–30, 32, 33, 36–40, 46, 47 Moderately common. 5–30 6, 17, 23, 31, 32, 34–36, 39, 41 Occasional. 2–30 Cheilinus chlorurus (Bloch, 1791) C. fasciatus (Bloch, 1791) 1–10, 12, 15–26, 29, 30, 32, 34–37 Common. 4–40 C. oxycephalus Bleeker, 1853 1, 15, 17, 18, 21, 24, 26, 29, 30, 32–35 Moderately common. 1–40 C. trilobatus Lacepède, 1802 1, 4, 6–9, 15, 17, 20, 25–30, 32, 33, 36–39, 41–44, 46 47 Moderately common 1–30 C. undulatus Rüppell, 1835 1, 12, 20, 28, 37, 47 Occasional. 2–60 Cheilio inermis Forsskål, 1775 Choerodon anchorago (Bloch, 1791) Rapid Assessment Program 2, 4, 5, 23, 28–30, 33, 35–40 Moderately common. 0–3 2, 4–6, 8, 11, 18, 20, 22, 23, 29–35, 37, 38, 41, 43, 44 Moderately common. 1–25 32 Rare, but locally common at one site on rubble bottom at C. sp. C. zamboangae (Seale & Bean, 1907) C. zosterophorus (Bleeker, 1868) Cirrhilabrus aurantidorsalis Allen & Kuiter, 1999 depth of 30 m; one female collected with spear. 25–45 33 Rare. 10–40 10, 26, 27, 31, 32, 34, 36, 39–43 Occasional. 10–40 Jan–25 Common at Togean Islands. 5–40 Appendix 5 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Species RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty Species Site Records C. cyanopleura (Bleeker, 1851) C. exquisitus Smith, 1957 C. lubbocki Randall and Carpenter, 1980 C. solorensis Bleeker, 1853 C. tonozukai Allen & Kuiter, 1999 Coris batuensis (Bleeker, 1862) C. dorsomacula Fowler, 1908 C. gaimardi (Quoy & Gaimard, 1824) C. pictoides Randall & Kuiter, 1982 Diproctacanthus xanthurus (Bleeker, 1856) Abundance Depth (m) 26–47 Moderately common. 5–30 25, 28, 47 Rare. 6–32 42 Rare. 6–45 26, 27, 29, 32, 33, 38, 39, 42, 45, 46 Occasional. 5–35 26, 32–34, 36, 46 Occasional. 10–35 6, 8, 10, 15, 16, 20, 21, 25–47 Moderately common. 3–25 27, 34 Rare. 4–25 1, 7, 10, 12–14, 16, 25–34, 36, 39–42, 46, 47 Moderately common. 1–50 31–34, 36, 40, 41 Occasional. 8–30 1–10, 15–17, 19–47 Common. 2–15 Epibulus insidiator (Pallas, 1770) 1, 2, 4–30, 32, 33, 35, 37–40, 42, 45–47 Common. 1–40 Gomphosus varius Lacepède, 1801 1, 2, 6–10, 12–17, 19, 24–26, 28–30, 33, 34, 36–40, 42, 45–47 Halichoeres argus (Bloch and Schneider, 1801) H. chlorocephalus Kuiter and Randall, 1995 H. chloropterus (Bloch, 1791) H. chrysus Randall, 1980 H. hartzfeldi Bleeker, 1852 H. hortulanus (Lacepède, 1802) H. leucurus (Walbaum, 1792) H. margaritaceus (Valenciennes, 1839) H. marginatus (Rüppell, 1835) H. melanurus Bleeker, 1853 3, 4, 8, 18, 20, 25, 37, 38 Common. 1–30 Occasional. 0–3 4, 5, 29 Rare, only three seen. 20–30 2, 4–6, 8, 11, 15, 17–20, 22, 23, 25, 31, 32, 35, 41, 43, 44 Moderately common. 0–10 1, 6, 7, 9, 12–16, 20, 25–28, 32, 34, 36, 38–40, 46, 47 Moderately common. 7–60 18, 32–34, 36 Occasional. 10–30 1, 6, 7, 9, 10, 12–17, 19, 20, 23–30, 32–34, 36–42, 45–47 Moderately common. 1–30 1–8, 11, 15–24, 29, 31, 35, 43, 44 Moderately common 1–20 1, 8, 14, 25, 26, 28, 33, 34, 36–42 Occasional. 0–3 6, 8, 13, 16–18, 25, 26, 28, 29, 33, 34, 36, 39, 40, 46 Occasional. 1–30 1–10, 13–23, 25, 26, 29, 30, 32–47 Common. 2–15 H. melasmopomus Randall, 1980 7, 13, 14, 16, 21, 24, 25, 27, 42 Occasional. 10–55 H. miniatus (Valenciennes, 1839) 33 Rare, but locally common in shallows at one site. 0–3 H. nebulosus Valenciennes, 1839 27 Rare. 1–40 H. ornatissimus (Garrett, 1863) 37 Rare, only two seen. 5–25 3, 4, 17, 18, 20, 32, 33 Occasional. 0–5 25, 29, 30, 33–35 Occasional. 1–8 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 10, 12–17, 19–34, 36–47 Common. 5–40 H. richmondi Fowler and Bean, 1928 10, 25, 27, 36, 39, 40, 42 Occasional. 1–12 H. scapularis Bennett, 1832 10, 25, 27, 36, 39, 40, 42 Occasional. 1–12 H. solorensis (Bleeker, 1853) 27, 30, 32–36, 41 Occasional. 0–20 30, 37, 41 Rare. 0–20 H. papilionaceus (Valenciennes, 1839) H. podostigma (Bleeker, 1854) H. prosopeion Bleeker, 1853 H. trimaculatus Griffith, 1834 Appendix 5 July 2002 117 118 Site Records Hemigymnus fasciatus Bloch, 1792 H. melapterus Bloch, 1791 Hologymnosus annulatus (Lacepède, 1801) H. doliatus Lacepède, 1801 Labrichthys unilineatus (Guichenot, 1847) Labroides bicolor Fowler and Bean, 1928 1, 7, 10, 26, 28, 30, 37, 47 Occasional. 1–20 1, 3–47 Common. 2–30 13, 27–29, 38–46 Occasional. 5–30 16, 24, 27–30, 33, 36, 41, 46 Occasional. 4–35 1, 2, 3–10, 12–27, 29, 30, 32–47 Common. 1–20 Occasional. 2–40 1–9, 11, 13, 15–47 Moderately common. 1–40 2–28 L. pectoralis Randall and Springer, 1975 1, 7, 9, 10, 12–15, 17, 19, 21, 23–26, 29, 30, Labropsis alleni Randall, 1981 L. manabei Schmidt, 1930 Leptojulis cyanopleura (Bleeker, 1853) Macropharyngodon meleagris (Valenciennes, 1839) Novaculichthys macrolepidotus (Bloch, 1791) Depth (m) 1,5–7, 12, 14–22, 24, 25, 27, 29, 30, 32–34, 37–41, 43, 45 L. dimidiatus (Valenciennes, 1839) M. negrosensis Herre, 1932 Abundance 32, 36, 38, 40, 42, 46, 47 Occasional. 5, 7, 9, 10, 17, 19, 21, 23, 25 Occasional. 4–52 9, 17, 24, 27, 33, 35, 38 Occasional. 10–35 1, 3, 33, 36, 39, 40, 43, 46 Occasional. 5–25 1, 13, 15, 25–28, 30, 33, 34, 36, 39–41, 46, 47 Occasional. 1–30 1, 15, 40, 41, 46 Occasional. 8–30 37 Generally rare, except locally common in seagrass at one site. 1–6 N. taeniourus (Lacepède, 1802) 1, 8, 13, 36, 38–40, 42, 46 Occasional. 1–14 Oxycheilinus bimaculatus Valenncienes, 1840 1, 2, 6, 33, 34, 36, 38, 39 Occasional. 5–30 1–6, 8, 10, 15, 17–20, 22–24, 26, 27, 29, 32, 34, 35, 42–45 Moderately common. 3–30 1, 5, 6, 8, 10, 15, 17, 21, 24–29, 33, 34, 36–41, 45–47 Moderately common. 3–120 O. celebicus Bleeker, 1853 O. diagrammus (Lacepède, 1802) O. orientalis (Günther, 1862) 1, 6, 7, 10, 11, 15, 20, 25, 32–34, 38, 40, 42, 45 Moderately common. 15–70 Parachelinus cyaneus Kuiter & Allen, 1999 7, 9, 12, 13, 14, 32, 44, 45, 46 Occasional. 15–40 P. filamentosus Allen, 1974 16, 32–36, 38, 39, 42, 43, 46 Occasional. 10–50 P. flavianalis Kuiter & Allen, 1999 35 Rare. 10–40 P. togeanensis Kuiter & Allen, 1999 1, 3, 7, 20, 23, 24 Occasional. 15–40 35 Rare, only one seen, but is a cryptic species that Pseudocheilinops ataenia Schultz, 1960 Rapid Assessment Program seldom exposes itself. 6–25 Pseudocheilinus evanidus Jordan & Evermann, 1902 1, 7, 9, 10, 12–17, 19–21, 24–48, 33, 46, 47 Occasional. 6–40 P. hexataenia (Bleeker, 1857) 1, 2, 6–17, 19–30, 32–34, 36–42, 45–47 Common. 2–35 38, 40 Rare. 2–50 Pseudocoris heteroptera (Bleeker, 1857) 36, 37, 40 Rare. 10–30 P. philippina Fowler and Bean, 1928 27, 32, 39 Rare. 10–30 P. octotaenia Jenkins, 1900 Appendix 5 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Species RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty Species Site Records P. yamashiroi (Schmidt, 1930) Pseudodax moluccanus (Valenciennes, 1840) Abundance Depth (m) 16, 25, 38 Rare. 10–30 1, 6, 7, 9, 10, 14–17, 25, 27, 28, 37–40, 46, 47 Occasional. 3–40 2–15 Pteragogus enneacanthus (Bleeker, 1856) 24, 28–30, 33, 39, 42, 45 Occasional. Stethojulis bandanensis (Bleeker, 1851) 6, 7, 10, 13, 16, 18, 25, 27, 28, 33, 36, 37, 39–42, 46 Moderately common. 0–30 2, 37, 38 Occasional. 4–25 1, 2, 5, 6, 8, 18, 26, 33, 36, 39 Occasional. 0–6 1–10 S. interrupta (Bleeker) S. strigiventer (Bennett, 1832) S. trilineata (Bloch and Schneider, 1801) 1, 2, 5, 6, 8–10, 13, 18, 20, 24, 25, 29, 30, 32, 33, 36, 39, 40, 41, 42, 46, 47 Moderately common. 1, 6, 7, 13–16, 19, 24–29, 33, 34, 36–39, 42, 45–47 Moderately common. 1–15 1, 2, 5–10, 12, 13, 15–17, 19–30, 32–34, 36–47 Common. 0–15 T. jansenii Bleeker, 1856 13, 26–28, 34, 36–42, 47 Moderately common. 0–15 T. lunare (Linnaeus, 1758) 1, 2, 3–10, 12–30, 32–47 Abundant 1–30 28 Rare, several seen at one site. 0–5 9, 15 Rare, only two seen, but is a cryptic species that Thalassoma amblycephalum (Bleeker, 1856) T. hardwicke (Bennett, 1828) T. trilobatum (Lacepède, 1801) Wetmorella albofasciata Schultz & Marshall, 1954 Xyrichtys pentadactylus (Linnaeus, 1758) seldom exposes itself 6–45 13 Rare, only five seen. 4–30 7, 13, 21, 29, 30, 35 Occasional. 1–30 Scaridae Bolbometopon muricatum (Valenciennes, 1840) Cetoscarus bicolor (Rüppell, 1828) Chlorurus bleekeri (de Beaufort, 1940) C. microrhinos (Bleeker, 1854) C. sordidus (Forsskål, 1775) Hipposcarus longiceps (Bleeker, 1862) Leptoscarus vaigiensis (Quoy & Gaimard, 1824) Scarus atropectoralis Schultz, 1958 S. chameleon Choat & Randall, 1986) S. dimidiatus Bleeker, 1859 1, 7, 10, 11, 15–18, 20, 21, 23–25, 27, 31, 35, 36, 42, 44, 46 Moderately common. 1–30 1–26, 28–47 Common. 2–30 1, 5–10, 13–26, 29–32, 36, 47 Moderately common. 3–25 1, 6, 7, 9, 10, 15, 16, 24, 25, 28, 32–34, 36–42, 45, 46 Moderately common. 1–25 13, 17, 18, 20, 21, 25, 34–39, 41–44 Moderately common. 5–40 37, 38 Rare, but locally common in seagrass at two sites. 1–15 21, 25, 47 Occasional. 8–30 1, 28, 29, 34, 36, 40, 41 Occasional. 3–15 1–10, 13–26, 28–30, 32–40, 42, 44–47 Common. 1–15 S. festivus Valenciennes, 1839 45 Rare. 3–30 S. flavipectoralis Schultz, 1958 8–40 1, 3–10, 15, 17–26, 29, 31–47 Common. S. forsteni (Bleeker, 1861) 16, 25, 28, 46 Occasional. 3–30 S. frenatus Lacepède, 1802 9, 25, 28, 29, 34, 36, 38, 40, 47 Occasional. 3–25 S. ghobban Forsskål, 1775 2, 4, 6, 10, 20, 25, 31, 33, 37, 47 Occasional. 3–30 S. niger Forsskål, 1775 S. oviceps Valenciennes, 1839 9, 24 Rare, only two seen. 2–15 1, 2, 5–7, 9, 10, 12–30, 32–34, 36–40, 43, 45–47 Common. 2–20 26, 30, 33, 34, 40, 46, 47 Occasional. 1–12 Appendix 5 July 2002 S. globiceps Valenciennes, 1840 119 120 Site Records S. prasiognathos Valenciennes, 1839 S. psittacus Forsskål, 1775 S. quoyi Valenciennes, 1840 Abundance Depth (m) 16, 18, 21, 45–47 Occasional. 2–15 15, 16, 28, 31, 34, 36–38, 40–42, 46, 47 Occasional. 4–25 2–6, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19–25, 28, 29, 31, 32, 37, 39–41, 43–45 Moderately common. 4–18 S. rivulatus Valenciennes, 1840 32, 34, 40, 41, 43, 46 Occasional. 5–20 S. ubroviolaceus Bleeker, 1849 1, 12, 14, 15, 25–28, 34, 36, 37 Occasional. 1–30 40, 41, 47 Occasional. 1–45 1, 5–7, 9, 10, 12–16, 19, 21, 25, 27–29, 33, 34, 38–41 Moderately common. 2–18 12–16, 27, 45–47 Occasional. 8–40 31 Rare. 3–15 1, 26–28, 30, 31, 34, 36–41, 46 Moderately common. 3–50 29, 30, 32, 33, 35, 37, 43 Ocassional 0–20 10, 39 Rare. 15–50 P. sp. 1 3, 8, 18, 23, 44 Occasional. 15–50 P. sp. 2 32, 33 Rare. 5–35 S. schlegeli (Bleeker, 1861) S. spinus (Kner, 1868) S. tricolor Bleeker, 1849 Trichonotidae Trichonotus setiger Bloch and Schneider, 1801 Pinguipedidae Parapercis clathrata Ogilby, 1911 P. cylindrica (Bloch, 1792) P. schauinslandi (Steindachner, 1900) P. sp. 3 P. tetracantha (Lacepède, 1800) 3, 32 Rare. 10–40 1, 12, 14–16, 25–28, 32, 46 Occasional. 8–40 15, 21, 29, 32, 35 Occasional. 1–40 18, 23, 28, 33, 42 Occasional. 0–32 7, 16, 27, 33, 34, 40, 41, 46 Occasional. 1–20 28 Rare. 0–5 19, 22–24 Occasional. 2–40 Pholidichthyidae Pholidichthys leucotaenia Bleeker, 1856 Tripterygiidae Enneapterygius tutuilae Jordan & Seale, 1906 Helcogramma striata Hansen, 1986 H. trigloides (Bleeker, 1858) Ucla xenogrammus Holleman, 1993 Rapid Assessment Program Blenniidae Aspidontus taeniatus Quoy & Gaimard, 1834 Atrosalarias fuscus (Rüppell, 1835) Blenniella chrysospilos (Bleeker, 1857) 1, 24, 27, 46 Rare. 1–20 1–12, 15, 17–26, 29, 30, 33, 35, 39, 42–45 Moderately common. 1–12 28 Rare. 0–3 Appendix 5 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Species RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty Species Blenniid sp. Site Records Abundance Depth (m) 28 Rare. 0–3 9, 21, 24–26, 28, 45, 46 Occasional. 1–5 28 Rare. 0–3 27, 33, 47 Rare. 3–20 10, 12–14, 16, 21, 24, 25, 32 Occasional. 2–25 E. bimaculatus Springer, 1971 29, 39–44 Occasional. 5–15 E. lineatus Klausewitz, 1962 32, 36, 44 Rare. 10–25 30–32, 35, 41, 43, 44 Occasional. 2–15 40 Rare. 5–30 26–28, 32, 39–45 Moderately common 5–30 1, 7, 13, 46, 47 Occasional. 10–40 Cirripectes castaneus Valenciennes, 1836 C. polyzona (Bleeker, 1868) Ecsenius bathi Springer, 1988 E. bicolor (Day, 1888) E. lividinalis Chapman & Schultz, 1952 E. midas Starck, 1969 E. namiyei (Jordan and Evermann, 1903) E. pictus McKinney and Springer, 1976 E. sp. 1 1, 2, 5–8, 10, 15–20, 22–24 Common. 2–10 E. sp. 2 2–8, 10, 17–24, 43–45 Moderately common. 1–20 E. sp. 3 47 Rare, about 10–15 individuals seen in 6–10 m depth on upper edge of steep drop–off at one site. 1–15 E. trilineatus Springer, 1972 47 Rare, only one seen. 2–20 26, 28, 30, 33, 36, 46 Occasional. 1–15 1, 3, 5, 8, 10, 16, 17, 19, 23, 27, 38, 41–44, 46 Occasional. 1–30 29 Rare. 2–15 E. yaeyamensis (Aoyagi, 1954) Meiacanthus atrodorsalis (Günther, 1877) M. ditrema Smith–Vaniz, 1976 M. grammistes (Valenciennes, 1836) 5, 6, 8, 11, 23, 25, 27, 29–44 Moderately common. 1–20 M. sp. 1, 3, 11, 18, 22 Occasional. 1–5 M. vicinus Smith–Vaniz, 1987 30, 31, 35, 44 Occasional. 1–10 Nannosalarias nativitatus (Regan, 1909) 28 Rare. 1–12 Paralticus amboinensis (Bleeker, 1857) 3 Rare, only one seen. 0–2 Petroscirtes breviceps (Valenciennes, 1836) 31 Rare. 0–5 Plagiotremus laudandus (Whitley, 1961) P. rhinorhynchus (Bleeker, 1852) 15, 37, 42 Occasional. 2–35 1, 2, 5, 7, 10, 13, 16, 19, 24–27, 30, 33–44, 47 Moderately common. 1–40 P. tapeinosoma (Bleeker, 1857) 30, 33, 40 Rare. 1–25 Salarias fasciatus (Bloch, 1786) 18, 25, 30, 32, 33, 37, 38, 41, 43 Occasional. 0–8 S. patzneri Bath, 1992 6, 18–20, 25 Occasional. 1–8 S. ramosus Bath, 1992 31, 41 Rare, only two seen. 2–12 2–5, 8, 11, 17–19, 22, 23 Occasional. 2–30 28 Rare, only one seen. 0–3 S. segmentatus Bath and Randall, 1991 Stanulus seychellensis Smith, 1959 Appendix 5 July 2002 121 122 Site Records Abundance Depth (m) Callionymidae Callionymus ennactis Bleeker, 1879 5, 29, 41 Occasional. 2–20 C. pleurostictus Fricke, 1992 37 One specimen collected with rotenone. 0–8 Synchiropus morrisoni Schultz, 1960 36 Rare. 12–40 S. splendidus (Herre, 1927) 44 Rare, one specimen seen among live coral branches. 1–18 14 Rare. 8–40 6, 10, 16, 17, 21, 26 Occasional. 10–35 Eleotridae Calumia profunda Larson & Hoese, 1980 Gobiidae Amblyeleotris guttata (Fowler, 1938) A. gymnocephalus (Bleeker, 1853) 13 Rare. 5–20 A. latifasciata Polunin and Lubbock, 1979 1 Rare. 15–30 6–8, 10, 29, 31, 39, 41, 44 Occasional. 8–15 21 Rare. 12–50 A. periophthalma (Bleeker, 1853) A. randalli Hoese and Steene, 1978 A. sp. 1 A. steinitzi (Klausewitz, 1974) A. wheeleri (Polunin & Lubbock, 1977) A. yanoi Aonuma and Yoshino, 1996 Amblygobius buanensis (Herre, 1927) A. decussatus (Bleeker, 1855) 12 Rare. 10–20 3, 6, 8, 10, 16, 20, 22, 25, 31, 38, 41, 44 Occasional. 6–30 14, 27, 34, 36, 39 Occasional. 6–30 1 Rare. 10–20 4 Rare. 0–4 2–5, 8, 10, 11, 15, 17–23, 31, 43, 44 Moderately common. 3–20 A. nocturnus (Herre, 1945) 11, 43 Rare. 3–30 A. phalaena (Valenciennes, 1837) 29, 35 Rare. 1–20 1, 3, 4–7, 10, 15, 17, 19, 21–24, 29, 31, 32, 39, 41–45 Moderately common. 5–25 Rare. 15–40 Occasional. 5–20 A. rainfordi (Whitley, 1940) Asterropteryx bipunctatus Allen and Munday, 1996 A. striatus Allen and Munday, 1996 Bryaninops amplus Larson, 1985 B. loki Larson, 1985 B. natans Larson, 1986 19 1, 6, 7, 13, 14, 30 8, 16 Occasional, but difficult to detect unless one is specifically searching for it. 5–25 8 Occasional, but difficult to detect unless one is specifically searching for it. 6–45 Rapid Assessment Program 1, 3, 41 Rare. 6–27 Callogobius sp. 1 44 One specimen collected with rotenone 2–15 Cryptocentrus cinctus (Herre, 1936) 41 Rare. 2–15 C. fasciatus (Playfair and Günther, 1867) C. sp. C. strigilliceps (Jordan and Seale, 1906) 11 Rare. 1–5 8, 11 Rare. 10–25 11 Rare. 1–6 Appendix 5 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Species RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty Species Ctenogobiops crocineus Smith, 1959 C. feroculus Lubbock & Polunin, 1977 C. tangaroai Lubbock and Polunin, 1977 Site Records Abundance Depth (m) 19 Rare. 3–10 8, 17, 18, 23, 32 Occasional. 2–15 42, 46 Rare. 4–40 15, 16, 20 Occasional. 2–18 E. bifasciata Lachner and Karnella, 1980 1–25, 35, 41, 43–45 Abundant 5–25 E. guttata Lachner and Karanella, 1978 E. lachdeberei Giltay, 1933 41 Rare. 1–12 Eviota albolineata Jewett and Lachner, 1983 E. latifasciata Jewett & Lachner, 1983 E. melasma Lachner & Karanella, 1980 E. nigriventris Giltay, 1933 E. pellucida Larson, 1976 20 Rare. 3–20 15, 21 Rare. 2–25 23 Rare. 2–12 17–19, 31 Occasional. 4–20 1–10, 13, 15–25, 33, 41, 43–45 Moderately common 3–20 E. prasites Jordan & Seale, 1906 5, 7, 16, 19, 22, 23 Occasional. 3–15 E. sebreei Jordan & Seale, 1906 1, 4, 5, 10, 23, 24, 34, 36, 42 Occasional. 3–20 28 Rare. 3–15 2, 11 Rare. 1–25 31 Rare. 8–25 2, 3, 31, 40 Occasional. 2–15 2, 3, 5–7, 10, 11, 15, 17, 20–24, 31, 32, 34, 37–44, 47 Moderately common. 10–30 5–25 E. sp. 1 Exyrias bellisimus (Smith, 1959) Fusigobius longispinus Goren, 1978 F. neophytus (Günther, 1877) F. signipinnis Hoese and Obika, 1988 F. sp. 1 Gnatholepis cauerensis (Bleeker, 1853) G. scapulostigma Herre, 1953 Gobiid sp. Gobiodon okinawae Sawada, Arai & Abe, 1973 31, 40, 43 Occasional. 7, 10, 21, 23, 33, 38, 42, 43 Occasional. 1–45 6, 7, 10, 15, 20, 21, 23, 24, 32–34, 38, 39, 47 Moderately common. 3–30 5 Rare. 4–20 2, 4, 5, 19, 21, 23, 31, 32, 35, 43, 45 Occasional. 2–12 G. quinquestrigatus (Valenciennes, 1837) 7 Rare. 2–12 G. spilophthalmus Fowler, 1944 2 Rare. 1–15 Istigobius decoratus (Herre, 1927) 4 Rare. 1–18 I. ornatus (Rüppell, 1830) I. rigilius (Herre, 1953) Macrodontogobius wilburi Herre, 1936 3 Rare. 0–5 5, 16, 17, 20, 25, 27, 37, 40 Occasional. 0–30 Occasional. 2–15 8 Rare. 2–25 Paragobiodon echinocephalus Rüppell, 1830 22 Rare. 1–15 Phyllogobius platycephalops (Smith, 1964) 4 Rare. 2–18 Pleurosicya labiata (Weber, 1913) 45 Rare. 3–30 P. micheli Fourmanoir, 1971 38 Rare. 15–40 P. mossambica Smith, 1959 25, 41 Rare. 1–15 Appendix 5 July 2002 2, 5, 23, 31, 32, 43 Oplopomus oplopomus (Valenciennes, 1837) 123 124 P. muscarum (Jordan and Seale, 1906) Priolepis cincta (Regan, 1908) Signigobius biocellatus Hoese & Allen, 1977 Site Records Abundance Depth (m) 45, 47 Rare. 2–30 43 Rare. 5–40 4, 6, 8, 18, 20, 43 Occasional. 2–30 Stonogobiops nematodes Hoese and Randall, 1982 10 Rare. 10–25 Trimma benjamini Winterbottom, 1996 16 Rare. 6–25 T. caesiura (Jordan and Seale, 1906) 3 Rare. 2–12 5, 16, 19, 23–25 Occasional. 20–40 45 Several collected with rotenone. 4–25 21, 23 Rare. 20–35 T. sp. 1 2, 4, 5, 33 Occasional. 4–20 T. sp. 2 47 Several collected with rotenone 10–25 T. sp. 3 43 Several collected with rotenone 10–25 T. sp. 4 14–16, 21, 47 Several collected with rotenone 8–40 T. sp. 5 15, 19, 21 Several collected with rotenone 8–25 T. sp. 6 13, 15, 21, 47 Several collected with rotenone 8–30 T . sp. 7 2, 4, 5, 23, 31 Occasional. 20–40 T. griffthsi Winterbottom, 1984 T. okinawae (Aoyagi, 1949) T. rubromaculata Allen and Munday, 1995 T. striata (Herre, 1945) 23, 43–45 Occasional. 2–25 T. taylori (Lobel, 1979) 15 Several collected with rotenone 15–50 5, 7, 9, 10, 12, 13, 15–17, 19–21, 23–25, 47 Moderately common. 8–45 34 Rare. 18–40 V. helsdingenii (Bleeker, 1858) 33, 39 Rare. 1–30 V.muralis (Valenciennes, 1837) 20 Rare. 1–15 V. puellaris (Tomiyama, 1936) 1, 6, 10, 13, 16, 26, 27, 29, 34, 44 Occasional. 2–30 2, 4, 23 Rare. 8–30 4, 10, 13, 16, 18, 20, 31, 37 Occasional. 1–10 16, 28 Rare. 1–25 4, 11, 44 Rare. 1–15 1, 33 Rare. 2–30 T. tevegae Cohen & Davis, 1969 Valenciennea bella Hoese and Larson, 1994 V. randalli Hoese and Larson, 1994 V. sexguttata (Valenciennes, 1837) V. strigata (Broussonet, 1782) Microdesmidae Rapid Assessment Program Aioliops megastigma Rennis and Hoese, 1987 Gunnelichthys curiosus Dawson, 1968 Nemateleotris decora Randall and Allen, 1973 N. magnifica Fowler, 1938 Parioglossus formosus (Smith, 1931) Ptereleotris evides (Jordan & Hubbs, 1925) 14–16, 25 Occasional. 28–70 1, 6, 7, 10, 12–14, 16, 21, 24, 25, 42, 46, 47 Moderately common. 6–61 3, 20 Rare. 0–2 6, 8, 13, 16–18, 23, 26–30, 34, 36–39, 44, 46 Moderately common. 2–15 Appendix 5 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Species RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty Species P. heteroptera (Bleeker, 1855) P. monoptera Randall and Hoese, 1985 Site Records Abundance Depth (m) 6, 14, 16, 27, 31, 38, 39, 46 Occasional. 6–50 7 Rare. 5–20 1, 25, 26, 30, 32, 35–38, 41 Occasional. 1–30 3, 4, 31, 37, 38 Occasional. 0–50 1, 2, 5–7, 9, 10, 14, 17, 24–27, 29, 32, 33, 36, 38, 41, 45 Occasional. 4–25 Ephippidae Platax boersi Bleeker, 1852 P. orbicularis (Forsskål, 1775) P. pinnatus (Linnaeus, 1758) P. teira (Forsskål, 1775) Siganidae Siganus argenteus (Quoy & Gaimard, 1824) S. canaliculatus (Park, 1797) S. corallinus (Valenciennes, 1835) S. guttatus (Bloch, 1787) 3 Rare, only one seen. 1–15 4, 13, 16, 18, 20 Occasional. 1–25 13, 15–17, 19–21, 24, 25, 27–29, 38, 39, 41, 45 Moderately common. 3–30 2–7, 9, 10, 35 Occasional. 1–40 S. virgatus (Valenciennes, 1835) 1–6, 8–10, 13, 15–20, 22, 23, 26, 35 Moderately common 2–25 S. vulpinus (Schlegel & Müller, 1844) 1–10, 12–30, 32–35, 37, 38, 40–47 Common. 1–30 Jan–47 Common, one of few fishes seen at every site 1–180 41 Rare. 3–15 S. lineatus (Linnaeus, 1835) S. punctatissimus Fowler & Bean, 1929 S. punctatus (Forster, 1801) Zanclidae Zanclus cornutus Linnaeus, 1758 Acanthuridae Acanthurus auranticavus Randall, 1956 A. blochi Valenciennes, 1835 1, 6, 9, 11, 12, 38, 43, 46 Occasional. 3–20 A. fowleri de Beaufort, 1951 2, 5, 9, 10, 12, 14–16, 24, 25, 29, 33, 47 Occasional. 10–30 A. leucocheilus Herre, 1927 13, 28, 33, 37, 38, 40, 41, 45, 46 Occasional. 5–20 A. lineatus (Linnaeus, 1758) 1, 6, 8, 13, 14, 16–19, 21, 24–28, 30, 33, 34, 38, 40, 41, 45–47 Moderately common. 1–15 3–20 A. maculiceps (Ahl, 1923) A. mata (Cuvier, 1829) A. nigricans (Linnaeus, 1758) A. nigricaudus Duncker and Mohr, 1929 A. nigrofuscus (Forsskål, 1775) A. olivaceus Bloch & Schneider, 1801 Occasional. Moderately common. 5–30 1, 7, 13, 15, 24, 25, 28, 36–39, 46, 47 Occasional. 3–65 1, 7, 10, 16, 18, 20, 21, 23, 25, 26 Occasional. 3–30 24, 26–28, 34, 36, 38, 39, 45, 47 Occasional. 2–20 1, 7, 9, 10, 12, 14–16, 19, 20, 21, 24, 25 Occasional. 10–30 1, 6, 13, 14, 26, 28, 30, 33, 37, 38, 41, 42, 46 Occasional. 5–45 Appendix 5 July 2002 A. nubilus (Fowler and Bean, 1929) 13, 14, 28, 29 3, 7, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 24, 25, 27–34, 36–40 125 126 Site Records A. pyroferus Kittlitz, 1834 Abundance Depth (m) 1, 6–10, 12–21, 23–47 Common. 4–60 A. thompsoni (Fowler, 1923) 1, 7, 9, 10, 12–16, 19, 21, 24, 25, 30, 33, 37–39, 41, 42, 46, 47 Moderately common. 4–75 A. triostegus (Linnaeus, 1758) 28, 33, 40, 47 Occasional. 0–90 12–14, 16, 20, 31, 38, 41, 43 Occasional. 3–90 2, 3, 5, 6, 17,20, 26, 27, 29–47 Common. 10–55 A. xanthopterus Valenciennes, 1835 Ctenochaetus binotatus Randall, 1955 C. striatus (Quoy & Gaimard, 1824) 1–3, 4–30, 32–47 Abundant 2–30 C. strigosus (Bennett, 1828) 1, 3, 6–8, 12, 15–17, 19, 20, 24, 25, 29, 32, 33, 37–39 Moderately common. 3–25 C. tominiensis Randall, 1955 3–5, 7, 9–24 Occasional. 5–40 7, 25 Rare. 4–50 N. caeruleacauda Randall, 1994 37, 39, 42, 46, 47 Occasional. 15–50 N. hexacanthus (Bleeker, 1855) 12–16, 21, 24, 25, 27, 28, 37, 42 Occasional. 6–140 1–10, 12–25, 28–30, 33, 36, 37, 39, 42, 45–47 Moderately common. 5–90 12, 13, 15, 24, 37 Occasional. 6–70 Naso brevirostris (Valenciennes, 1835) N. lituratus (Bloch & Schneider, 1801) N. lopezi Herre, 1927 N. minor (Smith, 1966) 27 Rare. 10–50 1, 6, 24, 25, 27, 28, 36, 39 Occasional. 8–50 N. tuberosus Lacepède, 1801 36 Rare, only two seen. 3–20 N. unicornis Forsskål, 1775 2, 5, 25, 29, 33, 44, 45, 47 Occasional. 4–80 4, 9, 12–16, 23, 36 Occasional. 4–50 27, 28, 36–38, 40, 42 Occasional. 2–40 N. thynnoides (Valenciennes, 1835) N. vlamingii Valenciennes, 1835 Paracanthurus hepatus (Linnaeus, 1758) Zebrasoma scopas Cuvier, 1829 Z. veliferum Bloch, 1797 1–10, 12–34, 36–47 Abundant 1–60 1, 2, 4–11, 13–25, 29, 30, 35, 37, 38, 43, 44, 46 Common. 4–30 Sphyraenidae Sphyraena barracuda (Walbaum, 1792) S. flavicauda Rüppell, 1838 S. jello Cuvier, 1829 Scombridae Grammatorcynus bilineatus (Quoy & Gaimard, 1824) Rapid Assessment Program 16, 47 Rare, although a small school seen at Site 16. 10–40 Gymnosarda unicolor (Rüppell, 1836) 25 Rare, only one seen 5–100 Rastrelliger kanagurta (Cuvier, 1816) 35, 38, 41, 42, 45 Occasional schools encountered. 0–30 14, 27, 41 Rare, only three large adults seen. 0–30 37 One juvenile collected with rotenone. 2–110 Scomberomorus commerson (Lacepède, 1800) Bothidae Bothus pantherinus (Rüppell, 1830) Appendix 5 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Species RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty Species Site Records Abundance Depth (m) Balistidae Balistapus undulatus (Park, 1797) 1–10, 12–30, 32, 34, 36–47 Balistoides conspicillum (Bloch & Schneider, 1801) B. viridescens (Bloch & Schneider, 1801) Melichthys niger (Bloch, 1786) Common. 3–50 15, 16, 20, 21, 25, 27, 28, 34, 37, 42 Occasional. 10–50 10, 12, 13, 15, 16, 20, 23, 40, 46 Occasional; a large female guarding eggs seen at Site 46. 5–45 46 Rare, but locally common in 2–5 m depth at edge of slope at one site; an infrequently seen M. vidua (Solander, 1844) 1, 6, 7, 9, 10, 12–17, 19–21, 24, 25, 27, 28, 36–40, 42, 45–47 Odonus niger Rüppell, 1836 Common. 3–60 6, 7, 9, 10, 12–14, 16, 20, 21, 24–26, 28, 29, 32, Pseudobalistes flavimarginatus (Rüppell, 1828) P. fuscus (Bloch & Schneider, 1801) 33, 38–40, 42, 46, 47 Abundant, literally thousands seen at Site 26 3–40 3, 13, 18, 20, 31, 41, 44 Occasional. 2–50 8–50 3, 20, 36 Rare, one juvenile and two adults seen. 6, 18, 20, 28–30, 33, 35, 38, 41 Occasional. 0–3 1, 3, 5–30, 32–34, 36–40, 42–44, 46 Common. 3–90 30, 31, 33, 34, 36, 38, 39, 41, 42, 46 Moderately common. 1–35 Acreichthys tomentosus (Linnaeus, 1758) 31 Rare, only one seen. 0–3 Aluterus scriptus (Osbeck, 1765) 42 Rare, only one seen. 2–80 Rhinecanthus verrucosus (Linnaeus, 1758) Sufflamen bursa (Bloch & Schneider, 1801) S. chrysoptera (Bloch & Schneider, 1801) 1, 6, 10, 13, 14, 18, 20, 22, 25, 26–28, Monacanthidae Amanses scopas Cuvier, 1829 1, 7, 9, 10, 12, 15, 17, 24–26, 28, 33, 36, 42, 46 Occasional. 3–20 28, 40, 46 Rare, only three seen 2–40 Cantherines fronticinctus (Günther, 1866) C. pardalis (Rüppell, 1866) Oxymonacanthus longirostris Bloch & Schneider, 1801 9, 10, 25, 27, 28, 30, 32–34, 36–40, 42, 46 Occasional. 2–20 25, 33, 38, 40, 45 Occasional. 1–30 2–25 Paraluteres prionurus (Bleeker, 1851) 31, 32, 40, 46 Rare, only six individuals seen Pervagor nigrolineatus (Herre, 1927) 3–5, 8, 31 Rare, only five seen, but difficult to detect due to small size and cryptic habits. 2–15 1–15 Ostraciidae Lactoria fornasini (Bianconi, 1846) 32, 37 Rare, only two seen. Ostracion cubicus Linnaeus, 1758 27, 32–34, 37, 39–41, 44, 45 Occasional. 1–40 O. meleagris Shaw, 1796 7, 14, 26, 30, 39, 42, 45, 46 Occasional. 2–30 9, 13, 25, 29, 42, 46 Occasional. 1–20 O. solorensis Bleeker, 1853 Appendix 5 July 2002 127 128 Site Records Abundance Depth (m) Tetraodontidae Arothron caeruleopunctatus Matsuura, 1994 1, 10, 16, 20, 24 Occasional. 5–30 A. hispidus (Linnaeus, 1758) 38 Rare, only one seen. 1–50 A. manilensis (de Proce, 1822) 30 Rare, only one seen 1–20 Occasional. 2–35 13, 27 Rare, only two seen. 3–58 1, 6, 25, 37, 41 Occasional, except extraordinarily abundant at A. nigropunctatus (Bloch & Schneider, 1801) 1, 7, 8, 10, 15–17, 21, 22, 25, 27, 29, 30, 33, 38, 39, 42, 45 A. stellatus (Schneider, 1801) Canthigaster bennetti (Bleeker, 1854) Sites 1 and 6 where thousands of juveniles were endountered forming schools of more than 200 individuals in each. C. compressa Procé, 1822 31, 37 1–10 Rare, except locally common among stubby black coral in 28 m depth at Site 31. 1–30 C. coronata (Vaillant & Sauvage, 1875) 36 Rare, one pair seen. 6–40 C. ocellicincta Allen and Randall, 1977 9 Rare, one seen in cave on steep drop–off 15–40 C. solandri (Richardson, 1844) C. valentini (Bleeker, 1853) 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 13, 17, 21–23, 25, 29, 36, 38, 41–44, 46 Moderately common 1–36 14, 25, 29–31, 33, 35–37, 39–44, 46, 47 Moderately common; particularly common at Sites 35 and 40. 3–55 Diodontidae Diodon hystrix Linnaeus, 1758 D. liturosus Shaw, 1804 18, 25 Rare, only two seen. 2–50 36, 37, 39 Rare, only three seen. 3–35 Appendix 5 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Species Rapid Assessment Program Appendix 6 Dominant species and percentage of occurrence of target and indicator fishes See text for explanation of groups A, B, and C. As a guide to interpreting this table, Aethaloperca rogaa (the first species) was observed at 4.00 percent of all Togean sites and the num- % Occ. Togean Island % Family % Group bers counted represented 2.14 percent of all serranids seen in the Togeans, and 0.28 percent of all solitary fishes (Group A) that were counted in the Togeans. % Occ. = % Occurance % Occ. Peninsula % Family % Group % Occ. Banggai Island % Family % Group TARGET FISHES— GROUP A Serranidae Aethaloperca rogaa 4.00 2.14 0.28 Anyperodon leucogrammicus 20.00 2.14 0.28 33.33 3.33 0.50 15.79 3.13 0.31 Cephalopolis argus 40.00 11.54 1.52 33.33 13.33 2.00 15.79 3.13 0.31 C. cyanostigma 44.00 12.82 1.69 33.33 6.67 1.00 15.79 5.21 0.52 C. boenack 12.00 3.42 0.45 5.26 8.33 0.83 C. leopardus 36.00 5.56 0.73 5.26 1.04 0.10 C. microprion 48.00 14.96 1.98 66.67 13.33 2.00 15.79 9.38 0.93 C. miniata 32.00 10.68 1.41 33.33 30.00 4.50 42.11 27.08 2.69 C. polleni C. sexmaculatus C. sonnerati 4.00 0.43 0.06 5.26 3.13 0.31 24.00 8.12 1.07 10.53 2.08 0.21 15.79 8.33 0.83 15.79 9.38 0.93 15.79 5.21 0.52 5.26 1.04 0.10 8.00 1.28 0.17 C. spiloparaea 12.00 4.27 0.56 C. urodeta 32.00 14.10 1.86 33.33 13.33 2.00 Epinephelus fasciatus E. maculayus E. merra 12.00 1.71 0.23 Epinephelus sp. 8.00 0.85 0.11 Gracila albomarginata 4.00 0.43 0.06 Plectropomus albimaculatus 8.00 1.28 0.17 P. areolatus 4.00 0.43 0.0 P. laevis RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty 33.33 3.33 0.50 33.33 6.67 1.00 33.33 3.33 0.50 July 2002 129 Appendix 6 % Occ. Togean Island % Family % Group P. leopardus 16.00 1.71 0.23 P. maculatus % Occ. Peninsula % Family % Group % Occ. 5.26 Banggai Island % Family % Group 1.04 0.10 12.00 1.28 0.17 5.26 3.13 0.31 P. oligocanthus 4.00 0.43 0.06 15.79 5.21 0.52 Variola louti 4.00 0.43 0.06 33.33 6.67 1.00 V. albomarginatus 15.79 3.13 0.31 5.26 1.04 0.10 5.26 1.53 0.21 Lutjanidae Aprion viriscens Aphareus furca 8.00 0.24 0.11 Lutjanus biguttatus 24.00 14.91 6.95 33.33 19.05 6.00 5.26 2.29 0.31 L. bohar 32.00 3.27 1.52 33.33 4.76 1.50 15.79 9.16 1.24 8.00 17.58 8.19 L. carponotatus 24.00 3.27 1.52 26.32 16.03 2.17 L. decussatus 92.00 16.24 7.57 66.67 7.94 2.50 36.84 9.92 1.34 8.00 2.67 1.24 33.33 19.05 6.00 10.53 7.63 1.03 L. fulvus 40.00 9.09 4.23 66.67 6.35 2.00 47.37 18.32 2.48 L. gibbus 8.00 1.58 0.73 33.33 3.17 1.00 15.79 5.34 0.72 5.26 0.76 0.10 16.00 13.70 6.38 33.33 12.70 4.00 5.26 7.63 1.03 33.33 23.81 7.50 8.00 0.24 0.11 15.79 4.58 0.62 Macolor macularis 52.00 13.82 6.44 15.79 11.45 1.55 M. niger 12.00 0.36 0.17 15.79 4.58 0.62 4.00 3.03 1.41 5.26 0.76 0.10 L. boutton L. fulfivlamma L. johni L. kasmira Lutjanus lutjanus L. monostigma Paracaesio sordidus 33.33 3.17 1.00 Symphorus nematopterus Haemulidae Plectrohynchus chaetodontoides 44.00 57.63 1.92 26.32 8.70 0.62 P. gaterinoides 32.00 15.25 0.51 42.11 42.03 3.00 P. goldmanni 12.00 25.42 0.85 10.53 33.33 2.38 4.00 1.69 0.06 P. lineatus P. orientalis 66.67 41.67 2.50 15.79 7.25 0.52 P. polytaenia 33.33 58.33 3.50 15.79 8.70 0.62 Lethrinidae Lethrinus erythropterus 44.00 20.00 1.81 31.58 11.76 0.83 L. harak 12.00 5.63 0.51 15.79 17.65 1.24 L. nebulosus 5.26 2.94 0.21 L. obessus 5.26 7.35 0.52 L. obsoletus 5.26 1.47 0.10 L. olivaceus 5.26 7.35 0.52 Lethrinus sp. 5.26 7.35 0.52 57.89 44.12 3.10 Gnatodentex aurolineatus Monotaxis granduculus 130 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL 4.00 3.13 0.28 33.33 37.50 3.00 76.00 71.25 6.44 66.67 62.50 5.00 Rapid Assessment Program Appendix 6 % Occ. Togean Island % Family % Group % Occ. Peninsula % Family % Group % Occ. 9.50 Banggai Island % Family % Group Nemipteridae Scolopsis bilineatus 20.00 4.98 0.62 73.68 19.37 S. ciliata 4.00 0.45 0.06 10.53 1.83 0.72 S. lineata 12.00 17.19 2.15 15.79 11.78 4.65 S. margaritifer 72.00 66.06 8.24 47.37 18.32 7.23 68.42 45.03 17.77 15.79 1.05 0.41 S. xenochrous Pentapodus caninus 16.00 6.79 0.85 100.0 8.60 66.67 1.81 2.00 33.33 1.36 1.50 66.67 8.60 9.50 P. emeryi P. maculatus P. trivittatus 20.00 4.52 0.56 7.64 5.26 0.26 0.10 10.53 2.36 0.93 Mullidae Parupeneus bifasciatus 68.00 44.12 6.78 66.67 32.35 5.50 47.37 18.02 4.13 P. barberinus 60.00 20.22 3.11 66.67 17.65 3.00 68.42 21.17 4.86 68.00 18.01 2.77 16.00 16.91 2.60 4.00 0.74 0.11 Caesio caerulaurea 8.00 2.34 C. cuning 4.00 C. diagramma 4.00 C. lunaris C. pisang P. cyclostomus P. multifasciatus 33.33 5.88 1.00 26.32 4.95 1.14 20.59 3.50 73.68 41.44 9.50 10.53 1.35 0.31 33.33 17.65 3.00 5.26 9.01 2.07 33.33 5.88 1.00 10.53 3.15 0.72 10.53 0.90 0.21 1.72 10.53 4.69 2.62 1.17 0.86 10.53 2.22 1.24 0.39 0.29 10.53 4.22 2.36 12.00 7.89 5.80 5.26 2.35 1.31 4.00 1.80 1.32 76.00 44.90 32.98 21.05 19.24 10.73 4.00 7.82 5.74 10.53 4.22 2.36 4.00 0.47 0.34 5.26 0.63 0.35 5.26 1.56 0.87 20.00 16.80 12.34 10.53 17.21 9.60 15.79 19.56 10.91 5.26 15.64 8.73 15.79 8.45 4.71 100.0 P. pleuristigma Mulloidichthys flavolineatus M. vanicolensis Upeneus tragula TARGET FISHES— GROUP B Caesionidae C. teres C. trilineata C. xanthonota Pterocaesio diagramma P. marri P. randalli P. pisang 33.33 61.54 43.8 P. tessellata P. tile 12.00 14.21 10.56 4.00 1.50 1.11 S. coralinus 4.00 0.49 0.01 S. doliatus 48.00 21.46 0.49 Pterocaesio sp. 66.67 38.46 27.41 Siganidae Siganus canaliculatus RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty 33.33 8.00 0.44 21.05 16.22 0.84 10.53 1.01 0.05 26.32 7.09 0.37 July 2002 131 Appendix 6 % Occ. Togean Island % Family % Group Siganus fuscensens S. guttatus % Occ. Peninsula % Family % Group % Occ. 33.33 60.00 3.29 10.53 S. puellus S. punctatus 23.65 1.22 8.00 4.88 0.11 5.26 1.69 0.09 8.00 1.95 0.04 33.33 4.00 0.22 15.79 2.03 0.10 48.00 13.17 0.30 66.67 16.00 0.88 26.32 4.05 0.21 0.58 S. linetaus S. puelloides Banggai Island % Family % Group 4.00 0.98 0.02 S. punctatissimus 24.00 8.29 0.19 47.37 11.15 S. virgatus 24.00 7.32 0.17 15.79 2.03 0.10 S. vulpinus 76.00 40.98 0.93 84.21 29.39 1.52 Siganus sp. 16.00 0.49 0.01 5.26 1.69 0.09 20.00 2.28 0.53 21.05 1.61 0.63 A. grammoptilus 8.00 0.38 0.09 0.45 A. leucocheilus 4.00 0.19 0.04 24.00 2.28 0.53 33.33 12.00 0.66 Acanthuridae Acanthurus blochii A. lineatus 100.0 33.33 10.53 1.16 15.09 3.51 26.32 1.21 0.47 5.66 1.32 26.32 1.52 0.59 5.26 0.27 0.10 A. lopezi A. mata A. nigricans 16.00 0.62 0.14 12.00 1.62 0.38 66.67 2.83 0.66 A. nigricauda A. nubilis A. olivaceus 4.00 0.14 0.03 A. pyroferus 52.00 7.32 1.71 A. thompsoni 36.00 16.26 3.80 A. triostegus 4.00 1.43 0.33 18.87 4.39 2.46 0.96 0.67 0.26 5.26 0.22 0.09 10.53 0.89 0.35 5.26 0.27 0.10 84.21 7.10 2.77 36.84 7.24 2.83 Naso brevirostris 4.00 0.10 0.02 10.53 2.90 1.13 N. hexacanthus 12.00 4.04 0.94 15.79 12.96 5.06 Naso lituratus 88.00 5.71 1.33 47.37 2.37 0.92 N. thynnoides 8.00 1.76 0.41 15.79 7.69 3.00 33.33 7.55 1.75 N. unicornis 4.00 0.05 0.01 5.26 0.67 0.26 N. vlamingii 16.00 0.57 0.13 10.53 0.27 0.10 4.00 0.05 0.01 Naso sp. Paracanthurus hepatus 132 100.0 10.53 21.05 Ctenohaetus binotatus 48.00 6.80 1.59 C. striatus 80.00 14.88 3.48 C. tominiensis 68.00 13.98 3.27 Zebrasoma scopas 80.00 14.74 3.45 Z. veliferum 64.00 4.80 1.12 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL 5.26 0.09 0.03 5.66 1.32 21.05 0.71 0.28 47.37 11.71 4.57 100.0 22.64 5.26 89.47 19.12 7.47 100.0 21.70 5.04 73.68 16.18 6.32 26.32 0.71 0.28 33.33 Rapid Assessment Program Appendix 6 % Occ. Togean Island % Family % Group % Occ. Peninsula % Family % Group % Occ. Banggai Island % Family % Group TARGET FISHES— GROUP C Carangidae Caranx bajad 12.00 3.57 1.18 5.26 2.70 0.16 4.00 1.19 0.39 5.26 2.70 0.16 32.00 61.90 20.39 10.53 10.81 0.65 C. sem 4.00 1.19 0.39 C. sexfasciatus 4.00 3.57 1.18 5.26 5.41 0.33 Carangoides bajad 12.00 3.57 1.18 Carangoides ferdau 4.00 1.19 0.39 5.26 2.70 0.16 5.26 54.05 3.26 Elagatis bipinnulata 5.26 16.22 0.98 Trachinotus baelloni 5.26 5.41 0.33 10.53 99.83 93.80 5.26 0.17 0.16 15.79 0.41 0.41 C. ferdau C. melampygus 33.33 100.0 100.0 Caranx sp. Decapterus macarellus Decapterus sp. 4.00 23.81 7.84 Sphyraenidae Sphyraena baraccuda 4.00 0.62 0.39 Sphyraena pinguis 8.00 49.69 31.37 S. jello 4.00 49.69 31.37 Scombridae Rastrelliger kanagurta 4.00 100.0 3.92 Gymbosarda unicolor INDICATOR FISHES Chaetodontidae Chaetodon adiergastos 4.00 0.12 0.12 C. baronessa 72.00 4.04 4.04 C. benneti 16.00 0.36 0.36 C. burgessi 4.00 0.12 0.12 C. auriga C. citrinellus 4.00 0.06 0.06 C. ephippium 36.00 1.09 1.09 C. kleinii 56.00 5.19 5.19 47.37 1.47 1.47 7.63 7.63 47.37 3.02 3.02 33.33 1.53 1.53 10.53 0.16 0.16 33.33 2.29 2.29 15.79 0.49 0.49 10.53 0.33 0.33 36.87 36.87 1.39 1.39 100.0 100.0 38.17 38.17 C. lineolatus 100.0 10.53 C. lunula 24.00 0.72 0.72 15.79 0.57 0.57 C. lunulatus 80.00 7.79 7.79 33.33 3.05 3.05 89.47 7.59 7.59 C. melannotus 12.00 0.36 0.36 33.33 3.05 3.05 57.89 2.45 2.45 C. meyeri 28.00 1.93 1.93 33.33 0.76 0.76 C. ocellicaudus 40.00 0.84 0.84 33.33 1.53 1.53 21.05 0.41 0.41 C. octofasciatus 40.00 7.60 7.60 10.53 4.24 4.24 C. ornatissimus 48.00 2.23 2.23 10.53 0.33 0.33 RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty July 2002 133 Appendix 6 % Occ. Togean Island % Family % Group % Occ. Peninsula % Family % Group % Occ. C. oxycephalus 28.00 0.91 0.91 26.32 1.14 1.14 C. punctatofasciatus 68.00 9.23 9.23 33.33 1.53 1.53 36.84 2.20 2.20 C. rafflesi 80.00 3.56 3.56 33.33 1.53 1.53 26.32 1.47 1.47 33.33 1.53 1.53 15.79 0.73 0.73 C. selene C. semeion 40.00 1.45 1.45 10.53 0.24 0.24 C. speculum 4.00 0.06 0.06 26.32 0.82 0.82 C. trifascialis 28.00 1.33 1.33 6.11 6.11 47.37 3.67 3.67 C. ulietensis 48.00 2.66 2.66 33.33 1.53 1.53 47.37 1.55 1.55 C. unimaculatus 12.00 2.60 2.60 66.67 4.58 4.58 26.32 1.22 1.22 C. vagabundus 72.00 3.26 3.26 66.67 7.63 7.63 47.37 2.28 2.28 26.32 1.14 1.14 7.63 7.63 63.16 1.96 1.96 3.05 3.05 42.11 1.71 1.71 57.89 4.73 4.73 10.44 C. xanthurus 8.00 0.24 0.24 Coradion melanopus 44.00 3.02 3.02 Forcipiger longirostris 60.00 5.37 5.37 100.0 100.0 66.67 F. flavissimus Hemitaurichthys polylepis 28.00 22.93 22.93 15.79 10.44 8.00 2.60 2.60 5.26 0.16 0.16 60.00 2.78 2.78 1.79 1.79 4.00 1.21 1.21 H. singularius 24.00 0.97 0.97 H. varius 64.00 3.38 3.38 Heniochus acuminatus H. chrysostomus H. depreutes 134 Banggai Island % Family % Group C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL 66.67 3.05 3.05 36.84 10.53 0.24 0.24 66.67 3.82 3.82 73.68 2.77 2.77 Rapid Assessment Program Appendix 7 Diversity and abundance of target and indicator fishes at each survey site RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty July 2002 135 136 Site Total T No. A R Appendix 7 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL T he number of species is indicated in column A and number of individuals is in column B. G E Group - A T Indicator Group - B Group - C Rapid Assessment Program Spec. Indiv. Serranid. Lutjanidae Haemulid. Lethrinidae (A) (B) (A) (B) (A) (B) (A) (B) (A) (B) (A) 1. 31 162 8 17 4 42 1 1 2 8 2. 31 155 4 14 4 15 3 3 1 1 2 3 2 3. 29 292 2 2 5 31 1 1 1 2 3 15 4. 25 276 5 5 2 5 2 2 1 7 5. 23 394 3 4 4 55 1 3 3 12 6. 34 140 1 1 5 18 2 4 1 7 7. 36 408 5 17 5 24 2 5 8. 31 174 1 1 1 1 2 3 3 9. 44 366 5 7 3 6 2 18 1 10. 39 730 4 4 2 6 1 4 11. 24 78 3 10 2 2 2 3 3 3 12. 46 1787 8 38 4 58 2 29 1 2 13. 50 732 7 16 5 177 1 6 1 3 2 8 2 195 14. 40 1803 7 23 5 143 1 2 1 3 2 3 3 1475 15. 41 983 3 10 5 37 1 1 2 7 1 1 1 1 2 680 2 2 10 133 1 16. 43 423 2 2 3 22 1 2 3 73 1 3 1 5 1 50 3 5 12 178 1 17. 35 255 6 19 5 25 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 10 1 2 7 116 1 1 18. 33 188 3 3 2 10 3 25 3 11 1 40 3 12 4 18 19. 37 567 3 7 1 2 1 1 1 5 1 3 2 4 2 400 4 10 7 98 20. 44 606 1 2 3 18 2 2 3 5 2 46 4 56 3 250 2 4 8 97 21. 44 510 3 4 1 8 1 4 2 29 2 24 2 150 6 27 12 188 14 73 22. 27 263 2 3 2 7 1 1 2 10 3 6 1 125 4 11 6 53 6 47 23. 30 336 1 2 4 54 1 1 2 10 2 3 1 150 4 18 6 58 9 40 24. 46 453 4 6 4 25 2 2 1 2 1 27 3 85 4 16 11 220 25. 44 308 7 18 3 34 2 3 1 4 1 3 2 17 1 75 1 5 10 75 26. 35 269 5 11 6 48 1 2 2 11 3 24 1 2 1 75 4 22 5 27. 37 396 6 19 3 12 1 7 1 5 3 14 4 19 1 200 7 1 1 2 8 Nemipterid. (B) Mullidae Caesionidae Siganidae Acanthurid. Carrangidae Sphyraenid. (A) (A) (B) (A) (A) (A) (B) (A) 1 2 5 41 4 1 30 4 9 2 31 3 22 1 3 1 140 3 22 2 12 3 26 3 4 3 160 2 7 1 1 1 8 2 2 1 275 3 11 1 3 4 12 7 37 1 150 1 2 4 115 (B) (B) (B) 3 21 2 3 27 5 29 2 10 2 9 6 72 2 3 5 2 175 2 3 9 86 3 9 2 8 1 500 3 9 8 1 4 1 2 1 22 1 1 3 2 17 3 1250 1 2 7 156 2 2 11 143 2 2 5 70 1 1 (B) Scombridae Chaetodontidae (A) (B) 50 8 1 (B) 10 51 5 23 7 38 4 27 5 29 10 32 15 91 8 21 16 63 92 15 98 10 7 21 1 1 (A) 1 1 6 17 229 19 182 1 2 13 80 1 13 110 2 15 81 10 77 31 3 1 1 1 30 11 12 34 1 80 15 46 3 3 1 15 69 15 64 39 7 35 56 11 64 1 10 Appendix 8 List of species caught by fishers of the Togean and Banggai Islands, Sulawesi, Indonesia RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty July 2002 137 Appendix 8 Abbreviations as follows: T = Togean; B = Banggai; t = Togean dialect; b = Bobongko dialect; s = Saluan dialect. FISHES Family and Species Local Name Notes T /B Terraponidae Pelates sexlineatus Terapon jarbua Scolopsis bilineata Location Bangkatayu (t) caught using net, string and hook, bubu fresh consumption or salted T ongtong (s) Holocentridae Myripristis murdjan M. kuntee M. hexagona Sargocentron spiniferum S. rubrum Sogo (s) Sogo Sogo T /B caught using net, string and hook, bubu fresh consumption or salted Bibiga (t) Bibiga (t) Bibiga (t) Bibiga (t) Bibiga (t) T /B caught using net, string and hook, bubu and dynamite fresh consumption or salted Silo-silo T Haemulidae Plectorhinchus polytaenia P. gibbosus P. lineatus P. orientalis P. obscurus Priacanthidae Priacanthus blochii T /B Latjunidae Lutjanus kasmira L. carponotatus L. decussatus L. boutton L. gibbus L. vitta L. fulvus L. ehrenburgi L. fulviflamma L. bohar L. rivulatus Aprion virescen Macolor macularis 138 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL caught using net, string and hook, bubu and dynamite fresh consumption or salted Dappa (t) Bulunga (s) Aragan lappa (s) Baba (t) T ingalu (t) Jina Butu Bolekaluku (s) Rapid Assessment Program Appendix 8 Family and Species Local Name Location Notes Lolosi (t) Lolosi Lolosi Bapua (s) Londou Lolosi cabe T /B caught using net, string and hook, bubu and dynamite fresh consumption or salted T olotok (t) Katamba (t) Katamba (t) Katamba (t) T ingkolopo T /B caught using net, string and hook and bubu fresh consumption or salted Lumut Lumut Lumut Lumut Lumut T /B caught using net, string and hook and bubu fresh consumption or salted Caesionidae Caesio cuning C. teres C. xanthonota C. lunaris Pterocaesio randalli P. pisang P. marri P. chrysozona Lethrinidae Gnathodentex aurolineatus Letrinus harak L. ornatus L. erythracanthus L. nebulosus L. olivaceous L. obsoletus Monotaxis grandoculis Mullidae Mulloidichthys vanicolensis M. flavolineatus Parupeneus bifasciatus P. barberinus P. indicus T Scatophagidae Scatophagus argus Bete-bete (t) caught using net, string and hook, bubu and dynamite fresh consumption or salted T Pomacanthidae Pomacanthus annularis P. imperator P. semicircularis caught using net, string and hook, bubu and dynamite fresh consumption or salted T /B Pomacentridae Amblyglyphidodon curacao Abudefduf lorenzi A.sexfasciatus A. bangalensis caught using net, string and hook and bubu fresh consumption or salted T /B Labridae Cheilinus fasciatus C. undulatus Oxycheilinus diagrammus O. celebicus Pseudocheilinus octotaenia Thalasoma lunare T. trilobatum RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty Ikan kea Mamin/napoleon caught using net, string and hook, bubu, dynamite and traditional poison live fish collection, fresh consumption or salted Napoleon (wrasse) has high economic value and have become endangered due to over fishing July 2002 139 Appendix 8 Family and Species Local Name Babara Botuan Mosidung Dorini Babara Lamali Uro-uro Lali caught using net, string and hook, bubu and dynamite fresh consumption or salted T /B Sphyraenidae Sphyraena barracuda S. jello Baracuda Loli-loli caught using net, string and hook, bubu and dynamite fresh consumption or salted caught using very fine net for ornamental fish Apogonidae Pterapogon kauderni Notes T /B Carangidae Caranx sem C.sexfasciatus C.melampygus Carangoides bajad C. ferdau Seriola dumerili Elagatis bipinnulata Scoberoides lysan Location Capung Banggai B OTHER BIOTA Family and Species Local Name Holothuria Holothuridae Location T /B fresh consumption, dried, high economic value T /B fresh consumption, high economic value T eripang pasir Holothuria scabra T eripang getah H. edulis T eripang coklat Bohadschia. marmorata T eripang batu Notes Actinopyga. lecanora Crustacea Palinuridae Panulirus femoristriga Lobster mutiara P. versicolor Lobster pasir fresh consumption, endangered Coenobitidae Birgus latro Ketam kenari T /B Reptilia Cheloniidae Chelonia mydas Penyu hijau fresh consumption or decoration, endangered Penyu sisik Penyu 140 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Rapid Assessment Program Coastline of Banggai Island Hard corals (Leptoseris yabei) , Togean Islands Banggai cardinalfish (Pterapogan kauderni). Fisherman in the Banggai Islands. RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty Blue damselfish (Chrysiptera cyanea) , Togean Islands New species of damselfish (ambllypomacentrus clarus). Hard coral polyps ( Tubastraea sp.), Togean Islands. July 2002 143 RAP charter boat, Serenade. Pulau Dondola (Site 25). Anemone crab (Neopetrolisthes ohshimai) , Banggai Islands. 1998 Banggai- Togean Marine RAP Science Team. From left to right: D. Fenner, K. Anwar, G. Allen, S. Yusuf, T. Werner, and La Tanda. All photographs by Gerald R. Allen 144 C ONSERVAT ION I NT ERNAT IONAL Rapid Assessment Program RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment Twenty July 2002 145